TMP LLR Test EnglishTotalQuestions16056284

LLR Test Question & Answer
LLR TEST Question & Answer

Sl.No 1 Question YOU WANT TO TURN RIGHT AT A JUNCTION BUT YOU THINK THAT YOUR INDICATORS CANNOT BE SEEN CLEARLY .WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* GET OUT AND CHECK IF YOUR INDICATORS CAN BE Correct Answer SEEN. * STAY IN THE LEFT HAND LANE. * KEEP WELL OVER TO THE RIGHT. * GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL AS WELL AS AN INDICATOR SIGNAL Give an arm signal as well as an indicator signal Explanation You should always ensure that other road users are aware of your intentions. If you feel your indicator might not be seen then give an arm signal as well.
YOU HAVE TO MAKE A JOURNEY IN FOGGY CONDITIONS. YOU SHOULD
* FOLLOW CLOSELY OTHER VEHICLE'S TAIL LIGHTS
Correct Answer
* NEVER USE DEMISTERS AND WINDSCREEN WIPERS Leave plenty of time for your journey. * LEAVE PLENTY OF TIME FOR YOUR JOURNEY * KEEP SAFE DISTANCE OF TWO SECONDS Explanation If you are planning to make a journey in foggy condition don't drive if visibility is poor or if your journey is not necessary. If you do travel, leave plenty of time for your journey.
DRIVING IS A REPETITION OF THREE THINGS. WHICH ARE THEY IN CORRECT ORDER?
* THINK, DO AND SEE * DO, THINK AND SEE * SEE, THINK AND DO * SEE, DO AND THINK
Correct Answer See, think and do Explanation Driving involves three things 1.See See the traffic around you. 2.Think Think about the course of action you have to take while driving. 3.Do- Manoeuvre your vehicle accordingly.
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE DONE CONTINUOUSLY WHILE DRIVING A VEHICLE?

Sl.No Question * CHECKING LEVEL OF FUEL TANK * ASSESSING ROAD CONDITIONS AHEAD * ADJUSTING VEHICLE CONTROLS FOR SMOOTH RUNNING * MAKING A VISUAL CHECK FOR ALL CONTROLS Correct Answer Assessing road conditions ahead Explanation To be safe on the road, it is important to be aware of the shortcomings, to anticipate road users behaviour and to keep your vehicle in control. This strategy of expecting the unexpected in behaviours and situations and to know how to keep yourself safe and in control, is called defensive driving.
YOU START TO FEEL TIRED WHILE DRIVING. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* INCREASE YOUR SPEED SLIGHTLY * DECREASE YOUR SPEED SLIGHTLY * FIND A LESS BUSY ROUTE * PULL OVER AT A SAFE PLACE TO REST
Correct Answer Pull over at a safe place to rest. Explanation If you do feel tired, pull over at a safe place, take fresh air, make yourself comfortable and take a short break. Make yourself mentally & physically fit for the rest of the journey.
A RED TRAFFIC LIGHT MEANS
* YOU MUST STOP BEHIND THE WHITE STOP LINE
Correct Answer
* YOU MAY GO STRAIGHT ON IF THERE IS NO OTHER You must stop behind the white stop line. TRAFFIC * YOU MAY TURN LEFT IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * YOU MUST SLOW DOWN AND PREPARE TO STOP IF TRAFFIC HAS STARTED TO CROSS Explanation The white line is positioned so that pedestrians have room to cross in front of waiting traffic. If pedestrians are crossing make sure your brakes are on.
YOU NOTICE HORSE RIDERS IN FRONT . WHAT SHOULD YOU DO FIRST?
* PULL OUT TO THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD * BE PREPARED TO SLOW DOWN * ACCELERATE AROUND THEM * SIGNAL RIGHT
Correct Answer Be prepared to slow down. Explanation When overtaking animals slow down, leave plenty of room. Don't drive close behind or alongside them, this could disturb them.

Sl.No 8 Question BE EXTRA CAUTIOUS WHILE OVERTAKING
* 'L' MARK VEHICLES. * SLOW SPEED VEHICLES. * OLD VEHICLES. * LIGHT VEHICLES.
Correct Answer 'L' mark vehicles. Explanation Learners might not have confidence when they first start to drive. Allow them plenty of room and dont react adversely to their hesitation. We all learn from experience, but new drivers will have had less practice in dealing with all the situations that might occur.
BE CAREFUL WHILE OVERTAKING 'L' MARK (LEARNER DRIVER) VEHICLE BECAUSE
* THEIR INTENTION IS ALWAYS TO DRIVE IN RIGHT HAND LANE. * THIS WILL REDUCE THEIR CONFIDENCE. * THEY MAY GET NERVOUS AND IT MAY LEAD TO AN ACCIDENT. * GENERALLY THEY ARE NOT MEDICALLY FIT.
Correct Answer They may get nervous and it may lead to an accident. Explanation Driver with learner mark on their vehicle may be inexperienced fresh drivers. They may have lack of confidence to drive on the road. Therefore always take care while passing them. They may take wrong decisions by getting nervous.
10
WHILE DRIVING, AVOID
* REACTING TO WRONG BEHAVIOUR OF OTHER DRIVERS. * GETTING DISTRACTED BY HOARDINGS * BOTH OF THE ABOVE. * OBSERVING DASH BOARD GAUGES BECAUSE THIS WILL AFFECT YOUR CONCENTRATION.
Correct Answer Both of the above. Explanation There are occasions when other road users make a misjudgment or a mistake. If this happens try not to let it worry you. Dont react by showing anger. Sounding the horn, flashing the headlamps or shouting wont help the situation. Good anticipation will help prevent these incidents becoming accidents. Beware of the lights from the hoarding, they may dazzle you and lead to an accident.

Sl.No 11 Question TO HELP CONCENTRATION ON LONG JOURNEYS YOU SHOULD STOP FREQUENTLY AND
* HAVE A REST * FILL UP WITH FUEL * EAT A MEAL * HAVE A DRINK
Correct Answer Have a rest Explanation Plan your journey to include suitable rest stops. You should take all precautions against feeling sleepy whilst driving. Any lack of concentration could have dire consequences.
12
WE ARE MEETING AT 4 P.M. ONCE A WEEK; IT IS A 20-MINUTE DRIVE FROM OUR HOUSE/OFFICE. WE SHOULD-
* LEAVE AT 2 P.M. BECAUSE SOMETIMES WE FORGET Correct Answer HOW TO GET THERE * LEAVE 25 OR 30 MINUTES EARLY TO ALLOW FOR POSSIBLE DELAYS Leave 25 or 30 minutes early to allow for possible delays.
* LEAVE EXACTLY 20 MINUTES TO FOUR AND TRY TO Explanation MAKE IT ON TIME * LEAVE AT 3.50 AND SEE HOW FAST WE CAN GET THERE. 13 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF GLASSES SHOULD NOT BE WORN WHEN DRIVING AT NIGHT? Always plan your journey. Keep some time in your hand to tackle situations like traffic jams and bad weather.
* HALF-MOON * ROUND * BI-FOCAL * TINTED
Correct Answer Tinted. Explanation If you are driving or riding at night or in poor visibility, tinted lenses will reduce the efficiency of your vision, by reducing the amount of available light reaching your eyes.
14
OBJECTS HANGING FROM YOUR INTERIOR MIRROR MAY
* RESTRICT YOUR VIEW & DISTRACT YOUR ATTENTION * IMPROVE YOUR DRIVING * HELP YOUR CONCENTRATION
Correct Answer Restrict your view & distract your attention Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE Ensure that you can see clearly through the windscreen of your vehicle. Stickers or hanging objects could affect your field of vision or draw your eyes away from the road.
15
YOU ARE FOLLOWING THIS TWO WHEELER ON A POOR ROAD SURFACE. YOU SHOULD
* MAKE SURE YOU STAY WELL BACK * LOOK OUT AS THEY MAY WOBBLE * BE AWARE THEY MAY SUDDENLY SWERVE * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation On a poor road surface, the rider may need to move out to avoid pot holes. You may not always get much warning, look out for signs that the rider may be about to move out. You should also keep a watch on the road surface yourself, to try and predict what path the rider may take. While the road conditions persist, you should stay well back, allowing the rider plenty of room.
16
WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO PREVENT FATIGUE WHEN DRIVING ?
* AVOID NIGHT DRIVING * STOP FOR REST * DON'T CARRY ANY LOAD * DRINK TWO PEGS OF GOOD QUALITY WHISKY
Correct Answer Stop for rest. Explanation When you are tired, fatigue can creep up on you without warning. Anything can happen if you fall asleep causing danger to your own life, your passengers and other road users. As soon as you are tired or sleepy, stop at a rest area or off the road and take a short walk. If that does not work, find a place to rest.
17
YOU SHOULD NOT OVERTAKE WHEN
* INTENDING TO TURN LEFT SHORTLY AFTERWARDS * APPROCHING A JUNCTION * THE VIEW AHEAD IS BLOCKED
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation

Sl.No * ALL OF THE ABOVE Question Never commit your self to an overtaking manoeuvre unless you are absolutely certain that you have the time and space to make it through. Dont take unnecessary risks which endanger other road users.
18
YOUR OVERALL STOPPING DISTANCE WILL BE MUCH LONGER WHEN DRIVING
* IN RAIN * IN FOG * AT NIGHT * IN STRONG WINDS
Correct Answer In rain. Explanation Extra care should be taken in wet weather. Wet road will affect the time it takes you to stop. Your stopping distance could be at least doubled.
19
YOU APPROACH A JUNCTION. THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS ARE NOT WORKING. A POLICE OFFICER GIVES THIS SIGNAL. YOU SHOULD-
* TURN LEFT ONLY * TURN RIGHT ONLY * STOP LEVEL WITH THE OFFICER'S ARM * STOP BEFORE THE STOP LINE
Correct Answer Stop before the stop line. Explanation If a police officer or traffic warden is directing traffic you must obey them. Learn what these mean and act accordingly.
20
WHICH ARM SIGNAL TELLS YOU THAT THE CAR YOU ARE FOLLOWING IS GOING TO TURN LEFT?
* A * B * C * D
Correct Answer A Explanation There may be occasions when drivers need to give an arm signal in addition to an indicator to confirm their intentions.
21
WHEN YOU APPROACH A BUS SIGNALLING TO MOVE OFF FROM A BUS STOP, YOU SHOULD
* GET PAST BEFORE IT MOVES * ALLOW IT TO PULL AWAY, IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AS YOU APPROACH
Correct Answer Allow it to pull away, if it is safe to do so. Explanation

Sl.No Question * SIGNAL LEFT AND WAVE THE BUS TO MOVE ON Give way to buses whenever you can do so safely, especially when they signal to pull away from bus stops. Look out for people who've got off the bus and may try to cross the road. Don't try to accelerate past before it moves away.
22
YOU TAKE THE WRONG ROUTE AND FIND YOU ARE ON A ONE-WAY STREET. YOU SHOULD
* REVERSE OUT OF THE ROAD * TURN ROUND IN A SIDE ROAD * CONTINUE TO THE END OF THE ROAD * REVERSE INTO A DRIVEWAY
Correct Answer Continue to the end of the road. Explanation Never reverse or turn your vehicle around in a one-way street. This is highly dangerous. Carry on and find another route, checking the direction signs as you drive.
23
YOU HAVE JUST BEEN OVERTAKEN BY THIS MOTORCYCLIST WHO IS CUTTING IN SHARPLY. YOU SHOULD
* SOUND THE HORN * BRAKE FIRMLY * KEEP A SAFE GAP * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS
Correct Answer Keep a safe gap. Explanation You need to take your foot off the accelerator and drop back to allow a safe separation distance, try not to react by braking sharply as you could lose control. Any vehicle behind you will have to react in the same way, and it could lead to an accident.
24
YOU MUST OBEY SIGNS GIVING ORDERS. THESE SIGNS ARE MOSTLY IN
* BLACK TRIANGLES * RED TRIANGLES * BLUE RECTANGLES * RED / BLUE CIRCLES
Correct Answer Red / blue circles. Explanation Traffic signs can be divided into three classes. Those giving orders -mandatory, those warning -cautionary, and those informing -informatory. On the road, each class of sign is identified by a different shape. Mandatory signs give orders that must be obeyed to prevent legal action.

Sl.No 25 Question WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?
* CYCLE PROHIBITED * TRUCK PROHIBITED * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED
Correct Answer Right turn prohibited Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used at places, where vehicles are not allowed to make a turn to the right .
26
WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?
* LEFT TURN PROHIBITED * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED * U-TURN PROHIBITED * OVERTKING PROHIBITED
Correct Answer U-turn prohibited Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used at the places where vehicles are forbidden to make a turn to reverse direction of travel between the sign and the next intersection beyond it. The sign is erected at the start and at intervals along section of a road on which the controlling authority has authorised the prohibition.
27
* OVERTAKING PROHIBITED * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED * VEHICLE PROHIBITED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
Correct Answer Overtaking prohibited. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is erected at the beginning of such sections of highways where sight distance is restricted and overtaking is hazardous.Overtaking is also prohibited on bridges,narrow roads,railway crossing,intersections,on bends and where there is a no overtaking road sign.
28
* NO SMOKING
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED * CYCLE PROHIBITED * HORN PROHIBITED Horn prohibited. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used on stretches of the road where sounding of horn is not allowed, such as near schools, hospitals and in silence zones and within an area of 100 m of red light.
29
* LENGTH LIMIT * SPEED LIMIT * LOAD LIMIT * HEIGHT LIMIT
Correct Answer Length limit. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is erected where entry of vehicles exceeding a particular length is prohibited..
30
* COMPULSORY TURN LEFT AHEAD * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT AHEAD * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN RIGHT 31 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?
Correct Answer Compulsory turn left ahead. Explanation This is a mandatory sign
* COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN RIGHT * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT AHEAD * COMPULSORY TURN LEFT AHEAD 32 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?
Correct Answer Compulsory ahead or turn left. Explanation This is a mandatory sign
* COMPULSORY TURN LEFT * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT
Correct Answer Compulsory ahead or turn right. Explanation

Sl.No Question * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN RIGHT 33 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ? This is a mandatory sign
* COMPULSORY CYCLE TRACK * CYCLE PROHIBITED * HAND CART PROHIBITED * CYCLE CROSSING 34 SIGNS OF THIS SHAPE ARE -
Correct Answer Cycle crossing. Explanation This is a cautionary sign, erected at uncontrolled cycle crossings
* MANDATORY * INFORMATORY * WARNING * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Informatory. Explanation Informatory signs give you information about the facilities on the road sides. They also guide you on the road.
35
SIGNS OF THIS SHAPE ARE -
* CAUTIONARY. * INFORMATORY. * MANDATORY. * NONE OF THE ABOVE. 36 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?
Correct Answer Mandatory. Explanation Mandatory signs are those signs which have to be compulsorily followed.
* STOP * ONE WAY SIGN * NO PARKING * NO STOPPING
Correct Answer Stop. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The octagonal shape distinguishes it from all other signs. This sign is placed at a junction with a limited zone of vision as well as at intersections where a minor road meets a major road.

* RIGHT HAND CURVE * LEFT REVERSE BEND * RIGHT REVERSE BEND * HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT
Correct Answer Right reverse bend. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected where curves in opposite direction are separated by a tangent less than 120 metre in length in plains and 30 metre in hills. The sign may also be erected where in the opinion of the controlling authority the nature of the reverse bend is not obvious to approaching drivers and constitutes a hazard. If the first curve is to the right, a right reverse bend sign is used.
38
* STEEP DESCENT * STEEP ASCENT * SLIPPERY ROAD * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD
Correct Answer Steep ascent. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used before a steep upgrade where the erecting authority considers that the steepness of the upgrade warrants a warning to the road users. A gradient of 10 per cent and above is considered steep gradient for this purpose. The sign is not used unless the gradient continues for a length of about to 1 km.
39
* STEEP ASCENT * STEEP DESCENT * NARROW ROAD AHEAD
Correct Answer Steep decent. Explanation

Sl.No * NARROW BRIDGE Question This is a cautionary sign . The sign is used before a steep downgrade, where the erecting authority considers that the steepness of a grade may constitute a hazard to traffic. A gradient of 10 per cent and above may be considered as a steep gradient for this purpose. The sign is not used unless the gradient continues for a length of about km.
40
* NARROW ROAD AHEAD * WIDE ROAD AHEAD * NARROW BRIDGE * SLIPPERY ROAD
Correct Answer Narrow road ahead. Explanation This is a cautionary sign . This sign is erected on such sections of roads in areas where in the opinion of the controlling authority a sudden reduction in width of road causes a danger to traffic.
41
WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?
* FALLING ROCKS * STEEP ASCENT * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD * LOOSE GRAVEL
Correct Answer Falling rocks. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected wherever rocks are liable to fall on the road either seasonally or through-out the year.
42
* BARRIED AHEAD * ROUND ABOUT * CROSS ROAD * RAILWAY CROSSING AHEAD
Correct Answer Cross road. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected in advance of the cross road where in the opinion of the controlling authority a sufficiently large volume of entering traffic together with restricted sight distance is likely to constitute a hazard.

Sl.No 43 Question WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?
* GAP IN THE MEDIAN * SIDE ROAD RIGHT * SIDE ROAD LEFT * STAGGERED INTERSECTION
Correct Answer Gap in median. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is installed ahead of a gap in the median of a divided carriageway, other than at an intersection.
44
* STAGGERED INTERSECTION * ROUNDABOUT * CROSS ROAD * SIDE ROAD LEFT 45 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?
Correct Answer Roundabout. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used to indicate the approach to a roundabout .
* DANGEROUS DIP * STAGGERED INTERSECTION * Y-INTERSECTION * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD
Correct Answer Major road ahead. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected in advance of crossing with a major road, where in the opinion of the controlling authority a sufficiently large volume of traffic together with restricted sight distance is likely to constitute a hazard.
46
* DANGEROUS DIP * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD * Y-INTERSECTION
Correct Answer Dangerous dip. Explanation

Sl.No Question * STAGGERED INTERSECTION This is a cautionary sign .The sign is erected where a sharp dip in the profile of the road or a causeway is likely to cause considerable discomfort to traffic.
47
A DOTTED WHITE CENTRAL LINE ON THE ROAD MEANS THAT YOU MAY
* CROSS IT WHENEVER YOU FEEL * CROSS IT WHEN THERE IS NO TRAFFIC COMING FROM THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION * NOT CROSS IT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES * CROSS IT WHEN IT IS SAFE TO DO SO BUT SHOULD COME BACK TO YOUR LANE AFTER OVERTAKING 48 A CONTINUOUS YELLOW OR WHITE LINE IN THE CENTER OF THE ROAD INDICATES THAT YOU MAY CROSS IT.....
Correct Answer Cross it when it is safe to do so but should come back to your lane after overtaking. Explanation Separation of lanes on which travel is in the same direction, where overtaking from one lane to other is permitted.
* WHENEVER YOU FEEL IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * WHEN THERE IS NO TRAFFIC COMING FROM THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION * UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES * BUT AVOID AS FAR AS POSSIBLE
Correct Answer Under no circumstances. Explanation This line is found on busy main roads and traffic intersection. Here crossing this line and overtaking is prohibited.
49
TWO CONTINUOUS LINES IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD INDICATE THAT....
* OVERTAKING ON CONTINUOUS YELLOW LINES PERMITTED BUT DISCOURAGED
Correct Answer
* OVERTAKING ON CONTINUOUS YELLOW LINES NOT Overtaking and right turn manoeuvre PERMITTED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES across these lines not permitted. * OVERTAKING AND RIGHT TURN MANOEUVRE ACROSS THESE LINES NOT PERMITTED Explanation
* OVERTAKING ON CONTINUOUS YELLOW LINES NOT Separation of lanes where overtaking is PERMITTED BUT RIGHT TURN MANOEUVRE prohibited in both directions. Right turn PERMITTED manoeuvre across this marking are not permitted. 50 WHEN YOU HAVE APPROACHED AN INTERSECTION, THE GREEN SIGNAL HAS JUST CHANGED INTO AMBER, YOU SHOULD.
* HURRY UP AND CROSS
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * APPLY BRAKES AND CROSS See, If you have crossed the stop line or are so close to it that you cannot stop safely, cross the intersection with caution. Explanation
* SEE, IF YOU HAVE CROSSED THE STOP LINE OR ARE SO CLOSE TO IT THAT YOU CANNOT STOP SAFELY, CROSS THE INTERSECTION WITH CAUTION * SEE, IF THERE IS NO POLICEMAN, CROSS, OTHERWISE STOP
Amber means caution. You may only move on if the amber appears after you have already crossed the stop line or when you are so close to the stop line that if you stop, it may cause an accident. However, you must continue driving very carefully.
51
WHICH OF THESE LIGHTS WILL COME AFTER AMBER AT A TRAFFIC LIGHT?
* RED * GREEN * BLUE * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Red Explanation At junctions controlled by traffic lights you must stop behind the stop line until the lights change to green. Dont :1 .Proceed when the light is green if your exit road is blocked. If youre approaching traffic lights that are visible from a distance and the light has been green for some time its likely to change. Try to anticipate this. Be ready to slow down and stop.
52
AS YOU APPROACH THE STOP LINE AT AN INTERSECTION YOU SEE THE LIGHT TURN AMBER. YOU SHOULD-
* PREPARE TO GO * GO IF THE WAY IS CLEAR * GO IF NO PEDESTRIANS ARE CROSSING * GET READY TO STOP BEFORE THE STOP LINE.
Correct Answer Get ready to stop before the stop line. Explanation If the lights have been on green for a while theyre likely to change to red as you approach. Anticipate this so that youre able to stop in time.
53
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING MAY HELP TO DETER A THIEF FROM STEALING YOUR CAR?
* ALWAYS KEEPING THE HEADLIGHTS ON * FITTING REFLECTIVE GLASS WINDOWS
Correct Answer Etching the car number on the windows.

Sl.No Question * ALWAYS KEEPING THE INTERIOR LIGHT ON * ETCHING THE CAR NUMBER ON THE WINDOWS Explanation Having your car registration number etched on all your windows is a cheap and effective way to deter professional car thieves.
54
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD NOT BE KEPT IN YOUR VEHICLE?
* A FIRST AID KIT * A ROAD ATLAS * INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL * TOOL KIT 55 YOUR MOBILE PHONE RINGS WHILE YOU ARE TRAVELLING. YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer Inflammable material. Explanation If could be dangerous and may result in fire.
* STOP IMMEDIATELY * ANSWER IT IMMEDIATELY * PULL UP AT A SUITABLE PLACE * PULL UP AT THE NEAREST KERB
Correct Answer Pull up at a suitable place. Explanation Always use the safe option. It is not worth taking the risk of endangering other road users. Make sure that you pull up in a place that does not obstruct other road users.
56
YOU ARE MOST LIKELY TO LOSE CONCENTRATION WHEN DRIVING IF YOU
* SWITCH ON THE A.C. * USE A MOBILE PHONE * LOOK AT THE REAR VIEW MIRRORS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Use a mobile phone Explanation Distractions like attending a phone call, talking to passengers on rear seat or using your hand free set while driving are very dangerous. You should be in full control of your vehicle at all times.
57
YOU ARE APPROACHING A ZEBRA CROSSING. PEDESTRIANS ARE WAITING TO CROSS. YOU SHOULD
* GIVE WAY TO THE ELDERLY AND INFIRM ONLY
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * SLOW DOWN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP * USE YOUR HEADLIGHTS TO INDICATE THAT THEY CAN CROSS * WAVE AT THEM TO CROSS THE ROAD Slow down and be prepared to stop. Explanation Be courteous and prepare to stop. Do not wave people across as this could be dangerous if another vehicle is approaching the crossing.
58
ON A THREE LANE MOTORWAY WHICH SIDE SHOULD A CAR DRIVER NORMALLY USE?
* LEFT * RIGHT * CENTRE * EITHER THE RIGHT OR CENTRE
Correct Answer Centre Explanation On a three lane motorway you should travel in the centre lane unless youre overtaking. This applies regardless of the speed you are travelling at .
59
WHEN MAY YOU STOP ON A MOTORWAY?
* IF TRAFFIC SIGNAL IS RED. * WHEN TOLD BY THE POLICE * IN AN EMERGENCY OR A BREAKDOWN * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Other than the conditions described, avoid stopping on a motorway to prevent traffic jam/accidents.
60
AS A PROVISIONAL LICENCE-HOLDER YOU SHOULD NOT DRIVE A CAR
* UPTO 50 KMPH * AT NIGHT * ON THE MOTORWAY WITHOUT A PERMANENT LICENCE HOLDER. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer On the motorway without a permanent licence holder. Explanation As a learner is not confident/skilled enough to drive on motorway, so he should always be accompained by permanent licence holder, who can supervise him.
61
IN WHICH OF THESE PLACES MUST YOU NOT PARK OR WAIT?

Sl.No * AT A BUS STOP * OPPOSITE A TRAFFIC ISLAND * IN FRONT OF SOMEONE ELSE'S GATE * ALL OF THE ABOVE Question Correct Answer All of the above Explanation It may be tempting to park where you shouldnt while you run a quick errand. Careless parking is a selfish act & could endanger other road users.
62
WHAT IS THE RIGHT HAND LANE USED FOR ON A THREE-LANE MOTORWAY?
* EMERGENCY VEHICLES ONLY * OVERTAKING * VEHICLES TOWING TRAILERS * COACHES ONLY
Correct Answer Overtaking Explanation You should drive in the middle lane and only use the right hand lane if you are passing slower moving traffic.
63
WHEN LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE WHERE SHOULD YOU PARK IF POSSIBLE?
* OPPOSITE A TRAFFIC ISLAND * IN A SECURE CAR PARK * ON A BEND * NEAR A TUNNEL
Correct Answer In a secure car park Explanation Whenever possible leave your car in a secure car park. Never park your car where it can cause obstruction/danger to other road users.
64
IN WHICH OF THESE PLACES MUST YOU NOT PARK?
* NEAR A SHOPPING MALL * AT OR NEAR A BUS STOP * WITHIN 10 METRES (32 FEET) OF A JUNCTION * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Other traffic will have to pull out to pass you. This might mean they have to use the other side of the road where there might be oncoming traffic. Parking near a junction could restrict the view for emerging traffic.

Sl.No 65 Question IN WHICH OF THESE PLACES MUST YOU NOT PARK?
* NEAR A SCHOOL ENTRANCE * NEAR A POLICE STATION * ON A SIDE ROAD * ON A ONE-WAY STREET
Correct Answer Near a school entrance. Explanation It may be tempting to park where you shouldnt while you run a quick errand. Careless parking is a selfish act & could endanger other road users.
66
WHEN LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE UNATTENDED FOR A FEW MINUTES YOU SHOULD
* LOCK IT AND REMOVE THE KEY. * LEAVE THE ENGINE RUNNING. * SWITCH THE ENGINE OFF BUT LEAVE THE KEY IN. * PARK NEAR A TRAFFIC POLICEMAN
Correct Answer Lock it and remove the key. Explanation Always switch off the engine, remove the key and lock your vehicle, even if you are only leaving it for a few minutes .
67
AT A CROSSROAD THERE ARE NO SIGNS OR ROAD MARKINGS. TWO VEHICLES APPROACH. WHICH HAS PRIORITY?
* NEITHER VEHICLE * THE VEHICLE TRAVELLING THE FASTEST * THE VEHICLE ON THE WIDEST ROAD * VEHICLE APPROACHING FROM THE RIGHT
Correct Answer Vehicle approaching from the right. Explanation At crossroad when there are no give way signs or road markings, be very careful. Vehicle from the right has priority.
68
ON WHICH OF THESE OCCASIONS MUST YOU STOP YOUR VEHICLE?
* WHEN INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT * AT A RED TRAFFIC LIGHT
Correct Answer All of the above.
* WHEN SIGNALLED TO DO SO BY A POLICE OFFICER Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE You may only stop on the carriageway of a motorway. 1.When told to do so by the police. 2.In a traffic jam, emergency or break down.

Sl.No 69 Question PEDESTRIANS ARE WAITING TO CROSS AT A ZEBRA CROSSING. THEY ARE STANDING ON THE PAVEMENT. YOU SHOULD NORMALLY
* GO ON QUICKLY BEFORE THEY STEP ONTO THE CROSSING * STOP ON THE ZEBRA CROSSING AND LET THEM CROSS * STOP BEFORE THE STOP LINE, LET THEM CROSS, WAIT PATIENTLY * IGNORE THEM AS THEY ARE STILL ON THE PAVEMENT
Correct Answer Stop before the stop line, let them cross, wait patiently Explanation The pedestrians are showing an intention to cross. If you are looking well down the road you will give yourself enough time to slow down & stop correctly. Dont forget to check your mirrors before slowing down.
70
THE RULE OF PROVISION OF SEAT BELT IN VEHICLES APPLY TO VEHICLES MANUFACTURED
* BEFORE 1990 * AFTER 1993 * BEFORE 2002 * AFTER 1994
Correct Answer After 1994 Explanation Vehicles manufactured after 1994 should have a provision of seat belts for the driver and front seat passenger. This law came into effect from 1st Jan. 2002.
71
YOU MUST NOT REVERSE
* ON A BUSY ROAD * ON A ONE WAY ROAD * ON A ROUND ABOUT * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation You may decide to turn your vehicle around by reversing into an opening or side road. When you reverse, always look behind & watch for pedestrians. Dont1.Reverse for longer than necessary 2.Reverse from a side road into a main road. 3.Don't reverse on a busy road, one way road & on a round about.
72
WHEN YOU ARE NOT SURE THAT IT IS SAFE TO REVERSE YOUR VEHICLE YOU SHOULD

Sl.No * USE YOUR HORN * REV YOUR ENGINE * GET OUT AND CHECK * REVERSE SLOWLY Question Correct Answer Get out and check. Explanation If you cant see all around your vehicle, get out and have a look. You could also ask someone outside the vehicle to guide you. A small child could easily be hidden directly behind you. Dont take risks.
73
HOW MUCH DISTANCE SHOULD YOU KEEP FROM A VEHICLE TRAVELLING IN FRONT OF YOU?
* 15 METRES * 10 METRES
Correct Answer A distance sufficient to avoid collision if the vehicle in front of you suddenly slows down or stops. Explanation One useful method of checking that youve allowed enough room between you and the vehicle in front is the two-second rule. You should allow a two-second time gap as a safe separation distance. Begin by saying that only a fool breaks the two-second rule when the vehicle in front passes a fixed point. You shouldnt reach that point before you finish saying this. If you do, youre travelling too close and should drop back.
* DEPENDS ON THE SPEED OF THE VEHICLE TRAVELLING IN FRONT OF YOU * A DISTANCE SUFFICIENT TO AVOID COLLISION IF THE VEHICLE IN FRONT OF YOU SUDDENLY SLOWS DOWN OR STOPS
74
WHEN TURNING YOUR VEHICLE ON THE ROAD YOU SHOULD
* CHECK ALL AROUND FOR OTHER ROAD USERS * USE A DRIVEWAY IF POSSIBLE * KEEP YOUR HAND ON THE HANDBRAKE THROUGHOUT * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer Check all around for other road users. Explanation To turn right, on a one-way road, you should be on the extreme right of the road and in case of two-way traffic, you should be on the immediate left of the central verge. Before turning use rear view mirror, give proper indicator & hand signal & check all around for other road users.
75
YOU ARE REVERSING INTO A SIDE ROAD. WHILE REVERSING YOU SHOULD MAINLY LOOK

Sl.No Question * IN THE REAR VIEW MIRROR * THROUGH THE REAR WINDSCREEN * IN THE SIDE VIEW MIRROR NEAREST THE KERB * IN THE SIDE VIEW MIRROR AWAY FROM THE KERB Correct Answer Through the rear windscreen. Explanation If you cant see all around your vehicle with the help of rear wind screen or rear view mirrors, get out and have a look. You could also ask someone outside the vehicle to guide you. A small child could easily be hidden directly behind you. Dont take risks.
76
TO MOVE OFF SAFELY FROM A PARKED POSITION YOU SHOULD
* USE YOUR MIRRORS AND LOOK AROUND FOR A FINAL CHECK * SIGNAL FOR OTHER DRIVERS TO SLOW DOWN * NOT LOOK AROUND IF THERE IS A PARKED VEHICLE CLOSE IN FRONT OF YOU. * GIVE A HAND SIGNAL AS WELL AS USE YOUR INDICATOR 77 WHEN APPROACHING THESE ROADWORKS, YOU SHOULD NOT
Correct Answer Use your mirrors and look around for a final check. Explanation Look at both sides for traffic as well as pedestrians and cyclists. Upon clear traffic situations, indicate and move out.
* START TO OVERTAKE & INCREASE SPEED * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * GIVE ANY SIGNALS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Start to overtake & increase speed Explanation Slow down and look out for warning signs. Always obey speed limits at roadworks. Look for workmen stepping into the road. Don't use the size of your vehicle to force your way through. If the obstruction is on your side of the road, give way to oncoming traffic.
78
DOES THE LAW ALLOW YOU TO STOP YOUR VEHICLE ABRUPTLY WHILE DRIVING?
* UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SINCE YOU MAY BE HIT BY A VEHICLE FOLLOWING YOU * ONLY IN AN EMERGENCY FOR SAFETY REASONS
Correct Answer Only in an emergency, if there is no vehicle following you closely.
* ONLY IN AN EMERGENCY, IF THERE IS NO VEHICLE Explanation FOLLOWING YOU CLOSELY

Sl.No Question * WHEN YOU HAVE COME ON TO A WRONG ROAD Try to use the brakes judiciously because emergency braking can result in rear collision.
79
WHAT IS THE CORRECT PROCEDURE IF YOU WANT TO STOP?
* APPLY BRAKES GRADUALLY AFTER GIVING A SIGNAL FOR STOPPING * GIVE APPROPRIATE SIGNAL, SLOW DOWN AND STOP ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD
Correct Answer Check rear-view mirror & look over your shoulder and if it is safe to do so, give appropriate signal, slow down and stop on the left side of the road. Explanation
* CHECK REAR-VIEW MIRROR & LOOK OVER YOUR SHOULDER AND IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO, GIVE APPROPRIATE SIGNAL, SLOW DOWN AND STOP ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD * CHECK REAR-VIEW MIRROR, SLOW DOWN AND STOP ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD
Before pulling up you should check for following traffic. Also assess what is ahead and give the correct signal if it helps another road user.
80
WHICH IS THE BEST REASON FOR NOT FOLLOWING OTHER VEHICLES TOO CLOSELY?
* TO AVOID EXHAUST FUMES * TO AVOID GETTING DIRTY FROM WHEEL SPRAY
Correct Answer To get increased angle of vision of traffic conditions ahead and to avoid hitting vehicles in front, if they stop suddenly. Explanation
* TO GET INCREASED ANGLE OF VISION OF TRAFFIC CONDITIONS AHEAD AND TO AVOID HITTING VEHICELS IN FRONT, IF THEY STOP SUDDENLY * AS IT WILL REQUIRE LESS ATTENTION FOR THE OPERATION OF YOUR VEHICLE 81 WHEN APPROACHING FROM THE REAR WHERE TWO LANES OF TRAFFIC HAVE STOPPED AT A SIGNAL, YOU SHOULD
Following the other vehicles too closely can hamper the skill of the driver to anticipate any emergency halting of the front vehicle.
* PASS ALL THE VEHICLES AND STOP IN FRONT OF THEM * PASS BETWEEN ALL THE VEHICLES STANDING IN THE TWO LANES * STOP BEHIND THE LAST VEHICLE IN THE APPROPRIATE LANE * STOP ANYWHERE
Correct Answer Stop behind the last vehicle in the appropriate lane. Explanation You should stop your vehicle in the your lane in which you were driving prior to the signal to avoid any traffic jam and chaos.

Sl.No 82 Question YOU MUST NOT USE YOUR HORN WHEN YOU ARE STATIONARY
* UNLESS A MOVING VEHICLE MAY CAUSE YOU DANGER * AT ANY TIME WHATSOEVER * UNLESS IT IS USED ONLY BRIEFLY * EXCEPT FOR SIGNALLING THAT YOU HAVE JUST ARRIVED 83 WHEN OTHER DRIVERS FLASH THEIR HEADLIGHTS AT YOU IT MEANS
Correct Answer Unless a moving vehicle may cause you danger. Explanation Do this only if you think that there is a risk of an accident. Dont use it for attracting the attention of others for social reasons.
* THAT THERE IS A RADAR SPEED TRAP AHEAD * THAT THEY ARE GIVING WAY TO YOU * THAT THEY ARE WARNING YOU OF THEIR PRESENCE * THAT THERE IS SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOUR VEHICLE
Correct Answer That they are warning you of their presence Explanation If other drivers flash their headlights this isnt a signal to show priority. The flashing of headlights has the same meaning as sounding the horn its a warning of their presence.
84
YOU HAVE A VALID LEARNER'S LICENCE TO DRIVE A CAR, YOU ARE ALLOWED TO
* DRIVE ONLY AT DAYTIME * PRACTICE DRIVING ON ROADS THAT HAVE VERY LITTLE TRAFFIC
Correct Answer Drive at any time, any place provided there is a permanent licence holder with you who can control the vehicle in case of emergency. Explanation
* DRIVE AT ANY TIME, ANY PLACE
* DRIVE AT ANY TIME, ANY PLACE PROVIDED THERE It allows you to learn to drive with a IS A PERMANENT LICENCE HOLDER WITH YOU WHO regular and experienced driver of your CAN CONTROL THE VEHICLE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY choice. If you want to drive a motor car or a two-wheeler, this would have to be along with a friend, relative or an instructor of a driving school as long as he/she holds a valid driving licence. 85 IF YOU HAVE A VALID DRIVING LICENCE FOR A LIGHT MOTOR VEHICLE, WHAT ARE YOU ALLOWED TO DRIVE?

Sl.No * MOTOR CAR ONLY * MOTOR CAR AND MOTORCYCLE ABOVE 50 CC * EVERY MOTOR VEHICLE * NONE OF THE ABOVE Question Correct Answer Motor car only. Explanation Under section-3, the necessity of driving licence says that no person shall drive a motor vehicle in any public place unless he holds a valid driving licence issued to him, authorising him to drive that particular vehicle for which he holds that licence.
86
IF YOU MEET WITH AN ACCIDENT WHILE DRIVING A VEHICLE, WITHOUT A VALID DRIVING LICENCE, THE INSURANCE COMPANY WILL-
* COMPENSATE PARTLY FOR DAMAGES * COMPENSATE FULLY FOR DAMAGES * NOT COMPENSATE FOR DAMAGES * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Not compensate for damages. Explanation If there has been breach of a condition in which the driver who was driving the vehicle is not duly licensed, in that case no sum shall be paid as compensation to the vehicle owner.
87
WHICH AGE GROUP OF DRIVERS IS MOST LIKELY TO BE INVOLVED IN A ROAD ACCIDENT?
* 36 TO 45 YEAR OLD * 55 YEAR OLD AND OVER * 46 TO 55 YEAR OLD * 17 TO 25 YEAR OLD
Correct Answer 17-25 Explanation Statistics show that if you are between 17 -25, you are most likely to be involved in a road accident. There are several reasons contributing to this, but in most cases accidents occur due to driver or rider error.
88
YOU SHOULD NOT USE A MOBILE PHONE WHILST DRIVING
* UNTIL YOU ARE SATISFIED THAT NO OTHER TRAFFIC IS NEAR * UNLESS YOU ARE ABLE TO DRIVE ONE HANDED * BECAUSE IT MIGHT DISTRACT YOUR ATTENTION FROM THE ROAD AHEAD
Correct Answer Because it might distract your attention from the road ahead Explanation

Sl.No Question * BECAUSE RECEPTION IS POOR WHEN THE ENGINE IS RUNNING Driving requires all your attention and concentration at all times. Don't be distracted by phone calls. Be safe, switch off your phone while driving.
89
YOU ARE TAKING DRUGS THAT ARE LIKELY TO AFFECT YOUR DRIVING. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE BEFORE DRIVING. * LIMIT YOUR DRIVING TO ESSENTIAL JOURNEYS * ONLY DRIVE IF ACCOMPANIED BY A PERMANENT LICENCE HOLDER * DRIVE ONLY FOR SHORT DISTANCES
Correct Answer Seek medical advice before driving. Explanation Check with your doctor or pharmacist if you think that the drugs youre taking are likely to make you feel drowsy.
90
WHILE DRIVING YOU APPROACH A LARGE PUDDLE THAT IS CLOSE TO THE LEFT-HAND KERB. PEDESTRIANS ARE CLOSE TO THE WATER. YOU SHOULD-
* IGNORE THE PUDDLE * BRAKE SUDDENLY AND SOUND YOUR HORN
Correct Answer Slow down before the puddle & try to avoid splashing the pedestrians
* SLOW DOWN BEFORE THE PUDDLE & TRY TO AVOID Explanation SPLASHING THE PEDESTRIANS * WAVE AT THE PEDESTRIANS TO KEEP BACK. The effect of your vehicle driving through a puddle will be to throw water onto the pavement. If there are pedestrians close by they could be splashed with the water. Be considerate. If possible avoid driving through it.
91
WHAT ACTION WOULD YOU TAKE WHEN ELDERLY PEOPLE ARE CROSSING THE ROAD?
* WAVE THEM ACROSS SO THEY KNOW THAT YOU HAVE SEEN THEM. * BE PATIENT AND GIVE THEM SUFFICIENT TIME TO CROSS. * REV THE ENGINE TO LET THEM KNOW THAT YOU ARE WAITING. * TAP THE HORN IN CASE THEY ARE HARD OF HEARING.
Correct Answer Be patient and give them sufficient time to cross. Explanation Dont hurry elderly people across the road by getting too close to them or revving the engine. Be aware that they might take longer to cross. They might also be hard of hearing and not be able to hear your approach.

Sl.No 92 Question AS A NEW DRIVER, HOW CAN YOU DECREASE YOUR RISK OF ACCIDENTS ON THE MOTORWAY?
* BY KEEPING UP WITH THE CAR IN FRONT. * BY NEVER DRIVING OVER 45 KMPH. * BY DRIVING ONLY IN THE NEARSIDE LANE. * BY TAKING FURTHER TRAINING.
Correct Answer By taking further training. Explanation You are more likely to have an accident in the first year after taking your test. Lack of experience means that you might not react to hazards as quickly as a more experienced person. Further training will help you to become safer on the roads.
93
YOU SEE A PEDESTRIAN WITH A STICK AND DARK GLASSES TRYING TO CROSS THE ROAD. WHAT DO YOU INTERPRET?
* THE PERSON IS DUMB * THE PERSON IS DEAF * THE PERSON IS NORMAL * THE PERSON IS BLIND
Correct Answer The person is blind. Explanation If a person is deaf as well as blind the stick will have a red reflective band. You cannot tell if a pedestrian is deaf. Dont assume everyone can hear you approaching.
94
YOU HAVE BEEN INVOLVED IN AN ARGUMENT BEFORE STARTING YOUR JOURNEY. THIS HAS MADE YOU FEEL ANGRY. YOU SHOULD
* START TO DRIVE, BUT OPEN A WINDOW * DRIVE SLOWER THAN NORMAL AND TURN YOUR RADIO ON * HAVE AN ALCOHOLIC DRINK TO HELP YOU RELAX BEFORE DRIVING * CALM DOWN BEFORE YOU START TO DRIVE
Correct Answer Calm down before you start to drive Explanation If you are feeling irritated or angry you should wait until you have calmed down before setting out on a journey.
95
A DRIVER'S BEHAVIOUR HAS UPSET YOU. IT MAY HELP IF YOU
* STOP AND TAKE A BREAK * SHOUT ABUSIVE LANGUAGE * GESTURE TO THEM WITH YOUR HAND
Correct Answer Stop and take a break. Explanation

Sl.No Question * FOLLOW THEIR CAR, FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS Tiredness may make you more irritable than you would be normally. You might react differently to situations because of it. If you feel yourself becoming tense, take a break.
96
A MOTOR DRIVING LICENCE ISSUED IN ANY STATE OF INDIA
* IS VALID THROUGHOUT INDIA. * IS VALID THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. * IS VALID ONLY IN THAT STATE. * NOT VALID ANYWHERE.
Correct Answer Is valid throughout India. Explanation Any licence issued by any authority of India, irrespective of the state from where it is issued, is valid throughout India.
97
WHAT SHOULD YOU USE YOUR HORN FOR ?
* TO ALERT OTHERS OF YOUR PRESENCE * TO ALLOW YOU RIGHT OF WAY * TO GREET OTHER ROAD USERS * TO SIGNAL YOUR ANNOYANCE
Correct Answer To alert others of your presence Explanation Dont use it to 1.Greet others 2.Show impatience 3.Give or claim priority Your horn shouldnt be used between 11.30 P.M. and 7 A.M. in a built up area or when your vehicle is stationary-unless a moving vehicle poses a danger.
98
BEFORE DRIVING A NEW VEHICLE THE DRIVER SHOULD -
* BE FAMILIAR WITH THE POSITION OF CONTROLS * TAKE A BATH AND MAKE HIMSELF FIT FOR DRIVING. * ALWAYS USE CHOKE BEFORE STARTING. * CHECK ITS NUMBER PLATES.
Correct Answer Be familiar with the position of controls Explanation It is necessary to familiarise yourself with the position of controls to avoid any confusion related to controls while driving. Otherwise, this can lead to an accident.
99
THE FIRST THING THAT ALCOHOL AFFECTS IS:

Sl.No * VISION. * SPEECH. * BALANCE. * JUDGEMENT. Question Correct Answer Judgement. Explanation Alcohol adversely affects the decision making power of the person. He is not able to judge the difficult and dangerous situations.
100
THE MINIMUM AGE TO OBTAIN A CAR DRIVING LICENCE IS
* 20 YEARS * 15 YEARS * 16 YEARS * 18 YEARS
Correct Answer
Explanation Section 4 of the motor vehicle act clearly states that no person under the age of 18 years shall drive a motor vehicle in any public place.
101
HAND BRAKE IS TO BE USED TO
* REDUCE SPEED * PARK THE VEHICLE * BRAKE SUDDENLY * CONTROL A SKID 102 YOU ARE DRIVING UPTO AN INTERSECTION WHERE THERE IS NO SIGNAL, PEOPLE ARE CROSSING IN FRONT OF YOUR CAR, YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer
Explanation The hand brake must be engaged while parking the vehicle.
* CONTINUE DRIVING INTO THE INTERSECTION WITHOUT REDUCING SPEED. * SLOW DOWN AND BE CAREFUL * STOP AND ALLOW PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS * SOUND YOUR HORN REPEATEDLY 103 YOU WISH TO TAKE A "U" TURN AT AN INTERSECTION CONTROLLED BY A TRAFFIC LIGHT, YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer
Explanation Stop and give way to pedestrians.
* DRIVE TO ANOTHER INTERSECTION THAT HAS NO TRAFFIC LIGHT
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * WAIT UNTIL THE LIGHT TURNS GREEN BEFORE MAKING THE "U" TURN * MAKE THE "U" TURN IF THERE IS A POLICEMAN AT THE INTERSECTION. * AVOID MAKING A 'U' TURN 104 YOU ARE DRIVING TOWARDS AN INTERSECTION WHERE THERE IS A FLASHING YELLOW TRAFFIC LIGHT, YOU SHOULD Explanation The green signal indicates that it is safe to move now.
* SLOW DOWN AND PROCEED WITH CAUTION * STOP, IF POSSIBLE TO DO SO SAFELY * CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED * RUSH PAST THE SIGNAL 105 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A TWO-LANE STREET, THE VEHICLE IN FRONT OF YOU IS MOVING VERY SLOWLY, AND THE ROAD AHEAD IS CLEAR FOR OVERTAKING, YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer
Explanation Where there is flashing yellow signal, slow down and proceed with caution.
* PASS THE VEHICLE FROM LEFT HAND SIDE * PASS THE VEHICLE FROM RIGHT HAND SIDE * PASS THE VEHICLE FROM ANY CONVENIENT SIDE * NOT OVERTAKE AT ALL. 106 YOUR CAR IS INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT HURTING PEOPLE, YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer
Explanation Overtaking should always be done from the right hand side.
* REPORT TO THE NEAREST POLICE STATION AND TAKE THE PERSONS TO THE HOSPITAL * NEED NOT REPORT TO THE POLICE STATION * NEED NOT REPORT TO THE POLICE STATION BUT SHOULD TAKE THE PERSONS TO THE HOSPITAL. * RUN AWAY
Correct Answer
Explanation As per section 134 of the MV Act , it is the responsibility of the driver to report the accident to the nearest police station and secure medical attention to the injured
107
WHILE DRIVING, TO MAKE A RIGHT TURN, THE PROPER HAND SIGNAL IS
* EXTEND RIGHT PALM IN A HORIZONTAL POSITION OUTSIDE OF AND TO THE RIGHT OF VEHICLE WITH PALM OF THE HAND TURNED TO THE FRONT
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * EXTEND RIGHT ARM AND ROTATE IN ANTICLOCKWISE DIRECTION * EXTEND RIGHT ARM WITH PALM DOWNWARD AND MOVE UP AND DOWN SEVERAL TIMES. * SOUND YOUR HORN REPEATEDLY Explanation Turn indicatiions must always be given by using the indicators of the vehicle and using hand signals.
108
A PEDESTRIAN IS CROSSING THE STREET AT AN INTERSECTION IN AN UNMARKED CROSS-WALK, YOU SHOULD
* YIELD TO THE PEDESTRIAN THE "RIGHT OF WAY" * PROCEED WITH CARE. * REDUCE SPEED AND WARN THE PEDESTRIAN. * WAVE TO THE PEDESTRIAN TO CROSS QUICKLY. 109 WHILE DRIVING, YOU WISH TO CHANGE FROM ONE LANE TO ANOTHER, YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer
Explanation Always give right of way to pedestrians & slow moving vehicles.
* GIVE THE PROPER TURN SIGNAL * CHANGE LANES ONLY WHEN IT IS SAFE TO DO SO BY GIVING THE PROPER TURN SIGNAL
Correct Answer
* NEVER CHANGE LANES AS IT IS AGAINST THE LAW. Explanation * LANE SHOULD NOT BE CHANGED Always look into the rear view miror and keep view of other traffic before changing lanes. Lane changing must be accompanied by proper signal.
110
YOU APPROACH AN INTERSECTION THAT IS NOT HAVE TRAFFIC LIGHTS, A POLICEMAN OR TRAFFIC SIGNS, YOU SHOULD
* SLOW DOWN AND USE CAUTION * COME TO A FULL STOP * NOT CHANGE SPEED IF THE WAY IS CLEAR. * WAIT FOR THE POLICEMAN TO ARRIVE
Correct Answer
Explanation Slow down and proceed with caution so that safety of any road user is not compromised.
111
DO YOU HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILIES WHEN OPENING A VEHICLE DOOR ON A ROADWAY?
* THE DRIVER MAY OPEN HIS DOOR WHEN EVER HE WISHES TO.
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * NO, ANY FOLLOWING TRAFFIC MUST STOP IF THE DOOR INTERFERES WITH PROGRESS. * NO, THERE IS NO REGULATION TO COVER THIS SITUATION. * YES, YOU MUST NOT OPEN A DOOR IF YOU ARE LIKELY TO CAUSE DANGER TO ROAD USERS OR IMPEDE TRAFFIC. 112 WHEN DRIVING AT SUNSET OR DAWN ON A DARK DAY. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO? Explanation Our own safety as well as the safety of other road users is put at risk if the door is suddenly opened on a roadway
* * KEEP YOUR SUNGLASSES ON TO CUT DOWN HEADLIGHT GLARE. * TURN ON YOUR LIGHTS ON LOW BEAM. * TURN ON YOUR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS.
Correct Answer
Explanation Keep the lights on low beam to avoid dazzling other road users and the light reflecting back to your eyes.
113
IS IT AN OFFENCE TO OBSTRUCT CLEAR VISION OF YOUR NUMBER PLATES?
* DEPENDS ON THE TYPE OF OBSTRUCTION * YES, AT ANY TIME. * NO, YOU ARE ALLOWED TO COVER YOUR NUMBER PLATES IF YOU WANT TO. * YES, BUT IT IS LEGAL FOR A TOWBAR OR BICYCLE RACK TO COVER THE REAR NUMBER PLATE. 114 WHAT MUST YOU DO IF YOU MISS YOUR EXIT ON A FREEWAY?
Correct Answer
Explanation It is an offence to obstruct clear vision of your number plate.
* CONTINUE UNTILL YOU REACH THE NEXT APPROPRIATE EXIT. * STOP, AND REVERSE BACK ALONG THE FREEWAY TO THE EXIT YOU MISSED. * STOP IMMEDIATELY AND TURN AROUND. * LOOK INTO THE REAR VIEW MIRROR AND REVERSE. 115 YOU BORROW A FRIEND'S CAR AND FIND THAT THE POSITION OF THE DRIVER'S SEAT PUTS YOU SITTING A LONG WAY FROM THE STEERING WHEEL AND CONTROLS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
Correct Answer
Explanation In case you miss the exit, continue to drive untill the next appropriate exit.
* YOU SHOULD NEVER BORROW ANOTHER PERSON'S Correct Answer VEHICLE

Sl.No Question * PUT UP WITH THE DISCOMFORT; YOU SHOULD NOT ADJUST ANOTHER PERSON'S SEAT. * ADJUST THE SEAT FORWARD SO THAT IT'S RIGHT FOR YOU. * ASK YOUR FRIEND FOR A CUSHION TO PLACE BEHIND YOUR BACK. 116 GENERALLY, IF YOU HEAR THE SIREN OF AN EMERGENCY VEHICLE YOU SHOULD Explanation The seat must be adjusted so that you can comfortable reach all controls.
* SOUND YOUR HORN * IMMEDIATELY COME TO A STOP. * LET THE EMERGENCY VEHICLE PASS AND FOLLOW IT CLOSELY BEHIND. * PULL OVER TO THE LEFT UNTILL THE EMERGENCY VEHICLE PASSES. 117 ARE YOU ALLOWED TO USE A HAND-HELD MOBILE PHONE WHILE DRIVING A CAR?
Correct Answer
Explanation Emergency vehicles should be given priority.
* YES, BUT ONLY WHEN YOU STOP AT INTERSECTIONS. * NO * YES, BUT YOU MUST HOLD THE STEERING WHEEL WITH AT LEAST ONE HAND. * ONLY AT NIGHT
Correct Answer
Explanation The law prohibits use of mobile phone while driving as it can distract attention leading to accidents.
118
TO DRIVE SAFELY, YOU NEED TO CONCENTRATE AND BE ABLE TO MONITOR EVERYTHING THAT IS HAPPENING ON THE ROAD. TO DO THIS, YOU NEED TO
* KEEP THE WIDOWS OPEN. * TURN ALL YOUR ATTENTION ONLY TO THE ROAD AHEAD. * CONTINUALLY SCAN THE ROAD, LOOKING AHEAD, TO THE SIDES, CHECKING SIDE AND REAR MIRRORS AND ANTICIPATE WHAT MAY HAPPEN. * ASK OTHER OCCUPANTS IN THE VEHICLE TO WATCH OUT FOR POSSIBLE DANGERS.
Correct Answer
Explanation
Continually scan the road, looking ahead, to the sides, checking side and rear mirrors and anticipate what may happen.Also keep a check on the meters and gauges.
119
AS YOU APPROACH AN INTERSECTION, YOU SHOULD CHECK FOR TRAFFIC ON YOUR LEFT AND RIGHT

Sl.No Question * AT ALL TIMES BEFORE ENTERING THE INTERSECTION. * ONLY WHEN THE TRAFFIC IS HEAVY. * ONLY WHEN YOU APPROACH A STOP SIGN. * NONE OF THE ABOVE 120 BEFORE CHANGING LANES YOU SHOULD Explanation You must check traffic from left and right when approaching an intersection. Correct Answer
* NOT SIGNAL * SPEED UP SO THAT YOU ARE GOING FASTER THAT THE TRAFFIC IN THE OTHER LANE.
Correct Answer
* SIGNAL IN PLENTY OF TIME, CHECK YOUR MIRRORS Explanation AND LOOK OVER YOUR SHOULDER FOR OTHER VEHICLES. * SIGNAL FOR AT LEAST TWO SECONDS AND QUICKLY CHANGE LANES. Always give other road users plenty of tme to judge your action and plan their actions accordingly. Also, look into the rear view mirror and over the shoulder to make safety checks.
121
WHEN DRIVING NEAR CHILDREN PLAYING OR WALKING NEAR THE EDGE OF THE ROAD, YOU SHOULD
* WAIT FOR THEM TO FINISH THEIR GAME * SOUND YOUR HORN TO WARN THEM OF YOUR PRESENCE. * SLOW DOWN, AND BE READY TO MAKE A SAFE STOP. * CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED AND DRIVE AROUND THEM. 122 WHEN DRIVING IN AN AREA WHERE THERE ARE MANY PEDESTRIANS (E.G. A BUS STOP) IT IS IMPORTANT TO
Correct Answer
Explanation Children can be very unpredictable. Hence drive very slowly be ready to stop.
* SOUND YOUR HORN REPEATEDLY * PUT YOUR HEADLIGHTS ON HIGH BEAM SO THEY CAN SEE YOU BETTER.
Correct Answer
* INCREASE YOUR SPEED TO AVOID THE CHANCE OF Explanation HITTING THEM. * SLOW DOWN AND WATCH FOR AN INDICATION THAT THEY WILL ENTER THE ROAD. Always give priority to pedestrians

Sl.No 123 Question THE MOST EFFECTIVE DEVICE FOR PROTECTING PASSENGERS WHEN IN AN ACCIDENT IS
* SEAT BELTS. * SAFETY DOOR LATCHES. * PADDED INSTRUMENT PANELS. * NONE OF THESE 124 IN THE EVENT OF AN ACCIDENT WHAT NO. WILL YOU DIAL TO GET ASSISTANCE FROM THE POLICE?
Correct Answer
Explanation Seat belts can be very effective in reducing the chances of injury in case of accidents.
* 197 * 102 * 101 * 100
Correct Answer 100 Explanation Inform the police control room by phone ( tel no. 100 generally ) or otherwise, as quickly as possible whether it is your fault or not.
125
YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF A MOTORCYCLE ACCIDENT. NO OTHER VEHICLE IS INVOLVED. THE RIDER IS UNCONSCIOUS, LYING IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD. THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO IS TO * MOVE THE RIDER OUT OF THE ROAD * WARN OTHER TRAFFIC * CLEAR THE ROAD OF DEBRIS * GIVE THE RIDER REASSURANCE Correct Answer Warn other traffic. Explanation The motorcyclist is in an extremely vulnerable position, exposed to further danger from traffic. The traffic needs to slow down and be aware of the hazard in good time.
126
COASTING YOUR VEHICLE WHILST DRIVING WILL..
* INCREASE THE CONTROL YOU HAVE OVER THE VEHICLE * DECREASE THE CONTROL YOU HAVE OVER THE VEHICLE * MAKE THE CAR USE MORE FUEL
Correct Answer
Explanation

Sl.No Question * REDUCE THE VEHICLE'S BRAKING DISTANCE This term describes a vehicle travelling in neutral or with the clutch pressed down. Do not coast, whatever the driving conditions. It reduces driver control because: -'engine braking is eliminated '-vehicle speed downhill will increase quickly '-increased use of the footbrake can reduce its effectiveness '-steering response will be affected particularly on bends and corners '-it may be more difficult to select the appropriate gear when needed.
127
WHILST DRIVING ON THE MOTORWAY YOU HAVE TO SLOW DOWN QUICKLY DUE TO A HAZARD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* SOUND YOUR HORN * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHT * SWITCH ON YOUR FOG LIGHT * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHT TO FUL BEAM 128 AT ROAD JUNCTIONS WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ARE MOST VUNERABLE?
Correct Answer
Explanation Swithing on the hazard light will warn the drivers behind of the hazard ahead
* MOTORCYCLISTS * CYCLISTS * PEDESTRIANS * ALL OF THE ABOVE 129 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS THE MAIN CAUSE OF REAR-END COLLISIONS?
Correct Answer
Explanation Cyclists, motorcyclists and pedestrians are most vulnerable on the road.
* PEDESTRIANS CROSSING THE ROAD UNEXPECTEDLY * TRAFFIC LIGHTS * DRIVING TOO CLOSE TO THE VEHICLE IN FRONT * WET ROAD SURFACE
Correct Answer
Explanation It is important to maintain safe distance from the vehicle ahead. Driving too close to the vehicle in front is called tailgating and can result rear end collission.

Sl.No 130 Question YOU ARE DRIVING IN TORRENTIAL RAIN AND YOUR VEHICLE BEGINS TO SLIDE. WHAT IS THIS CALLED?
* GHOSTING * COASTING * AQUAPLANING * SKING
Correct Answer
Explanation Aquaplaning is a phenomenon in which the tyres of a vehicle cease to make direct contact with the road surface, owing to the presence of a thin film of water. As a result, the vehicle can go out of control.
131
WHAT IS THE MAIN CAUSE OF SKIDDING?
* DAMAGED BRAKES * DRIVING TOO FAST * THE WEATHER * THE DRIVER
Correct Answer
Explanation Skidding is one of the major causes of accidents, most of them arising from lack of anticipation and knowledge of skid prevention resulting in dangerously excessive speeds relative to prevailing conditions. A very small percentage of skids are due to circumstances that no reasonable driver could have anticipated.
132
YOU SHOULD NEVER ATTEMPT TO OVERTAKE A CYCLIST
* WHEN APPROACHING A ROUNDABOUT * ON A NARROW ROAD * JUST BEFORE YOU TURN LEFT * ON A RIGHT HAND BEND
Correct Answer
Explanation Do not overtake a cyclist if you are going to turn left a short way ahead. Remember that you will have to slow for the corner and manouvre the turn keeping your vehicle close to the kerb.
133
IN WHAT SITUATION ARE OTHER DRIVERS ALLOWED TO FLASH THEIR HEADLIGHTS AT YOU?
* TO WARN YOU OF THEIR PRESENCE
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * TO WARN YOU THE DANGER IS AHEAD * TO WARN YOU WHEN YOU'RE BREAKING THE SPEED Explanation LIMIT * TO TELL YOU THAT THEY ARE GIVING WAY TO YOU 134 DO YOU HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITIES WHEN OPENING THE DOOR OF THE VEHICLE ON THE ROADWAY? Flashing headlights is a way of showing their presence on the road.
* YES, YOU MUST NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF IT IS LIKELY TO CAUSE DANGER TO THE ROAD USERS OR IMPEDE TRAFFIC * NO, ANY FOLLOWING TRAFFIC MUST STOP IF THE DOOR INTEREFERES WITH ITS PROGRESS * NO, THERE IS NO REGULATION TO COVER THIS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation Before opening the door of the car on a roadway beware of other vehile and pedestrians.
135
YOU ARE ABOUT TO TAKE A RIGHT TURN AT AN INTERSECTION. THE SIGNAL IS GREEN FOR YOU.YOU HEAR A SIREN AND SEE A FIRE BRIGADE ABOUT TO OVERTAKE YOU. YOU SHOULD * CONTINUE TO MAKE THE TURN SINCE YOU HAVE THE RIGHT OF WAY. * STOP AND LET THE FIRE BRIGADE OVERTAKE YOU. * SPEED UP AND BEAT THE FIRE BRIGADE. * ANY OF THE ABOVE Explanation Always give priority to emergency vehicles. Correct Answer
136
YOU DRIVE UP TO A CORNER WHEN YOU SEE SOME LOOSE GRAVEL ON THE ROAD. YOU SHOULD
* CHECK THE MIRRORS AND CHANGE LANES * SPEED UP AND DRIVE OVER THE GRAVEL AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE. * SLOW DOWN * NONE OF THE ABOVE 137 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ATTITUDES ARE MOST LIKELY TO MAKE YOU A SAFE DRIVER?
Correct Answer
Explanation Slow down and drive carefully as it may result in a skid.
* WHEN I DRIVE, I AM RESPONSIBLE FOR MY SAFETY Correct Answer AS WELL AS THE SAFETY OF OTHER ROAD USERS.

Sl.No Question * CRASHING OR NOT CRASHING IS A MATTER OF LUCK * OTHER ROAD USERS MUST ENSURE THEIR SAFETY * OTHER DRIVERS ARE RASH, I AM SAFETY CONSCIOUS. 138 WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO AVOID HITTING OTHER VEHICLES, PEOPLE OR ANIMALS WHEN MOVING OFF FROM THE KERB? Explanation As a responsible driver you must ensure your safety as well as the safety of other road users.
* GET OUT OF THE CAR, LOOK AROUND AND QUICKLY DRIVE OFF. * SOUND YOUR HORN CONTINUOUSLY. * CHECK YOUR MIRRORS AND LOOK OVER YOUR SHOULDER BEFORE MOVING OFF. * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation Always check the rear and side view mirrors before moving off. Also look over the shoulder to check for any blind spots in the mirror.
139
IT IS IMPORTANT TO SCAN WHILE DRIVING SO THAT YOU CAN SEE EVERY THING THAT IS HAPPENING AROUND. WHAT DOES SCANNING INVOLVE?
* CONTINUOUSLY LOOKING AHEAD,TO THE SIDES AND USING THE MIRRORS WHILE DRIVING * LOOKING INTO THE REAR AND SIDE VIEW MIRRORS WHILE DRIVING. * LOOKING FURTHER AHEAD DOWN THE ROAD WHILE DRIVING. * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation While driving it is important to keep a view on all vehicular movement on the road by looking ahead and into the rear and side view mirrors.
140
WHICH OF THESE STATEMENTS IS TRUE?
* PEDESTRIANS HAVE NO SPECIAL RIGHTS ON THE ROAD * YOU MUST GIVE RIGHT OF WAY TO PEDESTRIANS ONLY ON ZEBRA CROSSINGS. * YOU MUST GIVE RIGHT OF WAY TO THE PEDESTRIANS IF THERE IS A DANGER OF HITTING THEM. * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation
Pedestrians are most vulnerable hence they must be given the right of way.

Sl.No 141 Question WHEN DRIVING IN WET WEATHER YOU SHOULD
* DRIVE IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD TO AVOID SPLASHING WATER ON THE PEDESTRIANS. * WATCH OUT FOR THE PEDESTRIANS WHO MAY HURRY AND TAKE RISKS. * STOP AND HELP ELDERLY PEOPLE CROSS THE ROAD * DRIVE AT SPECIFIED SPEED LIMIT 142 WHEN DRIVING IN AN AREA WHERE THERE ARE MANY PEDESTRIANS ( EG BUS STOP) IT IS IMPORTANT TO
Correct Answer
Explanation Watch out for pedestrians who may try to rush across.
* SWITCH ON YOUR HEAD LIGHTS ON HIGH BEAM FOR BETTER VISIBILITY ON THE ROAD * INCREASE YOUR SPEED TO AVOID THE CHANCE OF HITTING THEM * SLOW DOWN AND WATCH FOR AN INDICATION THAT THEY WILL ENTER THE ROAD * SOUND YOUR HORN CONTINUOUSLY 143 A VEHICLE AHEAD OF YOU HAS STOPPED AT A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. YOU
Correct Answer
Explanation Pedestrians may want to enter the road, hence slow down and be cautious.
* MUST NOT OVERTAKE THE VEHICLE * MAY OVERTAKE THE VEHICLE IF THERE ARE NO PEDESTRIANS ON THE CROSSING. * MAY OVERTAKE THE VEHICLE IF THERE ARE NO OTHER VEHICLES COMING THE OTHER WAY. * 144 WHEN YOU HAVE STARTED TO OVERTAKE THE CAR AHEAD,YOU NOTICE THAT ITS RIGHT INDICATOR IS FLASHING. YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer
Explanation Do not overtake. The vehicle may have stopped for something.
* ACCELERATE QUICKLY TO GET PAST * IMMEDIATELY BRAKE TO A STOP
Correct Answer
* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND ACCELERATE PAST. Explanation * CHECK YOUR MIRROR AND MOVE BACK BEHIND THE CAR The car ahead may be turning right. Hence check the traffic behind and stay back.

Sl.No 145 Question DOUBLE UNBROKEN LINES ARE MARKED ON A ROADWAY. YOU MAY
* CROSS THEM AND OVERTAKE A CAR AHEAD IF IT IS Correct Answer SAFE TO DO SO. * CROSS THEM TO TURN INTO A DRIVEWAY OR PROPERTY IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * CROSS THEM TO MAKE A U TURN * THERE ARE NO SUCH ROAD MARKINGS Explanation Double solid lines indicate maximum restrictions and are not be crossed except in emergent usage.
146
WHEN MOVING OFF, YOU MUST ALWAYS
* LOOK OVER YOUR RIGHT SHOULDER, THEN SIGNAL Correct Answer BEFORE MOVING OFF. * HONK AND MOVE OFF * INDICATE RIGHT AND THEN MOVE OFF Explanation
* CHECK MIRRORS, INDICATE RIGHT AND MOVE OFF Check mirrors, indicate right and move off ONLY AFTER CHECKING OVER YOUR RIGHT only after checking over your right SHOULDER. shoulder. All the steps should be followed before moving off. 147 WHEN APPLYING BRAKES TO STOP
* YOU MUST DO AS FAST AS YOU CAN * CHECK YOUR REAR VIEW MIRROR BEFORE APPLYING BRAKES. * APPLY THE BRAKE THEN CHECK YOUR REAR VIEW MIRROR. * YOU MUST SIMULTANEOUSLY PULL THE HANDBRAKE AS WELL. 148 THE AMBER LIGHT IS SEEN AT THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS
Correct Answer
Explanation Mirror check is very important before applying brakes.
* IT WILL TURN GREEN * IT WILL TURN RED * NONE OF THE ABOVE * EITHER OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation Red will follow the amber light.

Sl.No 149 Question PEDESTRIAN CROSSING THE ZEBRA AT A JUNCTION CONTROLLED BY TRAFFIC LIGHTS
* HAVE RIGHT OF THE WAY AT ALL THE TIMES. * SHOULD CROSS ONLY WHEN PEDESTRIAN GREEN CROSSING SIGN APPEARS. * SHOULD CROSS ONLY WHEN PEDESTRIAN RED CROSSING SIGN APPEARS. * ALSO ALLOWS CYCLIST TO RIDE ACROSS THE ROAD. 150 WHEN DRIVING YOU SEE PEOPLE CROSSING AT ZEBRA CROSSING, YOU WILL-
Correct Answer
Explanation Pedestrian should follow the signal at zebra crossing.
* HONK YOUR WAY AND PASS THEM. * YOU WILL LOOK AT PASSING THEM ON EITHER SIDE IF SAFE. * YOU WILL GESTURE THEM TO GET OUT OF THE WAY.
Correct Answer
Explanation
* YOU WILL SLOW DOWN AND STOP AND MOVE ONLY Pedestrian have the right of way. WHEN ALL THE PEDESTRIANS HAVE CROSSED OVER SAFELY. 151 AT A BUSY PEDESTRIAN ZEBRA SEVERAL PEOPLE ARE CROSSING , YOU WILL
* WAIT UNTIL EVERYONE HAS CROSSED SAFELY. * TRY TO SQUEEZE PAST PEDESTRIANS WHEN A GAP APPEARS. * HONK AND REV UP THE ENGINE ASKING PEDESTRIAN TO HURRY. * WAVE AND SHOUT AT PEOPLE ASKING THEM TO HURRY. 152 AT A JUNCTION WHERE TRAFFIC LIGHTS ARE NOT WORKING
Correct Answer
Explanation Pedestrian have the right of way.
* VEHICLES HAVE RIGHT OF WAY AT ALL THE TIMES. Correct Answer * THE ZEBRA NOW ATTAINS DOMINANCE AND PEDESTRIANS HAVE RIGHT OF WAY. * RIGHT OF WAY IS DETERMINED BY FIRST COME FIRST SERVE BASIS. * VEHICLES HAVE RIGHT OF WAY PROVIDED THEY EITHER FLASH THEIR LIGHTS OR HONK. Explanation Pedestrians have the right of way when traffic lights are not working.

Sl.No 153 Question A BUS AT THE BUS STOP SIGNALS RIGHT WITH THE INTENT OF MOVING OFF, YOU WILL
* SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY. * SPEED PAST IT. * HONK AND SUGGEST YOU HAVE THE RIGHT OF WAY. * FLASH LIGHTS AND GO PAST THE BUS. 154 AT A PEDESTRIAN ZEBRA CROSSING NOT CONTROLLED BY TRAFFIC SIGNALS
Correct Answer
Explanation Slow down and give way.
* VEHICLES AND PEDESTRIANS HAVE EQUAL RIGHT OF WAY. * CYCLISTS AND PEDESTRIANS HAVE EQUAL RIGHT OF WAY. * ALL VEHICLES HAVE TO STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS AS THEY HAVE RIGHT OF WAY AT ALL THE TIMES. * VEHICLE DRIVERS HAVE THE RIGHT OF WAY. 155 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DOES NOT DISTRACT THE DRIVER?
Correct Answer
Explanation Pedestrians have the right of way at all the times.
* LISTENING TO MUSIC. * USING HAND FREE MOBILE. * CHECKING MIRRORS. * BOTH B AND C. 156 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DISTRACTS THE DRIVER?
Correct Answer
Explanation Talking on Mobile phone distracts the driver even if it is hand free.
* ARGUING WITH A PASSENGER. * DANGLING OBJECTS FROM THE REAR VIEW MIRROR. * INSERTING A CD. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer
Explanation All of the above.

Sl.No 157 Question YOUR MOBILE PHONE RINGS, TO ANSWER THE CALL YOU WILL
* PULL UP NEAR THE KERB IMMEDIATELY. * ANSWER THE CALL STRAIGHT AWAY. * PULL OVER AND STOP WHEN ITS SAFE. * USE HANDS FREE 158 WHEN DRIVING YOU START FEELING SLEEPY OR TIRED, YOU WILL
Correct Answer
Explanation Never talk on mobile while driving, always pull over and stop if it is safe.
* FIND A SAFE PLACE TO STOP AND REFRESH. * TRY TO REACH HOME FASTER BY RAISING SPEED. * EAT OR DRINK TEA WHEN DRIVING TO HELP REFRESH. * TRY TO STAY ALERT BY LOOKING AROUND REPEATEDLY OR TALKING TO A CO-PASSENGER. 159 WHEN DRIVING YOU SEE AN ACCIDENT, YOU WILL
Correct Answer
Explanation Always stop at safe place and refresh if you feel sleepy while driving.
* STOP IMMEDIATELY AND RUN TO ASSIST. * CONTINUE TO DRIVE BUT PHONE EMERGENCY SERVICES. * CONCENTRATE ON YOUR DRIVING. * WAIT TO SEE WHAT HAPPENED.
Correct Answer
Explanation Maintain your composure. There can be stray occurrences. Stopping or slowing down may disrupt other traffic
160
YOU ARE DRIVING PAST A LANE OF PARKED CARS. YOU NOTICE A BALL BOUNCING OUT INTO THE ROAD AHEAD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED AND SOUND YOUR HORN * CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED AND FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * SLOW DOWN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP FOR CHILDREN
Correct Answer Slow down and be prepared to stop for children. Explanation

Sl.No Question * STOP AND WAVE THE CHILDREN ACROSS TO FETCH Beware of children playing in the street THEIR BALL and running out into the road. If a ball bounces out from the pavement slow down and stop. Don't encourage anyone to retrieve it. Other road users may not see your signal and you might lead a child into a dangerous situation. 161 WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD YOU SHOULD BE AWARE OF WHEN FOLLOWING THIS CYCLIST?
* THE CYCLIST MAY MOVE INTO THE LEFT AND DISMOUNT * THE CYCLIST MAY SWERVE OUT INTO THE ROAD * THE CONTENTS OF THE CYCLIST'S CARRIER MAY FALL ONTO THE ROAD * THE CYCLIST MAY WISH TO TURN RIGHT AT THE END OF THE ROAD
Correct Answer The cyclist may swerve out into the road. Explanation When following a cyclist be aware that they also have to deal with the hazards around them. They may wobble or swerve to avoid a pot-hole in the road. They might see a potential hazard and change direction suddenly. Don't go very close to them or rev your engine impatiently.
162
A PROPERLY ADJUSTED HEAD RESTRAINT WILL
* MAKE YOU MORE COMFORTABLE * HELP YOU TO AVOID NECK INJURY * HELP YOU TO RELAX * HELP YOU TO MAINTAIN YOUR DRIVING POSITION
Correct Answer Help you to avoid neck injury Explanation The restraint should be adjusted so that it gives maximum protection to the head. This will help in the event of a rear-end collision.
163
YOU SHOULD ONLY USE A MOBILE PHONE WHEN
* RECEIVING A CALL.
Correct Answer
* THE VEHICLE IS STATIONARY & PARKED SUITABLY. The vehicle is stationary & parked suitably. * DRIVING AT LESS THAN 30 KMPH. * DRIVING AN AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLE. Explanation It is far more convenient for you, as well as being safer if you are parked in a safe & convenient place when receiving or making a call. You will be free to take notes or refer to papers, which would not be possible while driving.

Sl.No 164 Question WHAT IS MEANT BY 'DEFENSIVE DRIVING' ?
* BEING ALERT AND THINKING AHEAD * ALWAYS DRIVING SLOWLY AND GENTLY * ALWAYS LETTING OTHERS GO FIRST * PULLING OVER FOR FASTER TRAFFIC
Correct Answer Being alert and thinking ahead. Explanation To be safe on the road, it is important to be aware of the shortcomings, to anticipate other road users behaviour and to keep your vehicle in control. This strategy of expecting the unexpected in behaviours and situations and to know how to keep yourself safe and in control is called defensive driving.
165
AN OLDER PERSON'S DRIVING ABILITY COULD BE AFFECTED BECAUSE THEY MAY BE UNABLE TO
* UNDERSTAND ROAD SIGNS * OBTAIN CAR INSURANCE * REACT VERY QUICKLY * GIVE SIGNALS CORRECTLY
Correct Answer React very quickly Explanation The reflexes of old drivers are slow and they may need time to react to changing situations on the road. Therefore always give due consideration to old drivers.
166
CAR PASSENGERS MUST WEAR A SEAT BELT IF ONE IS AVAILABLE, UNLESS THEY ARE
* UNDER 14 YEARS OLD * UNDER 1.5 METRES (5 FEET) IN HEIGHT * SITTING IN THE REAR SEAT * EXEMPTED FOR MEDICAL REASONS.
Correct Answer Exempted for medical reasons. Explanation Although it's your adult passengers responsibility for wearing a seat belt, remind them to put them on as they get in the car.
167
TO DRIVE ON THE ROAD, LEARNERS MUST
* HAVE ONLY THE REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE OF THE VEHICLE * HAVE TAKEN PROFESSIONAL INSTRUCTION
Correct Answer Have a valid learners licence

Sl.No Question * HAVE A VALID LEARNERS LICENCE * APPLY FOR A DRIVING TEST WITHIN 12 MONTHS. Explanation Before you drive on the road you must have a learners' licence and be acompanied by a person holding a permanent licence.
168
MAY YOU PARK A VEHICLE IN FRONT OF A VEHICLE ENTRANCE?
* YES, PROVIDED SOMEONE WHO CAN MOVE IT REMAINS WITH THE VEHICLE. * YES, FOR NO LONGER THAN 10 MINUTES.
Correct Answer Yes, but only to pick up or drop passengers.
* YES, BUT ONLY TO PICK UP OR DROP PASSENGERS. Explanation * NO, NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. It may be tempting to park where you shouldnt while you run a quick errand. Careless parking is a selfish act and could endanger other road users.
169
A RED TRAFFIC LIGHT MEANS
* YOU MAY GO STRAIGHT ON IF THERE IS NO OTHER Correct Answer TRAFFIC * YOU MUST STOP BEHIND THE WHITE STOP LINE * YOU MAY TURN LEFT IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * YOU MUST SLOW DOWN AND PREPARE TO STOP IF TRAFFIC HAS STARTED TO CROSS You must stop behind the white stop line. Explanation The white line is positioned so that pedestrians have room to cross in front of waiting traffic. If pedestrians are crossing make sure your brakes are on.
170
* NO ENTRY * ONE WAY SIGN * COMPULSORY STRAIGHT AHEAD * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED
Correct Answer No entry. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is located at places where the vehicles are not allowed to enter. It is generally erected at the end of one-way road to prohibit traffic entering the roadway in the wrong direction and also at each intersection along the one-way road.

Sl.No 171 Question MIRRORS ARE OFTEN SLIGHTLY CURVED (CONVEX) , SO THAT
* THEY TOTALLY COVER BLIND SPOTS * THEY GIVE A WIDER FIELD OF VISION. * THEY MAKE IT EASIER TO JUDGE THE SPEED OF FOLLOWING TRAFFIC. * THEY MAKE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC LOOK BIGGER.
Correct Answer They give a wider field of vision. Explanation Modern vehicles provide the driver with the equipment to help increase the field of vision. However, you should always be aware that even these mirrors might not reflect all that is around the vehicle. A check over the shoulder before you move off will be required.
172
* TRUCK PROHIBITED * ALL MOTOR VEHICLES PROHIBITED * BULLOCK CART PROHIBITED * CYCLE PROHIBTED
Correct Answer All motor vehicles prohibited. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used at the entrance to the roads where entry to all types of motor vehicles is prohibited.
173
* VEHICLE PROHIBITED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS * LEFT TURN PROHIBITED * OVERTAKING PROHIBITED * RIGHT TURN PROHIBITED
Correct Answer Vehicles prohibited in both directions. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used at the approach end of the roads where entry to all types of vehicular traffic is prohibited, especially in case of areas which have been designed as pedestrian malls.
174
* LOAD LIMIT * SPEED LIMIT
Correct Answer Speed limit.

Sl.No * WIDTH LIMIT * HEIGHT LIMIT Question Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is located at the beginning of the section of the road or area covered by a speed restriction, with numerals indicating the speed limit in kilometres per hour.
175
* AXLE LOAD LIMIT * HIGHT LIMIT * WIDTH LIMIT * LOAD LIMIT
Correct Answer Load limit. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is erected where entry is prohibited for vehicles whose laden weight exceeds a certain limit.This load includes weight of vehicle and the weight of material it carries.
176
* LENGTH LIMIT * SPEED LIMIT * LOAD LIMIT * HEIGHT LIMIT
Correct Answer Height limit. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is erected in advance of an overhead structure where entry is prohibited for vehicles whose height exceeds a certain limit.
177
* HEIGHT LIMIT * SPEED LIMIT * WIDTH LIMIT * LENGHT LIMIT
Correct Answer Width limit. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign is used where entry of vehicles exceeding a particular width is prohibited.

* NO STOPPING * RESTRICTION ENDS * NO PARKING * SPEED LIMIT
Correct Answer No parking. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. This is a sign prohibiting parking of vehicles, there by meaning that vehicles may halt for a very brief interval for the purpose of loading and unloading or for picking up and dropping of passengers. It is usually placed at airports , railway stations, market areas, bus stops, schools ,college etc.
179
* NO PARKING * NO STOPPING * LENGTH LIMIT * SPEED LIMIT
Correct Answer No stopping. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. The sign means that no vehicle must halt on the main carriageway at any time not even to pick up or drop passengers.
180
* COMPULSORY KEEP LEFT * COMPULSORY AHEAD ONLY * COMPULSORY TURN LEFT * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT 181 WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?
Correct Answer Compulsory ahead only. Explanation This is a mandatory sign
* COMPULSORY AHEAD ONLY * COMPULSORY TURN LEFT AHEAD * COMPULSORY TURN RIGHT AHEAD * COMPULSORY AHEAD OR TURN LEFT
Correct Answer Compulsory turn right ahead. Explanation This is a mandatory sign

* LEFT HAND CURVE * INFORMATORY SIGN * WARNING SIGN * GIVE WAY
Correct Answer Give way. Explanation This is a mandatory sign . Give way is the red triangle pointing downwards. This sign is usually installed where the traffic on the road you want to enter has priority, such as a major road or roundabout. You must give way to the traffic on the main road or traffic approaching from your right at a roundabout.
183
* RIGHT HAND CURVE * LEFT HAND CURVE * HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT * HAIR PIN BEND LEFT
Correct Answer Right hand curve. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. This sign is used where the geometric and operating conditions show the recommended speed on the curve to be much less than the design speed for highway.
184
* RIGHT HAND CURVE * LEFT HAND CURVE * RIGHT REVERSE BEND * LEFT REVERSE BEND
Correct Answer Left hand curve. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. This sign is used where the geometric and operating conditions show the recommended speed on the curve to be much less than the design speed for highway.
185
YOU ARE DRIVING ON THE MOTORWAY IN WINDY CONDITIONS. WHEN PASSING HIGHSIDED VEHICLES YOU SHOULD
* INCREASE YOUR SPEED.
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * BEAWARE OF A SUDDEN GUST. * DRIVE ALONGSIDE VERY CLOSELY. * EXPECT NORMAL CONDITIONS. Be wary of a sudden gust. Explanation The draught caused by other vehicles could be strong enough to push you out of your lane. Keep both hands on the steering wheel to maintain full control.
186
* HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT * HAIR PIN BEND LEFT * RIGHT REVERSE BEND * LEFT REVERSE BEND
Correct Answer Hair pin bend right. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used to mark curves of small radii, where the change of direction is so considerable as to amount to a reversal of direction to the right.
187
* HAIR PIN BEND LEFT * HAIR PIN BEND RIGHT * LEFT HAND CURVE * RIGHT HAND CURVE
Correct Answer Hair pin bend left. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used to mark curves of small radii, where the change of direction is so considerable as to amount to a reversal of direction to the left.
188
Correct Answer Wide road ahead. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected on such sections of roads in areas where in the opinion of the controlling authority the sudden widening of a road causes a danger to traffic, such as a twolane road suddenly widening to a dual carriageway.

Correct Answer Narrow bridge. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected on roads in advance of bridges where the clear width between kerbs or wheel guards is less than the normal width of the carriageway.
190
* SLIPPERY ROAD * LOOSE GRAVEL * STAGGERED INTERSECTION * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD
Correct Answer Slippery road. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected to warn that the section of the road ahead may be particularly slippery.
191
* NARROW BRIDGE * SLIPPERY ROAD * LOOSE GRAVEL * STEEP DESCENT
Correct Answer Loose gravel. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign should be used on section of a road on which loose gravel is present which may cause skidding.
192
* SCHOOL AHEAD * MEN AT WORK * CYCLE CROSSING
Correct Answer Pedestrian crossing. Explanation

Sl.No Question * PEDESTRIAN CROSSING This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected in advance on both approaches to uncontrolled pedestrian crossings. This is absolutely essential when visibility of the crossing is impaired by a bend or hump in the road.
193
* CYCLE CROSSING * SCHOOL AHEAD * LOOSE GRAVEL * PEDESTRIAN CROSSING
Correct Answer School ahead. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected where school buildings or grounds are adjacent to the road, and where in the opinion of the controlling authority passing traffic creates a hazard to children.
194
* BARRIER AHEAD * DANGEROUS DIP * MEN AT WORK * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD
Correct Answer Men at work. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is displayed only when men or machines are working on the road or adjacent to it or on overhead lines or poles.
195
* BARRIER AHEAD * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD * STAGGERED INTERSECTION
Correct Answer Hump or rough road. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used where in the opinion of the controlling authority sudden surface irregularities or hump constitutes a hazard or discomfort for the drivers.
196

Sl.No Question * GUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 100 METERS AHEAD Correct Answer * UNGUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 100 METERS AHEAD * UNGUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 200 METERS AHEAD * GUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING 50 METERS AHEAD Unguarded railway crossing 100 meters ahead. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used on the approaches of level crossings where there are no gates or other barriers. A single red oblique bar denotes a distance of 50-100 m in plain and rolling terrain and 30-60 m in hilly terrain. Two red oblique bars denote a distance of 200 m.
197
* EATING PLACE * PETROL PUMP * PUBLIC TELEPHONE * FIRST AID
Correct Answer Petrol pump. Explanation This is an informatory sign. The sign is erected on long stretches of roads in rural areas at the entry to the road leading to the facility
198
* PETROL PUMP * HOSPITAL * RESTING PLACE * FIRST AID
Correct Answer Hospital. Explanation This is an informatory sign. The sign is used to notify drivers of vehicles that they should take the precautions required near medical establishments and, in particular, that they are not to make any unnecessary noise. The sign also serves to indicate the location of hospital where medical facilities are available.
199
* HOSPITAL * NO THROUGH ROAD * FIRST AID POST
Correct Answer First aid post. Explanation

Sl.No * NO PARKING Question This is an informatory sign . The sign is used to notify the drivers of vehicles on long stretches of roads in rural areas of the first aid facility which is helpful in case of emergency.
200
* FIRST AID POST * NO THROUGH SIDE ROAD * Y-INTERSECTION * NO THROUGH ROAD
Correct Answer No through road. Explanation This is an informatory sign . The sign is erected at the entrance to a road from which there is no exit.
201
WHILE APPROACHING A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING WHICH IS CONTROLLED BY A TRAFFIC SIGNAL, THE SIGNAL HAS TURNED GREEN FOR YOU BUT THE PEDESTRIANS ARE STILL CROSSING. YOU SHOULD... * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS * SPEED UP SINCE THE SIGNAL IS IN YOUR FAVOUR * SPEED UP BUT TAKE CARE OF THE PEDESTRIANS * NONE OF THE ABOVE Correct Answer Slow down and give way to pedestrians Explanation A green signal means you may go on if the way is clear. You can also make a right or left turn if not prohibited by signs, but if the pedestrians are still crossing the road, slow down give way to them, as they have the priority.
202
UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES YOU WILL NOT GO FORWARD WHEN THE SIGNAL LIGHTS ARE IN YOUR FAVOUR?
* IF ROAD REPAIR WORK IS IN PROGRESS NEAR THE Correct Answer INTERSECTION * IF YOU WANT TO GIVE ALMS TO A BEGGAR WHO IS If a policeman on duty has signalled you to A LITTLE AWAY FROM YOU stop * IF BY DOING SO, YOU WILL BE BLOCKING THE INTERSECTION Explanation
* IF A POLICEMAN ON DUTY HAS SIGNALLED YOU TO Traffic signals are divided into two STOP categories namely, hand signals and traffic lights. Sometimes a traffic light regulated crossing can also be controlled by the traffic police officer. In this situation always follow the signal given by the policeman on duty.

Sl.No 203 Question YOU ARE DRIVING A VEHICLE TOWARDS AN INTERSECTION WHERE THERE IS A FLASHING YELLOW LIGHT, YOU SHOULD
* STOP AND PROCEED SAFELY * SLOW DOWN AND PROCEED WITH CAUTION * CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED KEEPING IN VIEW TRAFFIC CONDITIONS * STOP IF MANOEUVERING A RIGHT TURN
Correct Answer Slow down and proceed with caution Explanation Flashing yellow signals warn you of the hazards ahead. Slow down and proceed with caution giving due attention to other traffic, pedestrians and vehicles. These are generally provided where major roads meet minor roads.
204
A FLASHING RED LIGHT AT AN INTERSECTION MEANS....
* YOU SHOULD SLOW DOWN AND DRIVE WITH INCREASED CAUTION * YOU SHOULD SLOW DOWN, AND GIVE RIGHT OF WAY TO VEHICLES APPROACHING FROM LEFT OR RIGHT SIDE * SIGNAL LIGHT IS OUT OF ORDER AND AS SUCH YOU SHOULD PROCEED WITH CAUTION * YOU SHOULD STOP, GIVE WAY TO VEHICLES IN THE PRIORITY ROAD AND PROCEED ONLY WHEN THE WAY IS CLEAR
Correct Answer You should stop, give way to vehicles in the priority road and proceed only when the way is clear Explanation Flashing red lights means you must come to a full stop and proceed cautiously after making a safety check on all approaching traffic. This is generally provided at level crossings, bridges, air field, fire stations, minor roads etc.
205
WHEN MAY YOU REVERSE FROM A SIDE ROAD INTO A MAIN ROAD?
* ONLY IF BOTH ROADS ARE CLEAR OF TRAFFIC * NOT AT ANY TIME * AT ANY TIME * ONLY IF THE MAIN ROAD IS CLEAR OF TRAFFIC
Correct Answer Not at any time. Explanation Dont reverse into a main road from a side road. The main road is likely to be busy and the traffic on it moving quickly. Cut down the risks by using a quiet side road to reverse into.
206
YOU ARE SIGNALLING TO TURN RIGHT IN BUSY TRAFFIC. HOW WOULD YOU CONFIRM YOUR INTENTION SAFELY?

Sl.No * SOUND THE HORN * GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * POSITION OVER THE CENTRE LINE Question Correct Answer Give an arm signal Explanation In some situations you may feel your indicators cannot be seen by other road users or it may not be working. In any of the case, you need to make your intention more clear by giving the arm signal.
207
WHEN TRAFFIC LIGHTS ARE OUT OF ORDER, WHAT PRECAUTION SHOULD YOU TAKE?
* SLOW DOWN AND MOVE * STOP, LOOK RIGHT AND LEFT AND PROCEED CAUTIOUSLY. * NO PRECAUTION IS NECESSARY * MOVE AT THE SAME SPEED.
Correct Answer Stop, look right and left and proceed cautiously. Explanation Treat the junction as an unmarked crossroads, deal with the situation with caution.
208
THERE IS A POLICE CAR FOLLOWING YOU. THE POLICE OFFICER FLASHES THE HEADLIGHTS AND POINTS TO THE LEFT. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* TURN AT THE NEXT LEFT * PULL UP ON THE LEFT * STOP IMMEDIATELY * MOVE OVER TO THE RIGHT 209 WHY SHOULD YOU MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE CANCELLED YOUR INDICATORS AFTER TURNING?
Correct Answer Pull up on the left. Explanation You must pull up on the left, as soon as its safe to do so, and switch off your engine.
* TO AVOID FLATTENING THE BATTERY * TO AVOID MISLEADING OTHER ROAD USERS * TO AVOID DAZZLING OTHER ROAD USERS * TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE INDICATOR RELAY
Correct Answer To avoid misleading other road users. Explanation If you havent taken a sharp turn your indicators might not turn off automatically. Be aware of this if youve used them for slight deviations, such as passing parked vehicles.

Sl.No 210 Question WHEN APPROACHING A ROUNDABOUT GIVE WAY TO
* CYCLISTS * SLOW-MOVING VEHICLES * TRAFFIC ON YOUR RIGHT * TRAFFIC ON YOUR LEFT
Correct Answer Traffic on your right. Explanation When approaching a roundabout you should give way to the traffic on your right because the vehicle, which is already in the roundabout, is at disadvantageous position. So always give them the right of way to avoid accident.
211
BROKEN YELLOW LINE ON CENTRE OF THE ROAD MEANS
* VEHICLES TRAVELLING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION CAN OVERTAKE WITH CARE * LANE CHANGING ZONE * NO OVERTAKING IN BOTH THE DIRECTIONS * ONLY LIGHT VEHICLES CAN OVERTAKE
Correct Answer Vehicles travelling in the opposite direction can overtake with care. Explanation It indicates separation of lanes on which travel is in the opposite direction, and where overtaking with care is permitted.
212
WHAT DOES THIS SIGNAL FROM A POLICE OFFICER, MEAN TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC?
* GO AHEAD * STOP * TURN LEFT * TURN RIGHT
Correct Answer Stop Explanation Police officers might be found at a point where there's heavy traffic or a breakdown of traffic lights. Always follow the instructions of a traffice police officer.
213
WHILE DRIVING, TO MAKE A RIGHT TURN, THE PROPER HAND SIGNAL IS
* EXTEND RIGHT HAND IN A HORIZONTAL POSITION Correct Answer OUTSIDE AND TO THE RIGHT OF THE VEHICLE WITH PALM FACING THE FRONT. * EXTEND RIGHT ARM AND ROTATE IN ANTI CLOCK WISE DIRECTION. Extend right hand in a horizontal position outside and to the right of the vehicle with palm facing the front.

Sl.No Question * EXTEND A RIGHT ARM WITH PALM DOWNWARD AND MOVE UP AND DOWN SEVERAL TIMES. * EXTEND RIGHT ARM VERTICALLY WITH PALM FACING THE FRONT. Explanation Before making the right turn slow down, choose correct lane, give hand signal as well as indicator to show your intention to other road users.
214
WHILE DRIVING YOU DECIDE TO STOP IMMEDIATELY, THE CORRECT HAND SIGNAL IS :-
* EXTEND RIGHT ARM HORIZONTAL TO THE GROUND Correct Answer WITH PALM DOWNWARDS. * EXTEND THE RIGHT ARM & BENDING THE ELBOW AT RIGHT ANGLES AND TURNING PALM TO THE FRONT. * NO SIGNAL REQUIRED. * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Right arm held erect with palm facing forward. Explanation Before stopping the vehicle the correct signal is to extend the right arm & bending the elbow at right angles and turning palm to the front.
215
SPEED LIMIT SIGNS INDICATE THE MAXIMUM SPEED DURING IDEAL CONDITIONS.
* TRUE. * FALSE. * * 216 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD YOU DO BEFORE STOPPING?
Correct Answer True. Explanation The speed limit sign shows the speed limit that the driver must not exceed.
* SOUND THE HORN * USE THE MIRRORS * SELECT A HIGHER GEAR * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer Use the mirrors. Explanation Before pulling up you should check for following traffic. Also assess what is ahead & give the correct signal if it helps another road user.
217
WHEN YOU ARE MOVING OFF FROM BEHIND A PARKED CAR YOU SHOULD
* LOOK AROUND BEFORE YOU MOVE OFF
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * USE ALL THE MIRRORS ON THE VEHICLE * GIVE A SIGNAL * ALL OF THE ABOVE All of the above. Explanation Before moving off you should use all the mirrors to check if the road is clear. Look around to check the blind spots and give a signal if it is of help to other road users.
218
WHEN BEING FOLLOWED BY AN AMBULANCE SHOWING A FLASHING BLUE BEACON YOU SHOULD
* PULL OVER SAFELY AND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE TO Correct Answer LET IT PASS * ACCELERATE HARD TO GET AWAY FROM IT * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED AND COURSE * BRAKE HARSHLY AND IMMEDIATELY STOP ON THE ROAD Pull over safely and as soon as possible to let it pass. Explanation Pull over where the ambulance can pass safely. Check that there are no obstructions on the road that will prevent it doing so.
219
WHAT SHOULD YOU DO WHEN LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE?
* PUT VALUABLE DOCUMENTS UNDER THE SEATS * REMOVE ALL VALUABLES * COVER VALUABLES WITH A BLANKET * LEAVE THE INTERIOR LIGHT ON
Correct Answer Remove all valuables. Explanation When leaving your vehicle unattended, preferably take valuables with you or lock them out of sight. If you can see them in your vehicle so can a thief.
220
WHEN PARKING AND LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE YOU SHOULD-
* PARK UNDER A SHADY TREE * PARK UNDER THE SUN * PARK ON A QUIET ROAD * ENGAGE THE STEERING LOCK 221 WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE ALLOWED EXTRA ROOM WHEN OVERTAKING?
Correct Answer Engage the steering lock. Explanation When you leave your vehicle always use the steering lock to deter thieves.

Sl.No Question * MOTORCYCLES & BICYCLES * TRACTOR * TRAILERS * NONE OF THE ABOVE Correct Answer Motorcycles & bicycles Explanation Don't pass riders too closely as this may cause them to lose balance. Always leave as much room as you would for a car, and don't cut in.
222
WHAT DOES THE TEMPERATURE GAUGE INDICATE?
* OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE. * ENGINE TEMPERATURE. * OIL PRESSURE. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Engine temperature. Explanation The temperature gauge indicates the temperature of the engine. If temperature of the engine goes up, the needle crosses the H limit mark which tells the driver that engine is overheating.
223
CAN THE TRIP METER BE RESET?
* YES. * NO. * * 224 WHAT DOES AN ODOMETER SHOW?
Correct Answer Yes. Explanation The tripmeter can be reset by pushing the reset knob to zero.
* SPEED OF THE VEHICLE. * TOTAL DISTANCE COVERED BY THE VEHICLE * BOTH OF THE ABOVE. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Total distance covered by the vehicle Explanation Odometer is located inside the speedometer. It records the total distance vehicle has travelled in kms.
225
WHILE DRIVING, A WARNING LIGHT ON YOUR VEHICLE'S INSTRUMENT PANEL COMES ON. YOU SHOULD

Sl.No Question * CONTINUE IF THE ENGINE SOUNDS ALRIGHT * HOPE THAT IT IS JUST A TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL FAULT * DEAL WITH THE PROBLEM WHEN THERE IS MORE TIME * CHECK OUT THE PROBLEM QUICKLY AND SAFELY Correct Answer Check out the problem quickly and safely. Explanation An illuminated warning light could mean that your car is unsafe to drive. Dont take risks. If you arent sure about the problem get a qualified mechanic to check it.
226
WHICH OF THESE MUST BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER FOR YOUR CAR TO BE ROADWORTHY?
* SPEEDOMETER * HORN * WINDSCREEN WIPER * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Also check the : 1.Lights - get someone to help you check the brake lights. 2.Indicators 3.Battery 4.Steering for play in the steering 5.Oil etc.
227
WHAT SHOULD BE THE COLOUR SCHEME FOR NUMBER PLATES FOR PRIVATE VEHICLES?
* BLACK BASE AND WHITE NUMERALS * YELLOW BASE AND WHITE NUMERALS * WHITE BASE AND BLACK NUMERALS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer White base and black numerals. Explanation Under section- 50 the registration mark shall be displayed both at the front and at the rear on all motor vehicles clearly and legibly on a plain surface of a plate or part of the vehicle with white base and black numerals for a private vehicle.
228
WHILE DRIVING ON THE ROAD WITHOUT A VALID DRIVING LICENCE, WHEN CAN YOU FACE A PENAL ACTION?
* ONLY WHEN YOU HAVE MET WITH AN ACCIDENT * WHEN A POLICE OFFICER CONTROLS YOU * WILL NOT FACE A PENAL ACTION
Correct Answer When a police officer controls you. Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE To drive a motor vehicle you must have a valid driving licence as per section 3(1) of motor vehicle act 1988 and the vehicle must be registered and insured. Any police officer in uniform or enforcement personnel from the transport department can check these documents, at any time. Failure to produce them is a punishable offence.
229
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS A BASIC STEP TO TAKE AFTER AN ACCIDENT?
* PROTECT THE AREA. * NOTIFY AUTHORITIES. * CARE FOR THE INJURED. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation In case you are involved in a road accident. 1.Stop your vehicle. 2.Give first aid or try to make medical aid available. 3.Inform the police control room by phone. 4.Switch on your warning lights and in addition, place the red triangle at a reasonable distance behind your vehicle to warn approaching vehicles about your presence.
230
WHAT PHONE NO. WILL YOU DIAL IN CASE OF A MEDICAL EMERGENCY TO GET ASSISTANCE BY THE AMBULANCE?
* 197 * 100 * 102 * 101
Correct Answer 102 Explanation The no. of ambulance is generally 102. Give as accurate as possible location details of accident such as name of the road and direction, area & any prominent landmark. You can also give a short description of what happened- type of accident, number of people injured and type of injuries.
231
YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT. WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO?
* CALL THE POLICE. * WARN OTHER TRAFFIC. * CALL THE AMBULANCE.
Correct Answer Warn other traffic Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. You could do this by 1.Displaying an advice warning signal, if you have one. 2.Switching on hazard warning lights or other lights. 3.Any other means that does not put you at risk.
232
MOST ACCIDENTS OCCUR
* DUE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF DRIVERS. * DUE TO VEHICLE FAILURE. * BECAUSE OF DIFFICULT ROAD & CLIMATIC CONDITIONS * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation The three main causes of accidents are 1.Human failure such as drunken driving, overspeeding, wrong overtaking etc. 2.Vehicle failure such as brake fail, steering free, accelerator pedal stuck etc. 3.Environment failure like rain, fog etc.
233
YOU ARE INVITED TO A PUB LUNCH. YOU KNOW THAT YOU WILL HAVE TO DRIVE IN THE EVENING. WHAT IS YOUR BEST COURSE OF ACTION?
* HAVE ONLY TWO PEGS. * NOT DRINK ANY ALCOHOL AT ALL * HAVE SOME MILK BEFORE DRINKING ALCOHOL * EAT A HOT MEAL WITH YOUR ALCOHOLIC DRINKS
Correct Answer Not drink any alcohol at all Explanation Alcohol will stay in the body for this length of time. Drinking during the day will affect your performance at work or study. Avoid drinking at all even if you have not planned to drive in the evening.
234
WHAT ADVICE SHOULD YOU GIVE TO A DRIVER WHO HAS HAD A FEW ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AT A PARTY?
* HAVE A STRONG CUP OF COFFEE AND THEN DRIVE HOME * DRIVE HOME CAREFULLY AND SLOWLY * GO HOME BY PUBLIC TRANSPORT * WAIT FOR A SHORT WHILE AND THEN DRIVE HOME
Correct Answer Go home by public transport. Explanation Drinking black coffee or waiting a few hours wont make any difference. Alcohol takes time to leave the body. You might even be unfit to drive the following morning.

Sl.No 235 Question WHAT ELSE CAN SERIOUSLY AFFECT YOUR CONCENTRATION, OTHER THAN ALCOHOLIC DRINKS?
* DRUGS * TIREDNESS * LOUD MUSIC * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation The least distraction can allow your concentration to drift. Think only about your driving & nothing else, to stay in full control of your vehicle.
236
LEARNERS LICENCE IS VALID
* FOR 30 DAYS * TILL PERMANENT LICENCE IS ISSUED * FOR SIX MONTHS * FOR ONE YEAR
Correct Answer
Explanation The learner's licence is valid for six months. The licence is valid throughout the country.
237
PUCC STANDS FOR
* PRIMARY UNLICENCED CAR & CARRIER * POLLUTION UNDER CONTROL CERTIFICATE * POLLUTION UNCONTROLLED CANCELLATION CERTIFICATE * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation The validity of PUCC is specified on the certificate. For Delhi it is three months whereas for some other states it is six months.
238
REAR VIEW MIRROR IS
* FOR VIEWING THE TRAFFIC APPROACHING FROM BEHIND * FOR KEEPING AN EYE ON THE PASSENGERS ON THE REAR SEAT * NOT NECESSARY IN THE VEHICLE
Correct Answer
Explanation

Sl.No Question * A HAZARD AS IT CAUSES DISTRACTION The rear view mirror and side mirrors must be checked specially before moving off, overtaking, turning. It is meant to keep a view of the traffic approaching from behind while driving.
239
STOPPING WITH THE HELP OF GEARS CAN BE ACHIEVED BY
* BRINGING THE GEAR INTO NEUTRAL * SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE * LOWERING GEARS ONE BY ONE * DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH & BRAKE SIMULTANEOUSLY
Correct Answer Lowering gears one by one. Explanation The lowering of gears means decreasing the power of engine to the wheels, thereby increasing the torque which will result in decreasing the speed of the vehicle.
240
YOU ARE TRAVELLING ALONG A NARROW COUNTRY ROAD. WHEN PASSING BY A CYCLIST, YOU SHOULD-
* GO SLOW, SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS * GO QUICKLY, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM * GO SLOW, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM * GO QUICKLY , SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS
Correct Answer Go slow, leaving plenty of room. Explanation Look well ahead & only pull out if it is safe. You will need to use all of the road to pass the cyclist so be extra cautious .
241
BEFORE YOU MAKE A U-TURN , YOU SHOULD-
* USE THE INDICATORS * WAIT FOR THE SIGNAL TO TURN RED * LOOK OVER YOUR SHOULDER FOR A FINAL CHECK * SELECT A HIGHER GEAR THAN NORMAL
Correct Answer Look over your shoulder for a final check Explanation If you want to make a U-turn, check your rear view miror, slow down, give indicator & hand signal and look over your shoulder for a final check and ensure that the road is clear in both directions. Make sure that the road is wide enough to carry out the manoeuvre safely.
242
YOU ARE DRIVING ON A WET ROAD. YOU HAVE TO STOP YOUR VEHICLE IN AN EMERGENCY. YOU SHOULD-

Sl.No Question * USE THE BRAKES ABRUPTLY * KEEP BOTH THE HANDS ON THE STEERING WHEEL * SELECT REVERSE GEAR * GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL Correct Answer Keep both the hands on the steering wheel Explanation As you drive look well ahead and all around so that you are ready for any hazards that might occur. There may be occasions when you have to stop in an emergency. React as soon as you can whilst keeping control of the vehicle.
243
WHEN FOLLOWING A LARGE VEHICLE YOU SHOULD KEEP WELL BACK BECAUSE-
* IT ALLOWS YOU TO CORNER MORE QUICKLY * IT HELPS THE LARGE VEHICLE TO STOP MORE EASILY * IT ALLOWS THE DRIVER TO SEE YOU IN THE MIRRORS * IT HELPS YOU TO KEEP OUT OF THE WIND
Correct Answer It allows the driver to see you in the mirrors Explanation You also need to keep well back so that you get the view of the road ahead. Also the driver ahead should be able to see you in the mirrors.
244
IN WHICH OF THESE SITUATIONS SHOULD YOU AVOID OVERTAKING?
* JUST AFTER A BEND * ON A ONE-WAY ROAD * ON A 30 KMPH ROAD * WHEN APPROACHING A DIP ON THE ROAD
Correct Answer When approaching a dip on the road. Explanation As you begin to think about overtaking, ask yourself if it is really necessary. If you can't see well down the road, stay back & wait for a safer place to pull out.
245
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING MAY CAUSE LOSS OF CONCENTRATION WHILE DRIVING ON A LONG JOURNEY?
* LOUD MUSIC * ARGUING WITH A PASSENGER * USING A MOBILE PHONE * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation You should not let other factors distract you from driving. You need to concentrate fully to ensure you are safe on the road.

Sl.No 246 Question YOU ARE TRAVELLING AT THE LEGAL SPEED LIMIT. A VEHICLE COMES UP QUICKLY BEHIND, FLASHING ITS HEADLIGHTS. YOU SHOULD-
* ACCELERATE TO MAKE A GAP BEHIND YOU * DEPRESS THE BRAKES SHARPLY TO SHOW YOUR BRAKE LIGHTS * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED TO PREVENT THE VEHICLE FROM OVERTAKING. * ALLOW THE VEHICLE TO OVERTAKE
Correct Answer Allow the vehicle to overtake Explanation Keep a steady course and give the driver behind an opportunity to overtake safely. If necessary, slow down. Reacting incorrectly to anothers impatience will only lead to danger.
247
A BUS IS STOPPED AT A BUS STOP AHEAD OF YOU. ITS RIGHT INDICATOR IS FLASHING. YOU SHOULD-
* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND SLOW DOWN * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * SOUND YOUR HORN AND KEEP GOING * SLOW DOWN AND THEN SOUND YOUR HORN
Correct Answer Slow down and give way if it is safe to do so. Explanation Give way to buses whenever you can do so safely, especially when they signal to pull away from bus stops. Look out for people leaving the bus & crossing the road.
248
YOU COULD USE THE 'TWO SECOND RULE'
* BEFORE RESTARTING THE ENGINE AFTER IT HAS STALLED
Correct Answer
* TO KEEP A SAFE GAP FROM THE VEHICLE IN FRONT To keep a safe gap from the vehicle in front. * BEFORE USING THE ' MIRROR-SIGNALMANOEUVRE' ROUTINE * WHEN EMERGING ON WET ROADS Explanation To measure this, choose a reference point such as a bridge, sign or tree. When the vehicle ahead passes the object, say to yourself- only a fool breaks the 2 second rule. If you reach the object before you finish saying these, you are too close.
249
ON A LONG MOTORWAY JOURNEY BOREDOM CAN CAUSE YOU TO FEEL SLEEPY. YOU SHOULD

Sl.No Question * LEAVE THE MOTORWAY AND FIND A SAFE PLACE TO Correct Answer STOP AND ENSURE A SUPPLY OF FRESH AIR INTO YOUR VEHICLE * KEEP LOOKING AROUND AT THE SURROUNDING LANDSCAPE * DRIVE FASTER TO COMPLETE YOUR JOURNEY SOONER * STOP ON THE HARD SHOULDER FOR A REST Leave the motorway and find a safe place to stop and ensure a supply of fresh air into your vehicle. Explanation Plan your journey to include suitable rest stops. You should take all precautions against feeling sleepy whilst driving. Any lapse of concentration could have dire consequences.
250
YOU ARE APPROACHING THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS THAT HAVE BEEN GREEN FOR SOME TIME. YOU SHOULD
* ACCELERATE HARD * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED * BE READY TO STOP * BRAKE HARD
Correct Answer Be ready to stop Explanation The longer that the traffic lights have been on green, the greater the chance of the sequence changing, so always prepared for this when driving and be prepared to stop.
251
'TAILGATING' MEANS
* USING THE REAR DOOR OF A HATCHBACK CAR * REVERSING INTO A PARKING SPACE * FOLLOWING ANOTHER VEHICLE TOO CLOSELY * DRIVING WITH REAR FOG LIGHTS ON
Correct Answer Following another vehicle too closely. Explanation Tailgating is used to describe a dangerous practice, often seen in fast moving traffic and on motorways. Following the vehicle in front too closely will1.Restrict your view of the road ahead. 2.Leave you with low safety margins if the vehicle in front stops suddenly.
252
YOU ARE DRIVING ON A CLEAR NIGHT. THERE IS A STEADY STREAM OF ONCOMING TRAFFIC. WHICH LIGHTS SHOULD YOU USE?
* FULL BEAM HEADLIGHTS * SIDELIGHTS * DIPPED HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer Dipped headlights. Explanation

Sl.No * FOG LIGHTS Question You should use dipped headlights as high beam head light can dazzle the eyes of the drivers of oncoming traffic resulting in partial blindness of oncoming drivers.
253
YOU ARE DRIVING BEHIND A LARGE GOODS VEHICLE. IT SIGNALS LEFT BUT STEERS TO THE RIGHT. YOU SHOULD
* SLOW DOWN AND LET THE VEHICLE TURN * DRIVE ON, KEEPING TO THE LEFT * OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT OF IT * HOLD YOUR SPEED AND SOUND YOUR HORN
Correct Answer Slow down and let the vehicle turn. Explanation Approaching a left turn, a lorry may swing out to the right. This is to allow rear wheels to clear the kerb as it turns. If you see a gap on the near side dont try to filter through.
254
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A VEHICLE ON A WET ROAD. YOU SHOULD LEAVE A TIME GAP OF AT LEAST.
* ONE SECOND * TWO SECONDS * THREE SECONDS * FOUR SECONDS
Correct Answer Four seconds Explanation Wet road will increase the time it will take you to stop. The 2 seconds time should be doubled to at least four seconds.
255
YOU WISH TO TURN RIGHT AHEAD. WHY SHOULD YOU TAKE UP THE CORRECT POSITION IN GOOD TIME?
* TO ALLOW OTHER DRIVERS TO PULL OUT IN FRONT Correct Answer OF YOU * TO GIVE A BETTER VIEW INTO THE ROAD THAT YOU'RE JOINING * TO HELP OTHER ROAD USERS KNOW WHAT YOU INTEND TO DO * TO ALLOW DRIVERS TO PASS YOU ON THE RIGHT To help other road users know what you intend to do. Explanation If you wish to turn right into a side road, take up your position in good time; signal accordingly. This will help the other drivers know what you intend to do.
256
A PERSON HERDING SHEEP ASKS YOU TO STOP. YOU SHOULD-
* IGNORE THEM AS THEY HAVE NO AUTHORITY
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * STOP AND SWITCH OFF YOUR ENGINE * CONTINUE ON BUT DRIVE SLOWLY * TRY AND GET PAST QUICKLY Stop and switch off your engine. Explanation Allow the animals to clear the road, before you proceed. Animals are unpredictable and startle easily, they could turn and run into your path.
257
WHEN OVERTAKING A HORSE AND RIDER YOU SHOULD
* SOUND YOUR HORN AS A WARNING * GO PAST AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AS A WARNING * GO PAST SLOWLY AND CAREFULLY LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM. 258 YOU SHOULD NEVER WAVE PEOPLE ACROSS AT PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS BECAUSE
Correct Answer Go past slowly and carefully leaving plenty of room. Explanation When overtaking animals slow down, leave plenty of room. Don't drive close behind or alongside them, this could disturb them.
* THERE MAY BE ANOTHER VEHICLE COMING * THEY MAY NOT BE LOOKING * IT IS SAFER FOR YOU TO CARRY ON * THEY MAY NOT BE READY TO CROSS
Correct Answer There may be another vehicle coming. Explanation If it is safe you should always stop for pedestrians waiting at pedestrians crossings. Dont wave them to cross the road since other drivers may not 1.Have seen them . 2.Have seen your signal. 3.Be able to stop safely.
259
WHEREVER POSSIBLE, WHICH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD YOU DO WHEN PARKING AT NIGHT?
* PARK IN A QUIET CAR PARK * PARK IN A WELL LIT AREA * PARK FACING AGAINST THE FLOW OF TRAFFIC * PARK NEXT TO A BUSY JUNCTION
Correct Answer Park in a well lit area. Explanation Having your vehicle broken into or stolen can be very distressing and inconvenient. Avoid leaving your vehicle unattended in poorly lit areas.

Sl.No 260 Question IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT TYRE PRESSURE SHOULD BE CHECKED REGULARLY. WHEN SHOULD THIS BE DONE?
* AFTER A LONG JOURNEY * AFTER TRAVELLING AT HIGH SPEED * WHEN THE TYRES ARE HOT * WHEN THE TYRES ARE COLD
Correct Answer When the tyres are cold. Explanation When you check the tyre air pressure, do so when the tyres are cold. This will give you a more accurate reading. The heat generated from a long journey will raise the pressure inside the tyre.
261
YOUR VEHICLE HAS A CATALYTIC CONVERTER. ITS PURPOSE IS TO REDUCE
* EXHAUST NOISE * FUEL CONSUMPTION * HARMFUL EXHAUST EMISSIONS * ENGINE NOISE
Correct Answer Harmful exhaust emissions Explanation The purpose of the catalytic converter is to convert harmful exhaust gases into environment friendly gases like it converts, 1. Carbon monoxide to Carbon dioxide. 2. Hydrocarbons to Carbon dioxde and Water. 3. Oxides of nitrogen to nitrogen and oxygen. It does so with the help of catalysts like palladium, platinum and rhodium.
262
WHAT IS MOST LIKELY TO CAUSE HIGH FUEL CONSUMPTION?
* POOR STEERING CONTROL * ACCELERATING AROUND BENDS * STAYING IN HIGH GEARS * HARSH BRAKING AND ACCELERATING 263 A PROPERLY SERVICED VEHICLE WILL GIVE
Correct Answer Harsh braking and accelerating. Explanation Accelerating & braking gently will help to save fuel and is kinder to the environment.
* LOWER INSURANCE PREMIUMS
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * YOU A REFUND ON YOUR ROAD TAX * BETTER FUEL ECONOMY AND CLEANER EXHAUST EMISSIONS * NONE OF THE ABOVE Better fuel economy and cleaner exhaust emissions. Explanation Look after your vehicle or machine. Have it regularly serviced as per manufacturer's service schedule. A properly serviced vehicle will give better fuel economy and cleaner exhaust emissions.
264
WHEN SHOULD YOU CHECK THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL?
* WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD * AFTER RUNNING THE ENGINE * EVERY 6000 KMS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer When the engine is cold Explanation When the engine is cold the oil settles down in the chamber, while when the engine is hot the oil is in circulation to the upper parts of the engine. Hence a hot engine will not give the correct level of oil.
265
WHICH OF THESE DOES THE LAW REQUIRE YOU TO KEEP IN GOOD CONDITION?
* HEADLIGHTS * WINDSCREEN * SEAT BELTS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Also check the : 1.Lights - get someone to help you check the brake lights. 2.Indicators 3.Battery 4.Steering for play in the steering 5.Oil 6.Brakes & Clutch
266
WHICH OF THESE ARE BADLY AFFECTED IF THE TYRES ARE UNDER-INFLATED?
* BRAKING & STEERING * CHANGING GEAR * PARKING
Correct Answer Braking & steering Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE Your tyres are your only contact with the road & therefore very important to your safety. Incorrect tyre pressure will affect steering and braking, so it is important that you take the time to attend to them. Correct tyre pressure can reduce the risk of skidding & will provide a more comfortable ride.
267
WHAT CAN CAUSE A HEAVY STEERING?
* DRIVING ON ICE * BADLY WORN BRAKES * OVER-INFLATED TYRES * UNDER-INFLATED TYRES
Correct Answer Under-inflated tyres Explanation If tyres dont have enough air in them they will drag against the surface of the road. This makes the steering feel heavy.
268
YOUR VEHICLE PULLS TO ONE SIDE WHEN BRAKING. YOU SHOULD-
* CHANGE THE TYRES AROUND * CONSULT YOUR MECHANIC AS SOON AS POSSIBLE * PUMP THE PEDAL WHEN BRAKING * USE YOUR HANDBRAKE AT THE SAME TIME
Correct Answer Consult your mechanic as soon as possible. Explanation The brakes on your vehicle or machine must be effectively & properly adjusted. If your vehicle pulls to one side when braking, take it to be checked by a qualified mechanic, dont take risks.
269
THE MAIN CAUSE OF BRAKE FADE IS
* THE BRAKES OVERHEATING * AIR IN THE BRAKE FLUID * OIL ON THE BRAKE SHOES * THE BRAKES OUT OF ADJUSTMENT
Correct Answer The brakes overheating Explanation If your vehicle is fitted with drum brakes they can get hot & may lose a lot of their effect. This happens when they're continually used, such as on a long, steep down hill stretch of road. Using a lower gear will assist the braking & prevent the vehicle gaining momentum.

Sl.No 270 Question YOU ARE DRIVING ON A MOTORWAY. THE TRAFFIC AHEAD IS BRAKING SHARPLY BECAUSE OF AN ACCIDENT. HOW COULD YOU WARN FOLLOWING TRAFFIC?
* BRIEFLY USE THE HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS * SWITCH ON THE HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS CONTINUOUSLY * BRIEFLY USE THE REAR FOG LIGHTS * SWITCH ON THE HEADLIGHTS CONTINUOUSLY
Correct Answer Briefly use the hazard warning lights. Explanation This situation (and dual carriageways) is the only time you are permitted to use your hazard warning lights on the move. Only use them just long enough to ensure that your warning has been observed.
271
A PROPERLY ADJUSTED HEAD RESTRAINT WILL
* MAKE YOU MORE COMFORTABLE * HELP YOU AVOID NECK INJURY * HELP YOU RELAX * HELP YOU MAINTAIN YOUR DRIVING POSITION
Correct Answer Help you avoid neck injury Explanation The restraint should be adjusted so that it gives maximum protection to the head. This will help in the event of a rear end collision.
272
TO PREVENT POLLUTING THE ENVIRONMENT, YOU CAN HELP BY-
* HAVING YOUR VEHICLE PROPERLY SERVICED * MAKING SURE YOUR TYRES ARE CORRECTLY INFLATED * NOT OVER-REVING IN LOWER GEARS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation If you dont get your vehicle serviced regularly, the engine will not burn all the fuel efficiently. This will cause excess harmful gases to be discharged into the atmosphere thus incresing pollution.
273
YOU ARE CARRYING TWO 13 YEAR OLD CHILDREN AND THEIR PARENTS IN YOUR CAR. WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SEEING THAT THE CHILDREN WEAR SEAT BELTS?
* THE CHILDREN'S PARENTS * YOU, THE DRIVER * THE FRONT-SEAT PASSENGER
Correct Answer You, the driver Explanation

Sl.No * THE CHILDREN Question Seat belts are meant to save lives and reduce the risk of injury. You must wear seat belt unless youre exempt. There are also legal requirements for your passengers. Make sure that you know the rules for wearing seat belts.
274
YOU HAVE A LOOSE FILLER CAP ON YOUR DIESEL OR PETROL FUEL TANK. THIS WILL
* WASTE FUEL AND MONEY & MAKE ROADS SLIPPERY Correct Answer FOR OTHER ROAD USERS * IMPROVE YOUR VEHICLE'S FUEL CONSUMPTION * INCREASE THE LEVEL OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS * NONE OF THE ABOVE Waste fuel and money & make roads slippery for other road users. Explanation Diesel fuel is especially slippery if spilled on a wet road. Also a loose filler cap will result in loss of precious fuel by evaporation and will lead to increase in pollution.
275
TO AVOID SPILLAGE AFTER REFUELLING, YOU SHOULD MAKE SURE THAT
* YOUR TANK IS ONLY 3/4 FULL * YOU HAVE USED A LOCKING FILLER CAP * YOU CHECK YOUR FUEL GAUGE IS WORKING * YOUR FILLER CAP IS SECURELY FASTENED
Correct Answer Your filler cap is securely fastened. Explanation If your filler cap is not securely fastened it will result in loss of precious fuel by evaporation or by spillage, it will also lead to increase in pollution.
276
YOU CANNOT SEE CLEARLY BEHIND WHEN REVERSING. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* OPEN YOUR WINDOW TO LOOK BEHIND * OPEN THE DOOR AND LOOK BEHIND * LOOK IN THE SIDE MIRROR * ASK SOMEONE TO GUIDE YOU
Correct Answer Ask someone to guide you Explanation If you want to turn you vehicle around try to find a place where you have all round good vision. If this is not possible & you are unable to see clearly, then get someone to guide you.
277
TO REDUCE THE VOLUME OF TRAFFIC ON THE ROADS YOU COULD

Sl.No Question * USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT MORE OFTEN * SHARE A CAR WHEN POSSIBLE * WALK OR CYCLE ON SHORT JOURNEYS * ALL OF THE ABOVE Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Travelling by public transport is an opportunity to get regular exercise by walking to the train or bus stop. Car pooling can also help in reducing the problem.
278
THE MAJOR POLLUTANTS EMITTED BY AUTOMOBILES ARE
* CARBON MONOXIDE * HYDROCARBONS * OXIDES OF NITROGEN * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Besides these the other pollutants are 1.Sulphur dioxide 2.Lead compounds 3.Particulate matter
279
UNBALANCED WHEELS OF A CAR MAY CAUSE
* THE STEERING TO PULL TO ONE SIDE * THE STEERING TO WOBBLE * THE BRAKES TO FAIL * THE TYRES TO DEFLATE
Correct Answer The steering to wobble. Explanation If your wheels are out of balance it will cause the steering wheel to vibrate at certain speeds. It is not a fault that will rectify itself. You will have to consult a garage to get it rectified.
280
NOISE POLLUTION MAY RESULT IN
* DISTURBING MENTAL EQUILIBRIUM. * DISTURBING THE CONCENTRATION OF DRIVER. * LOSS OF HEARING CAPACITY. * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation We should all be concerned about the effect traffic has on our environment. Noise disturbs the mental equilibrium and concentration of the driver as well as other road users. You as a driver also have a responsibility to help reduce noise pollution.

Sl.No 281 Question TURNING THE STEERING WHEEL WHILE YOUR CAR IS STATIONARY CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
* GEARBOX * ENGINE * BRAKES * STEERING & TYRES
Correct Answer Steering & tyres. Explanation Turning the steering wheel when the car is not moving can cause unnecessary wear to the tyres and steering mechanism. This is known as dry steering.
282
YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG A WET ROAD. HOW CAN YOU TELL IF YOUR VEHICLE'S TYRES ARE LOOSING THEIR GRIP ON THE SURFACE?
* THE ENGINE WILL STALL * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY HEAVY * THE ENGINE NOISE WILL INCREASE * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY LIGHT
Correct Answer The steering will feel very light. Explanation If you drive at a speed in very wet conditions your steering may suddenly feel light. This means that the tyres have lifted off the surface and are skating on the surface of water. This is known as aquaplaning. Reduce speed but dont brake until your steering returns to a normal feel.
283
YOU HAVE DRIVEN THROUGH A WATER- LOG. WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO?
* STOP AND CHECK THE TYRES * STOP AND DRY THE BRAKES * CHECK YOUR EXHAUST * TEST YOUR BRAKES
Correct Answer Test your brakes. Explanation After passing through water-log, test your brakes, because water may have entered into your vehicle's brake drums and wet brake liners are much less effective than dry ones.
284
IN VERY HOT WEATHER THE ROAD SURFACE CAN GET SOFT. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WILL BE AFFECTED MOST?
* SUSPENSION * STEERING & BRAKING
Correct Answer Steering & braking.

Sl.No * EXHAUST SYSTEM * NONE OF THE ABOVE 285 WHEN DRIVING IN FOG. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ARE CORRECT? Question Explanation Take care when braking or cornering. Tyres dont grip well on soft road surface.
* USE DIPPED HEADLIGHTS * ALLOW MORE TIME FOR YOUR JOURNEY * SLOW DOWN * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation If your journey is not necessary, dont venture out. You will be taking unnecessary risks. If you have to travel and someone is expecting you at the other end, let them know that you will be taking longer than usual for your journey. This will stop them worrying if you dont turn up on time.
286
WHAT IS THE MOST COMMON CAUSE OF SKIDDING?
* ROAD CONDITION * DRIVER ERROR * OTHER VEHICLES * PEDESTRIANS
Correct Answer Driver error. Explanation Skidding occurs when wheels are locked due to sudden/harsh braking. Apart from driver error the other reasons could be 1. Wet/Slippery road. 2. Brake Malfunction 3. Worn out tyres.
287
IN WINDY CONDITIONS YOU NEED TO TAKE EXTRA CARE WHEN
* USING THE BRAKES * MAKING A HILL START * TURNING INTO A NARROW ROAD * PASSING PEDAL CYCLISTS
Correct Answer Passing pedal cyclists. Explanation You should always give cyclists plenty of room when overtaking. When its windy a sudden gust could blow them off course.

Sl.No 288 Question YOU ARE ABOUT TO GO DOWN A STEEP HILL. TO CONTROL THE SPEED OF YOUR VEHICLE YOU SHOULD
* SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND USE THE BRAKES CAREFULLY * SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND USE THE BRAKES FIRMLY * SELECT A LOW GEAR AND USE THE BRAKES CAREFULLY * SELECT A LOW GEAR AND USE BRAKES FIRMLY
Correct Answer Select a low gear and use the brake carefully. Explanation When travelling down a steep hill your vehicle will tend to increase speed. This will also make it more difficult for you to stop. To maintain control & prevent the vehicle running away1.Select a lower gear the engine will then help to control speed. 2.Use the brakes carefully
289
YOU FIND THAT YOU NEED GLASSES TO READ VEHICLE NUMBER PLATES AT THE REQUIRED DISTANCE. WHEN MUST YOU WEAR THEM?
* ONLY IN BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS * AT ALL TIMES WHEN DRIVING * ONLY WHEN YOU THINK IT IS NECESSARY * ONLY IN BAD LIGHT OR AT NIGHT
Correct Answer At all times when driving. Explanation Have your eyesight tested, before you start driving and if you need glasses use them at all times when driving.
290
YOU ARE PLANNING A LONG JOURNEY. DO YOU NEED TO PLAN REST STOPS?
* YES, YOU SHOULD PLAN TO STOP EVERY HALF AN HOUR * YES, REGULAR STOPS HELPS IMPROVE CONCENTRATION * NO, YOU WILL BE LESS TIRED IF YOU GET THERE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE * NO, STOP ONLY WHEN YOU NEED FUEL
Correct Answer Yes, regular stops helps improve concentration Explanation Most accidents happen as a result of a lapse in concentration. When driving long distances take plenty of rest stops. If you get tired, your reactions will slow down & judgement of hazards will become flawed. This can be prevented by making regular stops for rest in between.

Sl.No 291 Question WHICH OF THESE RESULT FROM DRINKING ALCOHOL ?
* LESS CONTROL * A FALSE SENSE OF CONFIDENCE * POOR JUDGEMENT OF SPEED * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation You must understand the dangers of mixing alcohol with driving. One drink is too many if youre going to drive. Alcohol will severely reduce your ability to drive safely.
292
A DRIVER DOES SOMETHING THAT UPSETS YOU. YOU SHOULD
* TRY NOT TO REACT * LET THEM KNOW HOW YOU FEEL * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS SEVERAL TIMES * SOUND YOUR HORN
Correct Answer Try not to react. Explanation There are occasions when other road users make a misjudgment or a mistake. If this happens try not to let it worry you. Dont react by showing anger. Sounding the horn, flashing the headlamps or shouting wont help the situation. Good anticipation will help to prevent these incidents becoming accidents.
293
WHICH OF THESE THINGS WOULD HELP TO KEEP YOU ALERT DURING A LONG JOURNEY?
* FINISHING YOUR JOURNEY AS FAST AS YOU CAN * KEEPING OFF THE MOTORWAYS AND USING COUNTRY ROADS * MAKING SURE THAT YOU GET PLENTY OF FRESH AIR AND MAKING REGULAR STOPS FOR REFRESHMENTS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Making sure that you get plenty of fresh air and making regular stops for refreshments. Explanation
Make sure that you have good ventilation in the vehicle. This will help you to stay alert by making sure that there is enough fresh air. Stale warm air will dull your senses & cause drowsiness. Tiredness can cause your reactions to slow down & judgement of hazard will become flawed. This can be prevented by ensuring regular rest stops.

Sl.No 294 Question DRIVING LONG DISTANCES CAN BE TIRING. YOU CAN PREVENT THIS BY
* STOPPING EVERY TWO HOURS * OPENING A WINDOW FOR SOME FRESH AIR * ENSURING PLENTY OF REFRESHMENT BREAKS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Make sure that you have good ventilation in the vehicle. This will help you to stay alert by making sure that there is enough fresh air. Stale warm air will dull your senses & cause drowsiness. Tiredness can cause your reactions to slow down & judgement of hazard will become flawed. This can be prevented by ensuring regular rest stops.
295
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A CAR DRIVEN BY AN ELDERLY DRIVER. YOU SHOULD
* EXPECT THE DRIVER TO DRIVE BADLY * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS AND OVERTAKE * BE AWARE THAT THE DRIVER'S REACTIONS MAY NOT BE AS FAST AS YOURS * STAY VERY CLOSE BEHIND BUT BE CAREFUL
Correct Answer Be aware that the driver's reactions may not be as fast as yours Explanation You must show consideration to other road users. Their reactions may be slower & they might need more time to deal with a situation. Be tolerant & dont lose patience or show your annoyance.
296
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LEARNER DRIVER WHO STALLS AT A JUNCTION. YOU SHOULD
* BE PATIENT AS YOU EXPECT THEM TO MAKE MISTAKES * STAY VERY CLOSE BEHIND AND FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * START TO REV YOU ENGINE IF THEY TAKE TOO LONG TO RESTART
Correct Answer Be patient as you expect them to make mistakes. Explanation
* IMMEDIATELY STEER AROUND THEM AND DRIVE ON Learner drivers are often nervous. If you stay calm & keep distance this will avoid accidents occurring if they make mistakes. Remember, you were in this situation once. 297 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A MAIN ROAD. YOU INTEND TO TURN RIGHT INTO A SIDE ROAD. JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU SHOULD

Sl.No Question * ADJUST YOUR INTERIOR MIRROR * FLASH YOUR HEADLAMPS * STEER OVER TO THE LEFT Correct Answer Check for traffic overtaking on your right Explanation
* CHECK FOR TRAFFIC OVERTAKING ON YOUR RIGHT Motorcyclists often overtake queues of vehicles. Always make that last check in the mirror to avoid turning across their path. 298 WHERE SHOULD YOU TAKE PARTICULAR CARE TO LOOK OUT FOR MOTORCYCLISTS AND CYCLISTS?
* ON DUAL CARRIAGEWAYS * AT JUNCTIONS * AT ZEBRA CROSSINGS * ON ONE-WAY STREETS
Correct Answer At junctions. Explanation Another road user failing to see a motorcyclist/cyclist is a major cause of collision. Wherever streams of traffic join or cross there is a potential for this type of accident to occur. Hence motorcyclists / cyclists should ride defensively and wear bright clothing to be seen easily.
299
YOU ARE DRIVING PAST A LINE OF PARKED CARS. YOU NOTICE A BALL BOUNCING OUT INTO THE ROAD AHEAD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED AND SOUND YOUR HORN * CONTINUE DRIVING AT THE SAME SPEED AND FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * SLOW DOWN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP FOR CHILDREN
Correct Answer Slow down and be prepared to stop for children. Explanation
* STOP AND WAVE THE CHILDREN ACROSS TO FETCH Beware of children playing in the street & THEIR BALL running out into the road. If a ball bounces out from the pavement, slow down & stop. Don't encourage anyone to retrieve it. 300 THERE IS A SLOW MOVING MOTORCYCLIST AHEAD OF YOU. YOU ARE UNSURE WHAT THE RIDER IS GOING TO DO. YOU SHOULD
* OVERTAKE FROM THE LEFT * OVERTAKE FROM THE RIGHT * STAY BEHIND * MOVE CLOSER
Correct Answer Stay behind Explanation Be patient. The motorcyclist might be turning right or changing direction.

Sl.No 301 Question YOU ARE FOLLOWING TWO CYCLISTS. THEY APPROACH A ROUNDABOUT IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE. IN WHICH DIRECTION SHOULD YOU EXPECT THE CYCLISTS TO GO?
* LEFT * RIGHT * ANY DIRECTION * STRAIGHT AHEAD
Correct Answer Any direction. Explanation You are following cyclists in a roundabout, be aware of them as they might not be taking the exit you anticipate. Cyclists approaching in the left hand lane may be turning right but may not have been able to get into the correct lane due to heavy traffic. Give them room.
302
YOU ARE TRAVELLING BEHIND A MOPED. YOU WANT TO TURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD
* OVERTAKE THE MOPED BEFORE THE JUNCTION * PULL ALONGSIDE THE MOPED AND STAY LEVEL UNTIL JUST BEFORE THE JUNCTION * SOUND YOUR HORN AS A WARNING AND PULL IN FRONT OF THE MOPED * STAY BEHIND UNTIL THE MOPED HAS PASSED THE JUNCTION
Correct Answer Stay behind until the moped has passed the junction Explanation Passing the moped and turning into the junction could mean that you cut across the front of the rider. This might force them to slow down, stop or even lose control.
303
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ARE HAZARDS, MOTORCYCLISTS PRESENT IN QUEUES OF TRAFFIC,CAN CAUSE ?
* CUTTING IN JUST IN FRONT OF YOU * PASSING VERY CLOSE TO YOU * SWITCHING BETWEEN THE LANES * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation In this situation motorcyclist could be passing you on either side. Always check before you change lanes or direction.
304
HOW SHOULD YOU REACT TO DRIVERS WHO APPEAR TO BE INEXPERIENCED?
* SOUND YOUR HORN TO WARN THEM OF YOUR PRESENCE * BE PATIENT AND PREPARED FOR THEIR SLOW REACTION
Correct Answer Be patient and prepared for their slow reaction.

Sl.No Question * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS TO INDICATE THAT IT IS Explanation SAFE FOR THEM TO PROCEED * OVERTAKE THEM AS SOON AS POSSIBLE Learners might not have confidence when they first start to drive. Give them plenty of room & dont react adversely to their hesitation. We all learn from experience, but new drivers will have had less practice in dealing with all the situations that might occur.
305
YOU SHOULD ONLY FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AT OTHER ROAD USERS
* TO SHOW THAT YOU ARE GIVING WAY * TO SHOW THAT YOU ARE ABOUT TO TURN * TO TELL THEM THAT YOU HAVE RIGHT OF WAY * TO LET THEM KNOW THAT YOU ARE THERE
Correct Answer To let them know that you are there Explanation You should only flash your headlights to warn others of your presence. Don't use them to 1.Greet others 2.Show impatience 3.Give up your priority
306
YOUR TYRE BURSTS WHILE YOU ARE DRIVING.WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* PULL ON THE HANDBRAKE * BRAKE AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE * HOLD THE STEERING WHEEL FIRMLY TO KEEP CONTROL * CONTINUE AT A NORMAL SPEED
Correct Answer Hold the steering wheel firmly to keep control Explanation A tyre bursting can lead to loss of control. So, don't accelerate or brake harshly and hold the steering wheel tight to keep control, especially if you're travelling at high speed. The correct procedure can help to stop the vehicle safely.
307
YOU ARE DRIVING DOWN A LONG STEEP HILL.YOU SUDDENLY NOTICE YOUR BRAKES ARE NOT WORKING AS WELL AS NORMAL.. WHAT IS THE USUAL CAUSE OF THIS?
* OVERHEATING OF BRAKES * AIR IN THE BRAKE FLUID * OIL ON THE BRAKES
Correct Answer Overheating of brakes. Explanation

Sl.No Question * BADLY ADJUSTED BRAKES Overheating of brakes is due to excessive use of brakes on a long steep hill. This is also called brake fading. This is more likely to happen on vehicles fitted with drum brakes but can still apply to disc brakes as well. Using a lower gear will assist the braking and help you to keep control of your vehicle.
308
PRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL DOWN OR ROLLING IN NEUTRAL FOR TOO LONG WHILE DRIVING WILL
* USE MORE FUEL * CAUSE THE ENGINE TO OVERHEAT * REDUCE YOUR CONTROL * IMPROVE TYRE WEAR
Correct Answer Reduce your control Explanation Holding the clutch down or selecting neutral for too long will cause your vehicle to roll or freewheel. This is known as coasting. This reduces your control of the vehicle.
309
HOW CAN YOU USE THE GEARS OF YOUR VEHICLE TO CONTROL YOUR SPEED?
* BY CHANGING TO A LOWER GEAR * BY SELECTING REVERSE GEAR * BY CHANGING TO A HIGHER GEAR * BY SELECTING NEUTRAL GEAR
Correct Answer By changing to a lower gear Explanation You should brake and slow down before selecting a lower gear. The gear can then be used to keep the speed low and help you control the vehicle.
310
YOU ARE DRIVING DOWN A STEEP HILL. WHY COULD KEEPING THE CLUTCH DOWN OR SELECTING NEUTRAL FOR TOO LONG BE DANGEROUS?
* FUEL CONSUMPTION WILL BE HIGHER * YOUR VEHICLE WILL PICK UP SPEED * IT WILL DAMAGE THE ENGINE * IT WILL WEAR TYRES OUT MORE QUICKLY
Correct Answer Your vehicle will pick up speed. Explanation Driving with the clutch down or in neutral for long periods is known as coasting. There will be no engine braking and this will cause your vehicle to pick up speed. This can be very dangerous because you will have less steering and braking control.

Sl.No 311 Question WHY SHOULD YOU ALWAYS REDUCE YOUR SPEED WHEN TRAVELLING IN FOG?
* BECAUSE THE BRAKES DO NOT WORK AS WELL * BECAUSE YOU COULD BE DAZZLED BY OTHER PEOPLE'S FOG LIGHTS * BECAUSE THE ENGINE IS COLDER * BECAUSE IT IS MORE DIFFICULT TO SEE EVENTS AHEAD
Correct Answer Because it is more difficult to see events ahead. Explanation Driving in fog is hazardous. Travel only if it is necessary. To drive or ride safely you must always look well ahead. In fog this wont be possible & you'll have less time to react to any hazards. You must reduce your speed.
312
YOU ARE OVERTAKING A CAR AT NIGHT. YOU MUST BE SURE THAT
* YOU FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS BEFORE OVERTAKING * YOU SELECT A HIGHER GEAR
Correct Answer You do not dazzle other road users.
* YOU HAVE SWITCHED YOUR LIGHTS TO FULL BEAM Explanation BEFORE OVERTAKING * YOU DO NOT DAZZLE OTHER ROAD USERS If you wish to overtake at night, ensure that your lights dont reflect in the mirror of the car in front. Wait till you have overtaken before switching to full beam.
313
YOU ARE ON A NARROW ROAD AT NIGHT. A SLOWER MOVING VEHICLE AHEAD HAS BEEN SIGNALLING RIGHT FOR SOME TIME. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS BEFORE OVERTAKING * SIGNAL RIGHT AND SOUND YOUR HORN * WAIT FOR THE SIGNAL TO BE CANCELLED BEFORE OVERTAKING
Correct Answer Wait for signal to be cancelled before overtaking. Explanation If the vehicle in front has been indicating right for some time, but has made no attempt to turn , wait for the signal to be cancelled. The other driver may have misjudged the distance to the road junction or there might be a hidden hazard.
314
YOU ARE FOLLOWING OTHER VEHICLES IN FOG WITH YOUR LIGHTS ON. HOW ELSE CAN YOU REDUCE THE CHANCES OF BEING INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT?

Sl.No Question * KEEP CLOSE TO THE VEHICLE IN FRONT * USE YOUR MAIN BEAM INSTEAD OF DIPPED HEADLIGHTS * KEEP TOGETHER WITH THE FASTER VEHICLES * REDUCE YOUR SPEED AND INCREASE THE GAP Correct Answer Reduce your speed and increase the gap Explanation Always ensure that you have your lights on and that you are seen by all other road users. Use dipped headlights. Keep at a sensible speed and don't follow the vehicle in front too closely. If the road is wet and slippery you'll also need to adjust your stopping distance.
315
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A VEHICLE AT A SAFE DISTANCE ON A WET ROAD. ANOTHER DRIVER OVERTAKES YOU AND PULLS INTO THE GAP YOU HAVE LEFT. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AS A WARNING * TRY TO OVERTAKE SAFELY AS SOON AS YOU CAN * DROP BACK TO REGAIN A SAFE DISTANCE * STAY CLOSE TO THE OTHER VEHICLE UNTIL IT MOVES ON
Correct Answer Drop back to regain a safe distance Explanation Wet weather will affect the time it takes for you to stop and can affect your control.Your speed should allow you to stop safely and in good time.If another vehicle pulls into the gap you've left, ease back until you've regained your stopping distance.
316
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WILL AFFECT YOUR STOPPING DISTANCE?
* HOW FAST YOU ARE GOING * THE TYRES OF YOUR VEHICLE * WEATHER * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation You should be aware that there are several factors that can affect the distance it takes to stop your vehicle.Your stopping distance in wet weather will increase. You should double the separation distance from the vehicle in front. Your tyres will have less grip on the road and therefore need more time to stop. Always drive in accordance with the conditions.
317
YOU ARE TRAVELLING IN VERY HEAVY RAIN. YOUR OVERALL STOPPING DISTANCE IS LIKELY TO
* INCREASE * DECREASE
Correct Answer Increase.

Sl.No Question * BE UP TO TEN TIMES GREATER * REMAIN THE SAME Explanation Apart from the lack of visibility, the road will be extremely wet. This will lessen the grip of tyres on road & increase the distance it takes to stop. Double your separation distance.
318
WHEN SNOW IS FALLING HEAVILY YOU SHOULD
* DRIVE, PROVIDED YOU USE YOUR HEADLIGHTS * NOT DRIVE UNLESS YOU HAVE A MOBILE PHONE * DRIVE ONLY WHEN YOUR JOURNEY IS SHORT * NOT DRIVE UNLESS IT IS ESSENTIAL 319 YOU HAVE TO MAKE A JOURNEY IN FOG. WHAT ARE THE MOST IMPORTANT THINGS YOU SHOULD DO BEFORE YOU SET OUT?
Correct Answer Not drive unless it is essential. Explanation If the weather conditions are bad and your journey isnt essential, then stay at home.
* TOP UP THE RADIATOR WITH ANTIFREEZE * MAKE SURE THAT THE WINDOWS ARE CLEAN & LIGHTS ARE WORKING * CHECK THE BATTERY * MAKE SURE THAT YOU HAVE WARNING TRIANGLE IN THE VEHICLE 320 USING FRONT FOG LIGHTS IN CLEAR DAYLIGHT WILL
Correct Answer Make sure that the windows are clean & lights are working. Explanation Dont drive in fog unless you really have to. Drive in accordance with the conditions.
* FLATTEN THE BATTERY * DAZZLE OTHER DRIVERS * IMPROVE YOUR VISIBILITY * INCREASE YOUR AWARENESS
Correct Answer Dazzle other drivers. Explanation Your fog light should have a warning which illuminates when they are being used. You should be familiar with the layout of your dashboard so you are aware if they have been switched on in error or you have forgotten to switch them off.
321
YOU ARE DRIVING IN FOG. WHY SHOULD YOU KEEP WELL BACK FROM THE VEHICLE IN FRONT?
* IN CASE IT CHANGES DIRECTION SUDDENLY
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * IN CASE ITS FOG LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU * IN CASE IT STOPS SUDDENLY * IN CASE ITS BRAKE LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU In case it stops suddenly Explanation If you're following another road user in fog , stay well back. The driver in front wont be able to see hazards until theyre close and might brake suddenly. Youll need a good separation distance as the road surface is likely to be wet and slippery.
322
YOU HAVE TO PARK ON THE ROAD IN FOG. YOU SHOULD
* LEAVE HAZARD LIGHTS ON * LEAVE DIPPED HEADLIGHTS AND FOG LIGHTS ON * LEAVE DIPPED HEADLIGHTS ON * LEAVE MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ON
Correct Answer Leave hazard lights on Explanation If you have to park your vehicle in foggy conditions its important that it can be seen by other road users.Try to find a place to park off the road. If this isnt possible leave it facing in the same direction as the traffic. Make sure that your lights are clean and that you leave your sidelights on.
323
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS CORRECT WHILE OVERTAKING AT NIGHT ?
* BE CAREFUL BECAUSE OF POOR VISIBILITY AND BEWARE OF BENDS IN THE ROAD AHEAD * SOUND YOUR HORN TWICE BEFORE MOVING OUT * WAIT UNTIL A BEND SO THAT YOU CAN SEE THE ONCOMING HEADLIGHTS * PUT HEADLIGHTS ON FULL BEAM
Correct Answer Be careful because you can see less and beware of bends in the road ahead Explanation Only overtake the vehicle in front if its really necessary. At night the risks are increased due to the poor visibility. Dont overtake at road junctions, roundabouts, narrow roads/bridges, turns, brow of a bridge / hill or where it is prohibited.
324
YOU ARE TRAVELLING AT NIGHT. YOU ARE DAZZLED BY HEADLIGHTS OF ONCOMING VEHICLES. YOU SHOULD
* PULL DOWN YOUR SUN VISOR * SLOW DOWN OR STOP * SWITCH ON YOUR MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer Slow down or stop. Explanation

Sl.No Question * PUT YOUR HAND OVER YOUR EYES If you are driving at night, there will be extra hazard to deal with. The lights of oncoming vehicles can often dazzle. If youre dazzled by them, don't1.Close your eyes 2.Flash your head lights. This will only distract the other drivers too.
325
WHY IS IT PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT TO CARRY OUT A CHECK ON YOUR VEHICLE BEFORE MAKING A LONG MOTORWAY JOURNEY?
* YOU WILL HAVE TO DO MORE HARSH BRAKING ON MOTORWAYS * MOTORWAY SERVICE STATIONS DO NOT DEAL WITH BREAKDOWNS
Correct Answer Continuous high speeds may increase the risk of your vehicle breaking down.
* THE ROAD SURFACE WILL WEAR DOWN THE TYRES Explanation FASTER * CONTINUOUS HIGH SPEEDS MAY INCREASE THE RISK OF YOUR VEHICLE BREAKING DOWN Before a long motorway journey always go through the safety checks like brake oil level, brake air pressure, engine oil, tyre pressure and condition of the tyre, loose nuts of wheel and shaft, any kind of leakage like coolant or oil. At high and continuous speeds these things are more prone to the risks of breakdowns.
326
YOU ARE INTENDING TO LEAVE THE MOTORWAY AT THE NEXT LEFT EXIT. BEFORE YOU REACH THE EXIT YOU SHOULD NORMALLY POSITION YOUR VEHICLE.
* IN THE MIDDLE LANE * IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE * ON THE HARD SHOULDER * IN ANY LANE 327 IMMEDIATELY AFTER JOINING A MOTORWAY YOU SHOULD NORMALLY
Correct Answer In the left-hand lane Explanation Move in to the left hand lane in good time. Dont cut across traffic at the last moment.
* TRY TO OVERTAKE * READJUST YOUR MIRRORS * POSITION YOUR VEHICLE IN THE CENTRE LANE * KEEP IN THE LEFT LANE
Correct Answer Position your vehicle in the centre lane Explanation You should position your vehicle in centre lane because, this is the lane designated for cars.

Sl.No 328 Question YOU ARE DRIVING AT NIGHT WITH FULL BEAM HEADLIGHTS. A VEHICLE IS OVERTAKING YOU, YOU SHOULD DIP YOUR LIGHTS
* SOME TIME AFTER THE VEHICLE HAS PASSED YOU. Correct Answer * BEFORE THE VEHICLE STARTS TO PASS YOU * ONLY IF THE OTHER DRIVER DIPS THE HEADLIGHTS * AS SOON AS THE VEHICLE PASSES YOU As soon as the vehicle passes you. Explanation Your light on full beam could dazzle the driver in front. Make sure that your light beam falls short of the vehicle in front
329
THERE IS A TRACTOR AHEAD OF YOU. YOU WISH TO OVERTAKE BUT YOU ARE NOT SURE IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO. YOU SHOULD
* FOLLOW ANOTHER OVERTAKING VEHICLE. * SOUND YOUR HORN TO THE SLOW VEHICLE TO PULL OVER * SPEED THROUGH BUT FLASH YOUR LIGHTS TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC * NOT OVERTAKE IF YOU ARE IN DOUBT
Correct Answer Not overtake if you are in doubt Explanation Always ask yourself if you really need to overtake. Can you see well down the road ? If the answer is no, dont go.
330
WHEN JOINING A MOTORWAY YOU MUST ALWAYS
* USE THE HARD SHOULDER * STOP AT THE END OF THE ACCELERATION LANE
Correct Answer Give way to traffic already on the motorway
* COME TO A STOP BEFORE JOINING THE MOTORWAY Explanation * GIVE WAY TO TRAFFIC ALREADY ON THE MOTORWAY 331 YOU ARE DRIVING ON A MOTORWAY. YOU HAVE TO SLOW DOWN QUICKLY DUE TO A HAZARD. YOU SHOULD The traffic may be travelling at high speed, so you should adjust your speed & emerge when it is safe to do so.
* SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHTS * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHTS * SOUND YOUR HORN
Correct Answer Switch on your hazard light. Explanation

Sl.No Question * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHT The traffic behind you will be given an extra warning in addition to your brake lights. Switch them off again as the queue forms behind you.
332
YOU ARE DRIVING ON A MOTORWAY. BY MISTAKE YOU GO PAST THE EXIT THAT YOU WANTED TO TAKE. YOU SHOULD
* CAREFULLY REVERSE ON THE HARD SHOULDER * CARRY ON TO THE NEXT EXIT * CAREFULLY REVERSE IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE * MAKE A U-TURN AT THE NEXT GAP
Correct Answer Carry on to the next exit. Explanation Dont reverse anywhere , dont make a Uturn. This is highly dangerous as high speed traffic might not be able to take evasive action.
333
YOU ARE GOING ALONG A STREET WITH PARKED VEHICLES ON THE LEFT-HAND SIDE. FOR WHICH OF THESE REASONS SHOULD YOU KEEP YOUR SPEED DOWN?
* VEHICLES MAY BE PULLING OUT * DRIVERS' DOORS MAY OPEN * CHILDREN MAY RUN OUT FROM BETWEEN THE VEHICLES. * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Care must be taken where there are parked vehicles in a built up area, beware of: 1.Vehicles pulling out, especially motorcycles that are small and difficult to see. 2.Pedestrians ,especially children, who may run out from between cars. 3.Drivers opening vehicle doors
334
WHO HAS PRIORITY AT AN UNMARKED CROSSROADS?
* THE LARGER VEHICLE * NO ONE HAS PRIORITY * THE FASTER VEHICLE * THE SMALLER VEHICLE 335 YOU ARE LEAVING YOUR VEHICLE PARKED ON A ROAD. WHEN MAY YOU LEAVE THE ENGINE RUNNING?
Correct Answer NO ONE HAS PRIORITY Explanation Practice good observation in all directions before you emerge or make a turn.

Sl.No Question * IF YOUR VEHICLE WILL BE PARKED FOR LESS THAN FIVE MINUTES * IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT * WHEN IN A 20 KMPH ZONE * NOT ON ANY OCCASION Correct Answer Not on any occasion. Explanation When you leave your vehicle parked on a road1.Switch off the engine. 2.Make sure that there aren't any valuables visible. 3.Shut all windows. 4.Lock the vehicle. Use an anti theft device if you have one.
336
ON A CLEARWAY YOU MUST NOT STOP
* AT ANY TIME * WHEN IT IS BUSY * IN THE RUSH HOUR * DURING DAYLIGHTHOURS
Correct Answer At any time. Explanation Clearways are in place so that traffic can flow without the obstruction of parked vehicles. Just one parked vehicle will cause an obstruction for all other traffic. You should not even stop to pick up or drop passangers.
337
YOU ARE APPROACHING A BUSY JUNCTION. THERE ARE SEVERAL LANES WITH ROAD MARKINGS. AT THE LAST MOMENT YOU REALIZE THAT YOU ARE IN THE WRONG LANE. YOU SHOULD * CONTINUE IN THAT LANE * FORCE YOUR WAY ACROSS * STOP UNTIL THE AREA HAS CLEARED * USE CLEAR ARM SIGNALS TO CUT ACROSS Correct Answer Continue in that lane. Explanation There are times where road markings can be obscured by queuing traffic , or you might be unsure of your correct lane. Dont cut across lanes or bully other drivers to let you in. Follow the lane you are in & find somewhere safe to turn around if you need to.
338
SIGNALS ARE NORMALLY GIVEN BY DIRECTION INDICATORS AND
* BRAKE LIGHTS * SIDE LIGHTS * FOG LIGHTS
Correct Answer Brake lights. Explanation

Sl.No * INTERIOR LIGHTS Question Your brake light will give an indication to traffic behind that you are slowing down . Good anticipation will allow you time to check your mirrors before slowing. If you are intending to change direction you should use your direction indicators before you brake.
339
YOU ARE TRAVELLING ON A WELL LIT ROAD AT NIGHT IN A BUILT UP AREA. BY USING DIPPED HEADLIGHTS YOU WILL BE ABLE TO
* SEE FURTHER ALONG THE ROAD * GO AT A MUCH FASTER SPEED * SWITCH TO MAIN BEAM QUICKLY * BE SEEN EASILY BY OTHERS
Correct Answer Be easily seen by others. Explanation Travelling on a well lit road you may still be difficult to see. Dipped headlights will make you more conspicuous than if you use only sidelights.
340
WHEN GOING STRAIGHT AHEAD AT A ROUNDABOUT YOU SHOULD
* INDICATE LEFT BEFORE LEAVING THE ROUNDABOUT * NOT INDICATE AT ANY TIME * INDICATE RIGHT WHEN APPROACHING THE ROUNDABOUT * INDICATE LEFT WHEN APPROACHING THE ROUNDABOUT
Correct Answer Indicate left before leaving the roundabout. Explanation When you are at a round about, indicate left just after you pass the exit before the one you wish to take. Dont - signal right/left on approach.
341
WHICH VEHICLE MIGHT HAVE TO USE A DIFFERENT COURSE THAN NORMAL AT ROUNDABOUTS?
* SPORTS CAR * VAN * ESTATE CAR * LONG VEHICLE
Correct Answer Long vehicle Explanation A long vehicle may have to straddle lanes either on or approaching a roundabout so that the rear wheels dont cut in over the kerb. Stay well back & give it room.
342
YOU ARE WAITING AT A T-JUNCTION. A VEHICLE IS COMING FROM THE RIGHT WITH THE LEFT SIGNAL FLASHING. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?

Sl.No Question * MOVE OUT AND ACCELERATE HARD * WAIT UNTIL THE VEHICLE STARTS TO TURN IN * PULL OUT BEFORE THE VEHICLE REACHES THE JUNCTION * MOVE OUT SLOWLY Correct Answer Wait until the vehicle starts to turn in Explanation Other road users may give misleading signals. When youre waiting at a junction dont emerge until youre sure of their intentions. Pulling out safely calls for accurate judgement.
343
WHAT IS THE LEGAL MINIMUM INSURANCE COVER YOU MUST HAVE TO DRIVE ON PUBLIC ROADS?
* THIRD PARTY, FIRE AND THEFT * FULLY COMPREHENSIVE * THIRD PARTY ONLY * PERSONAL INJURY COVER
Correct Answer Third party only. Explanation The minimum insurance requirement by law is third party cover as per section 146 of motor vehicle act 1988. This covers others involved in an accident but does not cover damage to your vehicle. Basic third party insurance wont cover theft or fire damage. Check with your insurance company for advice on the best cover for you. Make sure that you read the policy carefully.
344
YOU HAVE JUST BOUGHT A SECOND HAND VEHICLE. WHEN SHOULD YOU TELL THE LICENSING AUTHORITY OF CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP?
* WITHIN 14 DAYS * WITHIN 28 DAYS * WITHIN ONE MONTH * ONLY WHEN YOU INSURE IT
Correct Answer Within 14 days Explanation Where the ownership of a motor vehicle changes, the transferor shall report the fact of transfer under the no objection certificate obtained under section 48 to the registering authorities concerned in whose jurisdiction the transferor and the transferee resides or has the place of business.
345
WHEN ARE YOU ALLOWED TO USE HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS?
* WHEN STOPPED AND TEMPORARILY OBSTRUCTING TRAFFIC
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * WHEN TRAVELLING DURING DARKNESS WITHOUT HEADLIGHTS When stopped and temporarily obstructing traffic.
* WHEN PARKED FOR SHOPPING ON DOUBLE YELLOW Explanation LINES * WHEN TRAVELLING SLOWLY BECAUSE YOU ARE LOST Where theres queuing traffic ahead and you have to slow down and maybe stop. Showing your hazard warning lights will alert the traffic behind to the situation. Dont forget to switch them off as the queue forms behind you. You can also use hazard warning lights:1. In cases of brake failure, accelerator pedal stuck, steering wheel free etc. 2. In cases of breakdown, as a warning to other road users.
346
WHICH OF THESE ITEMS SHOULD YOU CARRY IN YOUR VEHICLE FOR USE IN THE EVENT OF AN ACCIDENT?
* MOBILE PHONE * FIRST AID KIT * WARNING TRIANGLE * ALL OF THE ABOVE 347 YOU ARE THE FIRST TO ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT. WHICH OF THESE SHOULD YOU DO?
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation The equipment could be helpful and may prevent or lessen injury.
* SWITCH OFF THE VEHICLE ENGINE * MOVE UNINJURED PEOPLE AWAY FROM THE VEHICLE(S) * CALL THE EMERGENCY SERVICES * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation If you are involved in, or arrive at, the scene of an accident there are certain actions you should take. Its important to know what to do and also what not to do. You could save someones life, or endanger it.
348
AN ACCIDENT HAS JUST HAPPENED. AN INJURED PERSON IS LYING ON THE BUSY ROAD. WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO?
* TREAT THE PERSON FOR SHOCK * WARN OTHER TRAFFIC * PLACE HIM IN THE RECOVERY POSITION
Correct Answer Warn other traffic. Explanation

Sl.No Question * MAKE SURE THAT THE INJURED PERSON IS KEPT WARM You could do this by 1.Displaying an advance warning signal. 2.Switching on hazard warning lights or other lights. 3.Any other means that does not put you at risk.
349
YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF A MOTORCYCLE ACCIDENT. THE RIDER IS INJURED. WHEN SHOULD THE HELMET BE REMOVED?
* ONLY WHEN IT IS ESSENTIAL * ALWAYS, STRAIGHT AWAY * ONLY WHEN THE MOTORCYCLIST ASKS * ALWAYS, UNLESS THEY ARE IN SHOCK
Correct Answer Only when it is essential. Explanation If a motorcyclist has been injured in an accident, its important not to remove his helmet unless it is necessary to keep him alive.
350
YOU ARRIVE AT A SERIOUS MOTORCYCLE ACCIDENT. THE MOTORCYCLIST IS UNCONSCIOUS AND BLEEDING. YOUR MAIN PRIORITIES SHOULD BE TO
* TRY TO STOP THE BLEEDING * CHECK THE CASUALITY'S BREATHING * TO CHECK IF THERE IS A FRACTURE * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Check the causalitys breathing. Explanation At the scene of an accident you must first make sure there is no danger from further collision or fire before dealing with any casualties. The first priority when dealing with an unconscious person is to make sure that they can breathe. This may involve clearing their air way if they are having difficulty or if some obstruction is obvious.
351
YOU HAVE STOPPED AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT TO GIVE HELP. WHICH OF THESE THINGS SHOULD YOU DO?
* KEEP INJURED PEOPLE WARM AND COMFORTABLE
Correct Answer
* KEEP INJURED PEOPLE CALM BY TALKING TO THEM All of the above. REASSURINGLY * MAKE SURE THAT INJURED PEOPLE ARE NOT LEFT ALONE * ALL OF THE ABOVE Explanation If you stop at the scene of an accident to give help and there are casualties. Dont 1.Give the injured anything to drink. 2.Move injured people, unless further danger is threatened.

Sl.No 352 Question YOU ARE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT. SOMEONE IS SUFFERING FROM SHOCK. YOU SHOULD
* REASSURE THEM CONSTANTLY * KEEP THEM WARM * LOOSEN ANY TIGHT CLOTHING * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation The effect of trauma may not be immediately obvious. Prompt treatment can help to minimize the effects of shock. 1.Check their breathing & pulse. 2.Lay the casualty down. 3.Loosen tight clothing. 4.Call an ambulance.
353
YOU ARRIVE AT AN ACCIDENT WHERE SOMEONE IS SUFFERING FROM SEVERE BURNS. YOU SHOULD
* APPLY LOTIONS TO THE INJURY * BURST ANY BLISTERS * REMOVE ANYTHING STICKING TO THE BURNS * DOUSE THE BURNS THOROUGLY WITH WATER
Correct Answer Douse the burns thoroughly with water. Explanation Try to find fluid that is clean, cold and nontoxic. Its coolness will stop the burn and relieve the pain. Keep the wound doused for at least ten minutes. If blisters appear dont attempt to burst them as this could lead to infection.
354
YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT. A PASSENGER IS BLEEDING BADLY FROM AN ARM WOUND. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* APPLY PRESSURE OVER THE WOUND AND KEEP THE Correct Answer ARM DOWN * DAB THE WOUND * GET THEM A DRINK * APPLY PRESSURE OVER THE WOUND AND RAISE THE ARM 355 AT AN ACCIDENT SITE YOU SUSPECT A CASUALTY HAS BACK INJURIES. THE AREA IS SAFE. YOU SHOULD Apply pressure over the wound and raise the arm Explanation If possible, lay the casualty down. Raising the arm above the level of the heart will stem the flow of blood.
* OFFER HIM A DRINK * NOT MOVE HIM
Correct Answer Not move him.

Sl.No * RAISE HIS LEGS * OFFER HIM A CIGARETTE Question Explanation Talk to the casualty and keep them calm. you attempt to move them it could cause further injury. Call an ambulance at the first opportunity. If
356
WHEN TWO VEHICLES APPROACH AN UNCONTROLLED INTERSECTION AT THE SAME TIME, THE RIGHT OF WAY MUST BE GIVEN TO
* THE ONE MOVING FASTER * NEITHER * THE ONE APPROACHING FROM THE RIGHT * THE ONE APPROACHING FROM THE LEFT
Correct Answer The one approaching from the right Explanation As it is the rule of the road, we should always give way to traffic approaching from right.
357
UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES CAN YOU OVERTAKE FROM THE LEFT?
* WHEN THE DRIVER IN FRONT OF YOU HAS SIGNALLED YOU TO OVERTAKE * WHEN A VEHICLE DRIVER IN FRONT OF YOU HAS GIVEN A SIGNAL FOR TURNING TO THE RIGHT AND HAS ACTUALLY DRAWN TO THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD * WHEN A DRIVER IN FRONT OF YOU HAS GIVEN A SIGNAL FOR TURNING TO THE RIGHT * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer When a vehicle driver in front of you has given a signal for turning to the right and has actually drawn to the middle of the road. Explanation Always overtake from right & avoid overtaking from left, because it is always risky to do so.
358
WHAT IS THE AVERAGE REACTION TIME OF A DRIVER WHILE APPLYING THE BRAKES WHEN OBSERVING A FORTHCOMING HAZARD?
* OF A SECOND * OF A SECOND * OF A SECOND * ONE SECOND
Correct Answer One second. Explanation The normal time you take to react varies between 0.6 to 1 second. The average reaction time is lower when you are more alert and higher when you are not.
359
HOW MUCH APPROXIMATE DISTANCE WILL YOUR VEHICLE COVER IN A SECOND IF YOU ARE DRIVING AT A SPEED OF 50 KILOMETRES PER HOUR AT NORMAL ROAD CONDITIONS?

Sl.No * 10 METRES * 14 METRES * 20 METRES * 4 METRES Question Correct Answer 14 Metres. Explanation If you are travelling at 50 km per hour you are covering 50,000 metres per 3600 second. Therefore if you divide 50,000 metres by 3600 seconds that comes to about 14 metres.
360
WHILE DRIVING ON A HILL, WHO SHOULD BE GIVEN RIGHT OF WAY?
* VEHICLES TRAVELLING DOWNHILL * VEHICLES TRAVELLING UPHILL * NO PRECEDENCE TO ANYONE * DEPENDS ON THE CONDITIONS OF THE ROAD
Correct Answer Vehicles travelling uphill. Explanation The vehicle travelling uphill is at a disadvantageous position as compared to the vehicle coming downhill, because it is difficult for the vehicle travelling uphill to stop and move again. Therefore the vehicle coming downhill should give the right of way to the vehicle ascending the hill.
361
WHEN DESCENDING A STEEP HILL, YOU SHOULD
* KEEP THE VEHICLE IN LOW GEAR * TURN OFF THE IGNITION AND KEEP GEAR IN NEUTRAL TO SAVE FUEL AND AVOID POLLUTION * KEEP YOUR HEADLIGHTS ON * KEEP THE HANDBRAKE PULLED UP
Correct Answer Keep the vehicle in low gear. Explanation The speed of the vehicle coming downhill increases due to the slope therefore if the vehicle is in lower gear, the slope will not affect the speed of the vehicle and it will remain under control.
362
WHILE DRIVING WHEN YOU WANT TO CHANGE LANES YOU SHOULD-
* INCREASE SPEED AND GIVE A PROPER SIGNAL * BLOW HORN AND LOOK TO THE REAR
Correct Answer Make sure that the move can be made safely after checking traffic from behind and after giving the proper signal.
* MAKE SURE THAT THE MOVE CAN BE MADE SAFELY Explanation AFTER CHECKING TRAFFIC FROM BEHIND AND AFTER GIVING THE PROPER SIGNAL

Sl.No Question * NEVER CHANGE LANES AS IT IS AGAINST THE LAW If you need to move into another lane, check through your rear view mirror and look over your shoulder for the traffic following you. If it is safe, give the proper signal and then change lanes. After you have changed your lane or overtaken, make sure that the indicator given to change lane is switched off. 363 STOPPING DISTANCE MEANS
* BRAKING DISTANCE * REACTION DISTANCE * REACTION DISTANCE+BRAKING DISTANCE * SPEED LIMIT DISTANCE
Correct Answer Reaction distance + braking distance. Explanation Before a vehicle actually stops, it covers a reaction distance and a braking distance. The reaction distance is from the time when the driver first senses danger and applies brakes to the time when the braking action begins to take place. The braking distance is covered between the time when the braking action begins to take place and the time when the vehicle actually comes to a halt.
364
* NO PARKING * NO STOPPING * RESTRICTION ENDS * PEDESTRIANS PROHIBITED
Correct Answer Restriction ends. Explanation This is a mandatory sign. This sign shall indicate the point at which all prohibitions notified by prohibitory signs for moving vehicles cease to apply.
365
* SIDE ROAD RIGHT * SIDE ROAD LEFT * Y-INTERSECTION
Correct Answer Side road left . Explanation

Sl.No Question * STAGGERED INTERSECTION This is a cautionary sign. The sign is erected in advance of the side road intersections where in the opinion of the controlling authority a sufficiently large volume of entering traffic together with restricted sight distance is likely to constitute a hazard.
366
* BARRIER AHEAD * Y-INTERSECTION * DANGEROUS DIP * STAGGERED INTERSECTION
Correct Answer Staggered intersection. Explanation This is a cautionary sign. The sign is used to indicate junctions where the distance between two junctions does not exceed 60 metres.
367
PARALLEL PARKING MEANS
* PARKING PARALLEL TO THE KERB * PARKING AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE KERB * PARKING AT AN ANGLE TO THE KERB * PARKING PARALLEL TO A VEHICLE ALREADY PARKED
Correct Answer Parking parallel to the kerb. Explanation Parallel parking needs practice and skill. Only experience can teach you how to back up properly and judge angles and distances. What you need is determination, patience and self-confidence.
368
TWO PARALLEL BROKEN LINES ACROSS THE ROAD INDICATE
* TRAFFIC APPROACHING THESE LINES HAS TO GIVE Correct Answer RIGHT OF WAY TO TRAFFIC ON THE OTHER ROAD * TRAFFIC APPROACHING THESE LINES HAS THE RIGHT OF WAY OVER TRAFFIC ON THE OTHER ROAD * TRAFFIC MUST STOP ONLY WHEN SIGNALLED BY A TRAFFIC CONSTABLE ON DUTY NEARBY * VISIBILITY AHEAD IS LIMITED Traffic approaching these lines has to give right of way to traffic on the other road Explanation The give way line is usually a double dotted line marked transversely at junctions. These lines are generally supplemented by a reverse triangle give way sign painted on the road surface before the dotted lines or by a road sign installed beside the marking. Give way to traffic on the main approaching road.

Sl.No 369 Question IN SOME NARROW RESIDENTIAL STREETS YOU WILL FIND A SPEED LIMIT OF-
* 25 KMPH * 35 KMPH * 10 KMPH * 40 KMPH
Correct Answer 10 kmph Explanation There are numerous hazards to deal with in residential areas. These hazards can be unpredictable , hidden, static or moving. You need to allow yourself the time and space to deal with them. The safest way to do this is to reduce your speed.
370
YOU ARE ON A GOOD, DRY ROAD SURFACE AND YOUR VEHICLE HAS GOOD BRAKES AND TYRES. WHAT IS THE APPROX. BRAKING DISTANCE AT 65 KMPH?
* 23 METRES (75 FEET) * 53 METRES (175 FEET) * 36 METRES (118 FEET) * 96 METRES (315 FEET)
Correct Answer 36 metres (118 feet) Explanation Factors that affect how long it takes you to stop include 1.How fast youre going. 2.Whether youre travelling on the level, uphill or downhill. 3.The weather and road conditions 4.The condition of tyres, brakes and suspension 5.Your reaction time. Formula used for braking distance is : ( Speed in KMPH / 10 ) x ( Speed in KMPH / 10 ) = Braking distance in metres.
371
WHAT IS THE APPROXIMATE OVERALL STOPPING DISTANCE ON A DRY ROAD AT 70 KMPH?
Correct Answer 70 METRES (231 FEET) Explanation The reaction and the braking distance together make up the stopping distance. 1.Reacting distance in metres = Speed in KMPH / 10 x 3 2.Formula used for braking distance is : ( Speed in KMPH / 10 ) x ( Speed in KMPH / 10 ) = Braking distance in metres.

Sl.No 372 Question YOUR INDICATORS MAY BE DIFFICULT TO SEE IN BRIGHT SUNLIGHT. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* GIVE AN ARM SIGNAL AS WELL AS USE YOUR INDICATORS * PUT YOUR INDICATOR ON EARLIER * TOUCH THE BRAKE SEVERAL TIME TO SHOW THE STOP LIGHTS * TURN AS QUICKLY AS YOU CAN
Correct Answer Give an arm signal as well as use your indicators. Explanation You should always ensure that other road users are aware of your intentions. If you feel your indicator might not be seen then give an arm signal as well.
373
THE MAIN BENEFIT OF HAVING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE IS TO IMPROVE
* FUEL CONSUMPTION * ROAD HOLDING * STOPPING DISTANCE * PASSENGER COMFORT
Correct Answer Road holding. Explanation This does not replace the skills you need to drive safely. The extra grip that the drive on the wheels provides helps when travelling on slippery or uneven roads.
374
WE'RE TAKING CHILDREN TO THE NEARBY SWIMMING POOL. WE SHOULD:
* TURN AROUND EVERY ONCE IN A WHILE TO CHECK Correct Answer EACH CHILD IS SAFELY SITTING * MAKE SURE THE SEAT BELT OF THE CHILD IN FRONT IS FASTENED BEFORE WE MOVE THE CAR * BUCKLE OUR OWN SEAT BELT BUT DON'T INSIST ANYONE ELSE BUCKLE UP * LOAD THE KIDS AND MOVE Make sure the seat belt of the child in front is fastened before we move the car. Explanation Infact wearing a seat belt for the front passengers is not only mandatory but saves life in the event of an accident. Seat belts should be worn at all times.
375
AT A GREEN LIGHT, THE CAR IN FRONT OF US SIGNALS FOR A RIGHT TURN. THE DRIVER MISSES ONE OPPORTUNITY TO TURN, AND THE LIGHT TURNS YELLOW, AND THE DRIVER PULLS FORWARD AND HESITATES. SHOULD WE: * PUT ON OUR OWN RIGHT INDICATOR AFTER THE DRIVER MAKES THE TURN AND WAIT FOR ANOTHER YELLOW Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * AFTER THE DRIVER MAKES THE TURN SAFELY, After the driver makes the turn safely, wait WAIT UNTIL THE LIGHT TURNS GREEN AGAIN AND IT until the light turns green again and it is IS SAFE TO PROCEED safe to proceed. * HONK OUR HORN AND FLASH OUR LIGHTS TO TELL Explanation THE DRIVER TO HURRY UP * PULL AROUND ON THE LEFT, GO THROUGH A RED LIGHT AND TURN RIGHT, TRYING TO BEAT TRAFFIC ON THE CROSSROAD 376 WE ARE ON OUR WAY HOME AFTER SHOPPING ALL DAY. WE ARE REALLY LOOKING FORWARD TO DINNER. IN FACT, WE'RE HUNGRIER BY EACH MINUTE. WE SHOULD Never be in a hurry to cross a controlled or a uncontrolled intersection. Wait patiently for the signal to change from red to green.
* START LOOKING FOR A WAYSIDE FAST-FOOD VAN, Correct Answer WE KNOW THESE ARE AROUND HERE SOMEWHERE * STOP FOR A LIGHT SNACK, EAT IN THE STORE AND Stop for a light snack, eat in the store and THEN DRIVE HOME then drive home. * DRIVE FASTER, SO THAT WE CAN GET HOME AND EAT THAT MUCH SOONER * STOP AT WIMPY OR KFC, RUSTLE UP A BURGER AND CUT WHILE DRIVING Explanation If you are hungry while driving it is advisable to stop your vehicle at a safe place, take some light refreshments, which will make you fresh for further driving.
377
WE ARE DRIVING THROUGH A QUIET RESIDENTIAL AREA ON A SUNNY AFTER NOON IN MAY. WE DO NOT SEE ANY OTHER TRAFFIC. WE SHOULD :
* DO NOT CARE ABOUT THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT * DRIVE AT THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT * DRIVE ABOVE THE POSTED LIMIT * SEE HOW FAST WE CAN GO ON THOSE NICE, CURVY ROADS AND STREETS
Correct Answer Drive at the posted speed limit. Explanation Whether you are driving on a lonely or dense road, always drive according to the legal speed limit. This will not only save you from penalty but with an accident as well.
378
IF YOU ARE TURNING AT TRAFFIC LIGHTS, MUST YOU GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS WHO ARE CROSSING LEGALLY WITH THE LIGHTS?
* YES.
Correct Answer
* NOT IF YOU ARE TURNING IN COMPLIANCE WITH A Yes. GREEN ARROW. * ONLY IF THEY ARE ON A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. * ONLY IF THEY HAVE "CROSS" LIGHT. Explanation You must stop and give way to pedestrians at these crossings. Pedestrian crossings are marked to facilitate and give the right of way to pedestrians.

Sl.No 379 Question WHAT MUST YOU DO WHEN APPROACHING AN INTERSECTION IF THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS CHANGE FROM GREEN TO AMBER?
* SPEED UP TO REACH THE INTERSECTION BEFORE LIGHTS CHANGES TO RED. * STOP IF YOU CAN DO SAFELY BEFORE THE INTERSECTION. * STOP IMMEDIATELY. * SWING HARD AND STOP IMMEDIATELY AROUND THE CORNER.
Correct Answer Stop if you can do safely before the intersection. Explanation When you see the traffic lights change from green to amber, it is a warning for the drivers to stop safely before the stop line. Always judge your approaching speed and the traffic behind, when you see the green light turning to amber.
380
WHAT MUST YOU DO WHEN YOU INTEND TO TURN RIGHT FROM A ROAD INTO A DRIVEWAY OR INTERSECTION?
* SIGNAL IMMEDIATELY BEFORE YOU TURN
Correct Answer
* DO NOT SIGNAL UNLESS TRAFFIC IS APPROACHING Give a right turn signal at least three YOU seconds before you intend to turn. * NO SIGNAL IS NECESSARY * GIVE A RIGHT TURN SIGNAL AT LEAST THREE SECONDS BEFORE YOU INTEND TO TURN Explanation If you want to turn left or right give indicator as well as hand signal at least three seconds before the turn to make your intentions clear to the other road users.
381
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS IS TRUE?
* IT IS ALWAYS SAFE TO PASS A CYCLIST PROVIDED Correct Answer YOU DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED LIMIT. * IT IS ALWAYS SAFE TO PASS A SCHOOL AT 10 KM/H LESS THAN THE SPEED LIMIT. * DRIVING AT THE SPEED LIMIT IS SOMETIMES TOO FAST FOR THE CONDITIONS. Driving at the speed limit is sometimes too fast for the conditions. Explanation
* PROVIDED YOU DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED LIMIT, Make sure and drive within the stipulated YOU ARE DRIVING SAFELY. speed limits. However, speed limit does not mean that it is safe to drive at that speed. Always drive keeping the following conditions in mind : 1.Condition of the road 2.Traffic 3.Weather and vision 4.Type of vehicle 5.Restricted areas 6.Your own skills and concentration

Sl.No 382 Question WHAT ARE THE DOCUMENTS YOU NEED TO CARRY WITH YOU IN YOUR VEHICLE ALWAYS WHILE DRIVING?
* DRIVING LICENCE * DRIVING LICENCE AND INSURANCE CERTIFICATE
Correct Answer Driving licence, certificate of insurance, registration certificate and pollution under control certificate.
* DRIVING LICENCE, CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE, Explanation REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE AND POLLUTION UNDER CONTROL CERTIFICATE * NO NEED TO CARRY THESE DOCUMENTS SINCE THEY CAN BE STOLEN OR MISPLACED 383 WHAT IS THE VALIDITY PERIOD OF A LEARNER'S LICENCE?
* 180 DAYS * 30 DAYS * 60 DAYS * 90 DAYS
Correct Answer 180 days Explanation The learners licence is valid for six months. If the learner licence holder does not apply for permanent licence in this period, he will have to undergo the whole process of obtaining a learner licence.
384
WHAT IS THE GRACE PERIOD FOR THE RENEWAL OF A PERMANENT DRIVING LICENCE?
* NIL * 30 DAYS * 60 DAYS * 90 DAYS
Correct Answer 30 days. Explanation The permanent driving licence can be renewed with in 5 years from its date of expiry . Penalty for late renewal is charged after the first 30 days of expiry. But remember that driving with an expired licence is an offence.
385
YOU HAVE A VALID LEARNER'S LICENCE TO RIDE A TWO-WHEELER, YOU ARE ALLOWED TO
* DRIVE ONLY AT DAYTIME
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * PRACTICE DRIVING ON ROADS WHICH HAVE VERY LITTLE TRAFFIC Drive a two wheeler at any time, any place but cannot carry any person on the pillion seat except a permanent licence holder for a two-wheeler. Explanation It allows you to learn to drive with a regular and experienced driver of your choice. If you want to drive a motor car or a two-wheeler, this would have to be along with a friend, relative or an instructor of a driving school as long as he/she holds a valid driving licence.
* DRIVE AT ANY TIME AND AT ANY PLACE PROVIDED THERE IS A PILLION RIDER WITH YOU * DRIVE A TWO WHEELER AT ANY TIME, ANY PLACE BUT CANNOT CARRY ANY PERSON ON THE PILLION SEAT EXCEPT A PERMANENT LICENCE HOLDER FOR A TWO-WHEELER
386
AT THE SITE OF AN ACCIDENT, A SMALL CHILD IS NOT BREATHING. YOU SHOULD GIVE MOUTH TO MOUTH RESPIRATION
* SHARPLY. * HEAVILY * GENTLY. * RAPIDLY.
Correct Answer Gently. Explanation With a small child, breathe gently into the nose and mouth until you see the chest rise.
387
UNDER WHAT CIRCUMSTANCES CAN YOUR VEHICLE BE IMPOUNDED?
* WHEN DRIVING A VEHICLE WITH `APPLIED FOR' ON REGISTRATION PLATE * WHEN FLASHING HEADLIGHTS UNNECESSARILY * WHEN REGISTRATION NUMBERS ARE WRITTEN IN INCORRECT SIZE DIMENSIONS * WHEN REGISTRATION PLATE HAS A WRONG COLOUR BACKGROUND
Correct Answer When driving a vehicle with `Applied For' on registration plate. Explanation You cannot drive a motor vehicle or permit your vehicle to be driven in any public place unless the vehicle is registered and carries a registration mark. The registration mark i.e. the number allotted by the transport authority must be displayed at the front as well as at the rear of the motor vehicle. No vehicle is allowed to be driven with an Applied for number plate.
388
MOST MEDICINES TAKEN USUALLY....
* REDUCE YOUR FITNESS TO DRIVE * IMPROVE YOUR FITNESS TO DRIVE
Correct Answer Reduce your fitness to drive

Sl.No Question * HAVE NO EFFECT ON YOUR FITNESS TO DRIVE * NONE OF THE ABOVE Explanation If you are on any medication you must consult your doctor whether it will affect your driving ability. Some medicine can make you drowsy, while others can affect your concentration. Do not drive if you have taken any medicine that may affect your driving ability.
389
WHILE DRIVING, YOU APPROACH ROADWORKS. YOU SEE A TEMPORARY MAXIMUM SPEED LIMIT SIGN. YOU MUST
* COMPLY WITH THE SIGN DURING THE WORKING DAY * COMPLY WITH THE SIGN AT ALL TIMES * COMPLY WITH THE SIGN WHEN THE LANES ARE NARROW * COMPLY WITH THE SIGN DURING THE HOURS OF DARKNESS. 390 YOU WANT TO TURN RIGHT AT A BOX JUNCTION.THERE IS ONCOMING TRAFFIC. YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer Comply with the sign at all times Explanation The sign has been put there to allow traffic to deal with the hazard at a low speed. Reduce the risk and dont exceed the limit.
* WAIT IN THE BOX JUNCTION IF YOUR EXIT IS CLEAR * WAIT BEFORE THE JUNCTION UNTIL IT IS CLEAR OF ALL TRAFFIC * DRIVE ON : YOU CANNOT TURN RIGHT AT A BOX JUNCTION * DRIVE SLOWLY INTO THE BOX JUNCTION WHEN SIGNALLED BY ONCOMING TRAFFIC.
Correct Answer WAIT BEFORE THE JUNCTION UNTIL IT IS CLEAR OF ALL TRAFFIC Explanation In a box junction there are yellow crossed diagonal lines in it. The vehicles should cross it only if they have a clear space available ahead of yellow box. In this marked area vehicles must not stop even briefly.
391
HOW CAN YOU STOP A CARAVAN SNAKING FROM SIDE TO SIDE?
* TURN THE STEERING WHEEL SLOWLY TO EACH SIDE. * ACCELERATE TO INCREASE YOUR SPEED. * STOP AS QUICKLY AS YOU CAN. * SLOW DOWN VERY GRADUALLY.
Correct Answer Slow down very gradually. Explanation Keep calm and dont brake harshly or you could lose control completely.

Sl.No 392 Question YOU ARE DRIVING A HEAVY VEHICLE ON A NARROW ROAD. WHEN TRAFFIC WISHES TO OVERTAKE YOUR VEHICLE,YOU SHOULD-
* TAKE NO ACTION * PUT YOUR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS ON * STOP IMMEDIATELY AND WAVE THEM ON * PULL IN SAFELY AS SOON AS YOU CAN DO SO
Correct Answer Pull in safely as soon as you can do so Explanation Drivers behind you who have been waiting to pass for some time may make hasty decisions in an effort to overtake. If you see a queue of traffic building up behind, give way as soon as you can by pulling in to the left.
393
WHAT WOULD YOU USE TO CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL?
* CONNECTING ROD * DIAL GAUGE * DIPSTICK * TIMING LIGHT
Correct Answer Dipstick Explanation All engines are provided with a dipstick which remains immersed in the oil sump. At the lower tip end of this stick are generally two markings showing minimum & maximum oil levels. The engine oil level should remain just above the centre of two markings.
394
BRAKING DISTANCES ON ICE CAN BE
* TWICE THE NORMAL DISTANCE * FIVE TIMES THE NORMAL DISTANCE * SEVEN TIMES THE NORMAL DISTANCE * TEN TIMES THE NORMAL DISTANCE
Correct Answer Ten times the normal distance Explanation Braking and stopping distances will also be affected by icy and snowy weather. You need to take extra care and expect your stopping distance to increase by up to ten times the normal distance.
395
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES WORK BY
* LOCKING FRONT WHEELS.
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * LOCKING REAR WHEELS. * LOCKING ALL FOUR WHEELS. * ALLOWING STEERING OF THE VEHICLE WHEN BRAKING. 396 WHEN DRIVING A VEHICLE WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES, YOU MUST Explanation It allows steering while braking in emergency.
* APPLY BRAKES QUICKLY AND FIRMLY. * APPLY BRAKES GENTLY AND FIRMLY. * APPLY BRAKES INTERMITTENTLY * APPLY HAND BRAKES SIMULTANEOUSLY. 397 HOW OFTEN SHOULD YOU STOP ON A LONG JOURNEY?
Correct Answer
Explanation Apply brakes quickly and firmly when applying anti-lock brakes.
* WHEN YOU NEED FUEL * AT LEAST EVERY TWO HOURS * AT LEAST EVERY FOUR HOURS * WHEN YOU NEED TO EAT
Correct Answer At least every two hours. Explanation If you are driving a long distance, plan your journey time carefully with stops on route. Make the rest stops two hours apart so that you do not become tired as well as help prevent any passengers becoming restless and tired.
398
OTHER THAN ABSTAINING, WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO CONTROL THE AMOUNT OF ALCOHOL THAT ACCUMULATES WHEN DRINKING?
* SMOKE CIGARETTES WHEN DRINKING * TAKE PAN MASALA WITH THE DRINK * SPACE DRINKS TO ALLOW TIME FOR ALCOHOL TO ELIMINATE * STAND UP AND MOVE AMONG THE GUESTS
Correct Answer Space drinks to allow time for alcohol to eliminate Explanation Once you are drunk, there is nothing you can do to reduce the level of alcohol in your blood. Exercise does not work, nor black coffee, deep breathing, cold showers, medicines, pickles or even a slap on the face. The only thing that works is time.

Sl.No 399 Question WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WILL HELP YOU TO SOBER UP AFTER CONSUMPTION OF AN ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE?
* FRESH AIR * FOOD AND PICKLES * SHOWER * TIME
Correct Answer Time Explanation After consuming an alcoholic beverage , your blood alcohol concentration (BAC) will begin to increase. BAC is determined by four factors out of which one is time. Once you are drunk only time can help you to sober up after consumption of an alcohol beverage.
400
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT TRUE ABOUT ALCOHOL?
* IT CAUSES CIRRHOSIS ON PROLONGED USE. * IT CAUSES ULCER IN THE STOMACH. * IT IS STORED IN THE BODY. * IT INDUCES OVER CONFIDENCE. 401 HOW TO SLOW DOWN ALCOHOL ABSORPTION IN THE BLOOD?
Correct Answer It is stored in the body. Explanation It is excreted from the body through urine and breath.
* BY DRINKING ON EMPTY STOMACH * BY EATING AFTER YOU HAVE FINISHED DRINKING * BY EATING BEFORE OR WHILE YOU ARE DRINKING * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer By eating before or while you are drinking Explanation Eating before or while you are drinking will slow down alcohol absorption some what but it cannot prevent you from becoming impaired or intoxicated, if you have too many drinks.
402
HOW DOES ALCOHOL AFFECT YOUR DRIVING?
* IT SPEEDS UP YOUR REACTIONS * IT REDUCES YOUR CONCENTRATION * IT INCREASES YOUR AWARENESS
Correct Answer It reduces your concentration. Explanation

Sl.No Question * IT IMPROVES YOUR CO-ORDINATION Alcohol reduces the ability to drive safely and one becomes accident prone therefore, avoid driving after drinking. It impairs your ability to judge speed and distances, restricts your view and makes accidents more likely.
403
WHEN SHOULD YOU AVOID DRINKING ALCOHOL?
* WHEN YOU ARE ABOUT TO DRIVE * WHEN YOU ARE ALONE * WHEN YOU ARE UNDER MEDICATION * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Alcohol affects the nervous system and dampens the reflexes. Also, it induces metabolism of drugs.
404
A DRIVER ATTENDS A SOCIAL EVENT. WHAT PRECAUTION SHOULD THE DRIVER TAKE?
* DRINK PLENTY OF COFFEE AFTER DRINKING ALCOHOL * AVOID BUSY ROADS AFTER DRINKING ALCOHOL * AVOID DRINKING ALCOHOL ON AN EMPTY STOMACH * AVOID DRINKING ALCOHOL COMPLETELY
Correct Answer Avoid drinking alcohol completely Explanation To avoid the hazards of drunken driving, plan in advance. Take a taxi or a bus or make some other arrangement. If you are going in a group, decide amongst yourselves, who would be driving, the driver should consume soft drinks only.
405
WHAT DOES THE LAW REQUIRE WITH REGARD TO THE NEGOTIATING OF UNCONTROLLED PEDESTRIAN CROSSING?
* SPEED UP BUT AVOID HITTING PEDESTRIANS WHO Correct Answer ARE ALREADY ON THE PEDESTRIAN CROSSING * SLOW DOWN AND PROCEED Stop and give precedence to pedestrians who are already on the pedestrian crossing. Explanation A pedestrian has the right of way at any uncontrolled pedestrian crossing.
* STOP AND GIVE PRECEDENCE TO PEDESTRIANS WHO ARE ALREADY ON THE PEDESTRIAN CROSSING * SPEED UP KEEPING IN MIND PEDESTRIANS WHO ARE ALREADY ON THE PEDESTRIAN CROSSING

Sl.No 406 Question WHILE DRIVING A VEHICLE, IF YOU FIND AN ANIMAL RUNNING ACROSS THE ROAD SUDDENLY IN FRONT OF YOU,
* YOU SHOULD APPLY BRAKES IMMEDIATELY
Correct Answer
* YOU SHOULD BLOW THE HORN AND OVERTAKE THE You should check traffic from behind, slow ANIMAL FROM ANY SIDE YOU FIND CONVENIENT down or stop to enable the animal to cross. * YOU SHOULD SPEED UP AND MOVE IN FRONT OF THE ANIMAL Explanation
* YOU SHOULD CHECK TRAFFIC FROM BEHIND, SLOW Animals on roads are a very common DOWN OR STOP TO ENABLE THE ANIMAL TO CROSS feature. Over a period of time, animals become used to the passing traffic and do not even react. Be observant of animals and keep sufficient space while passing. Do not sound horn as animals may get frightened. 407 YOU WISH TO OVERTAKE A LONG, SLOWMOVING VEHICLE ON A BUSY ROAD WHERE TRAFFIC IS MOVING IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. YOU SHOULD....
* FOLLOW IT CLOSELY AND KEEP MOVING OUT TO SEE THE ROAD AHEAD * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS TO WARN TRAFFIC COMING FROM THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO STOP * KEEP WELL BEHIND UNTIL YOU SEE THE ROAD AHEAD IS CLEAR AND THEN OVERTAKE * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Keep well behind until you see the road ahead is clear and then overtake. Explanation Vehicles which are large, they need more space, especially for manoeuvring and turning, and the drivers of such vehicle do not have enough vision of the vehicles behind and on their side. Be careful while driving alongside or overtaking these vehicles. Do not try to overtake them at intersections. Keep sufficient following distance.
408
WHEN YOU ARE OVERTAKING A CYCLIST YOU SHOULD LEAVE AS MUCH ROOM AS YOU WOULD GIVE TO A CAR. WHY IS THIS?
* THE CYCLIST MIGHT SWERVE * THE CYCLIST MIGHT CHANGE LANES * THE CYCLIST MIGHT GET OFF THE BICYCLE
Correct Answer The cyclist might swerve. Explanation
* THE CYCLIST MIGHT HAVE TO MAKE A RIGHT TURN If you intend to overtake a cyclist, look at the road ahead. Check if the cyclist needs to change direction . When you have a safe place to overtake, leave as much room as you would for a car. Don't cut in sharply or pass too closely.

Sl.No 409 Question TO CORRECT A REAR-WHEEL SKID YOU SHOULD
* STEER INTO IT * NOT STEER AT ALL. * STEER AWAY FROM IT. * APPLY YOUR HANDBRAKE.
Correct Answer Steer into it. Explanation In case your vehicle skids, remove your foot from brake & accelerator pedal & turn the steering in the direction of skid. Dont brake or accelerate suddenly ; this will only make the situation worse.
410
WHAT IS THE TIME TO TURN ON THE LIGHTS OF YOUR VEHICLE?
* BETWEEN SUNSET AND SUNRISE * BETWEEN DUSK AND DAWN AND AT ANY OTHER TIME WHEN YOU CANNOT SEE AN OBJECT CLEARLY WITHIN 500 METERS
Correct Answer Between half an hour after sunset and upto half an hour before sunrise and at other times when you cannot see clearly.
* BETWEEN HALF AN HOUR AFTER SUNSET AND UPTO Explanation HALF AN HOUR BEFORE SUNRISE AND AT OTHER TIMES WHEN YOU CANNOT SEE CLEARLY * THERE IS NO SPECIFIED TIME The law requires that every vehicle driver while driving in public place must switch on the headlights in the period between half an hour after sunset (dark) and half an hour before sunrise (dawn) and at any other time when there is not sufficient light to see persons and vehicle on the road clearly.
411
THE ONLY WAY TO PREVENT HYDROPLANING IS TO
* DRIVE AT A MODERATE SPEED AND SLOW DOWN WITHOUT BRAKING * PUMP YOUR BRAKES TO SLOW DOWN * INCREASE SPEED SLIGHTLY TO TEST FOR BETTER TRACTION * STEER TOWARDS THE SHOULDER FOR BETTER TRACTION
Correct Answer Drive at a moderate speed and slow down without braking. Explanation To prevent hydroplaning, make sure your tyres have proper tread and drive slowly if the road ahead of you has stationary logged water.If you drive at a speed in very wet conditions your steering may suddenly feel light. This means that the tyres have lifted off the surface and are skating on the surface of water. This is known as hydroplaning.

Sl.No 412 Question WHEN DRIVING AT NIGHT OR IN BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS, YOU SHOULD DRIVE AT....
* TEN KILOMETRES BELOW THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT Correct Answer * REASONABLE SPEED FOR THE EXISTING TRAFFIC CONDITIONS * THE POSTED SPEED LIMIT * A SPEED WHERE YOU CAN STOP WITHIN THE DISTANCE YOU CAN SEE CLEARLY A speed where you can stop within the distance you can see clearly Explanation At night or in conditions of poor visibility you cant see people and objects around you, as you can in daylight. You need to be much more alert. Speed should be kept low at night to enable you to react and stop safely within the distance you can clearly see ahead.
413
WHAT SHOULD YOU DO WHEN YOU ARE DAZZLED BY HEADLIGHTS OF OTHER VEHICLES AT NIGHT?
* SLOW DOWN OR STOP, IF NECESSARY * LOOK TO THE LEFT SIDE OF THE ROAD AND SLOW DOWN. KEEP HEADLIGHTS ON LOW BEAM * DIP YOUR HEADLIGHTS CONTINUOUSLY * SPEED UP
Correct Answer Look to the left side of the road and slow down. Keep headlights on low beam Explanation If an oncoming vehicle does not dip its lights., flash your high beam a couple of times towards the oncoming driver so as to induce them to dip his high beam. Do not look into the dazzling light but shift your eyes to the left hand kerb ahead.
414
A ROAD COVERED WITH WET LEAVES IS DANGEROUS BECAUSE OF
* REDUCED VISIBILITY * REDUCED FRICTION * INCREASED FRICTION * INTERSECTING TRAFFIC
Correct Answer Reduced friction Explanation Driving in condition like rain, fog, high winds, snow and in deserts can be highly dangerous as the visibility could be poor . As friction decreases, the braking distance becomes longer and your vehicle can skid. When road is covered with wet leaves, the friction decreases. So you must slow down and keep more distance from the vehicle ahead of you.

Sl.No 415 Question WHEN DRIVING IN FOG IN DAYLIGHT YOU SHOULD USE
* DIPPED HEADLIGHTS * SIDELIGHTS * FULL BEAM HEADLIGHTS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Use dipped headlights. Explanation Dont drive in fog unless you really have to. Use dipped headlights during daylight. If the visibility is below 100 m use fog lights & higher intensity rear lights. Let other road users know that you are there.
416
IN WINDY CONDITIONS YOU NEED TO TAKE EXTRA CARE WHEN....
* PASSING PEDAL CYCLISTS * USING THE BRAKES * MAKING A HILL START * TURNING INTO A NARROW ROAD
Correct Answer Passing pedal cyclists. Explanation You should give cyclists plenty of room when overtaking. When its windy a sudden gust could blow them off course.
417
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TYPE OF GLASSES SHOULD NOT BE WORN WHEN DRIVING AT NIGHT?
* TINTED * ROUND * BI-FOCAL * HALF-MOON
Correct Answer Tinted Explanation If you are driving at night or in poor visibility, tinted lenses will reduce the efficiency of your vision, by reducing the amount of available light reaching your eyes.
418
WHERE IS THE SAFEST PLACE TO PARK YOUR VEHICLE AT NIGHT?
* ON A BUSY ROAD. * IN A GARAGE. * IN A QUIET CAR PARK. * IN A TUNNEL.
Correct Answer In a garage. Explanation If you have a garage use it.

Sl.No 419 Question A COVER NOTE IS A DOCUMENT ISSUED BEFORE YOU RECEIVE YOUR
* DRIVING LICENCE. * REGISTRATION DOCUMENT * INSURANCE CERTIFICATE * PUC CERTIFICATE
Correct Answer Insurance certificate. Explanation Sometimes an insurance company issues a temporary insurance certificate called cover note. It gives you the same insurance cover as your certificate, but will only last for a limited period, usually one month.
420
WHEN YOU SMELL OR SEE FIRE IN YOUR VEHICLE, WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* PULL TO THE SIDE OF THE ROAD IMMEDIATELY, TURN OFF THE ENGINE AND ALL ELECTRICAL SWITCHES AND TRY TO SMOTHER BURNING WIRES WITH SAND OR HEAVY CLOTH. * PULL TO THE SIDE OF THE ROAD IMMEDIATELY, TURN OFF THE ENGINE AND ALL ELECTRICAL SWITCHES AND SMOTHER BURNING WIRES BY POURING WATER ON THEM.
Correct Answer
Pull to the side of the road immediately, turn off the engine and all electrical switches and try to smother burning wires with sand or heavy cloth.
* DON'T DO ANYTHING BUT CALL THE FIRE BRIGADE. Explanation * NONE OF THE ABOVE. If you get a strong burning smell, it could be a prelude to the possibility of a fire. Switch off ignition, draw the vehicle towards the road off side. Put on the hazard lights, try to pull out the affected wires with a thick cloth or plier. Try to throw sand to put off the emergency fire.
421
YOUR VEHICLE HAS BROKEN DOWN ON A HIGHWAY. WHAT IS THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO?
* WARN OTHER TRAFFIC. * STOP THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC AND ASK FOR HELP. * ATTEMPT TO REPAIR YOUR VEHICLE QUICKLY. * PLACE A WARNING TRIANGLE ON THE ROAD. 422 YOU SHOULD NOT DRIVE WITH YOUR FOOT ON THE CLUTCH FOR LONGER THAN NECESSARY BECAUSE IT
Correct Answer Warn other traffic. Explanation Warn others before trying to repair the vehicle.

Sl.No Question * REDUCES CONTROL OVER THE VEHICLE AND WILL RESULT IN PREMATURE CLUTCH FAILURE * INCREASES WEAR OF THE GEARBOX * DECREASES PETROL CONSUMPTION * REDUCES THE GRIP OF THE TYRES Correct Answer Reduces control over the vehicle and will result in premature clutch failure Explanation Driving with your foot on the clutch for longer then necessary is called clutch riding. This habit results in 1. Loss of control on the vehicle. 2. Decreases the life of clutch plate. 3. Decreases fuel efficiency. 4. Overheating of engine.
423
THE CLUTCH MECHANISM CONSISTS OF
* PRESSURE PLATE AND FLYWHEEL * CLUTCH PLATE AND FLYWHEEL * CLUTCH PLATE AND PRESSURE PLATE * TIMING CHAIN AND PRESSURE PLATE
Correct Answer Clutch plate and pressure plate Explanation The function of clutch is to disengage and engage the transmission with the engine. This is done through a set of clutch plate and pressure plate meshed with the engine flywheel.
424
OIL PRESSURE LAMP GLOWS WHILE DRIVING IT INDICATES
* ENGINE OIL LEVEL IS AT MAXIMUM LEVEL * ENGINE OIL LEVEL IS AT THE REQUIRED LEVEL * ENGINE OIL IS BELOW THE REQUIRED LEVEL * GEAR BOX OIL LEVEL LOW
Correct Answer Engine oil is below the required level Explanation Oil pressure lamp is located on the instrument panel in the cabin. If this lamp glows continuously after starting of the engine, it means that engine oil is low in the engine block. This may result in low oil pressure, which can damage the frictional parts & can lead to engine failure.
425
TACHOMETER INDICATES THE ENGINE SPEED IN
* REVOLUTIONS PER SECOND * REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE * REVOLUTIONS PER KILOMETER
Correct Answer Revolutions per minute Explanation

Sl.No Question * KILOMETER PER HOUR Tachometer is an instrument which tells the exact revolutions of engine flywheel per minute. Reading of tachometer changes as the speed of the vehicle changes.
426
NEEDLE AT HOT LIMIT OF TEMPERATURE GAUGE INDICATES THAT
* THE COOLANT IS COOLING THE ENGINE * COOLANT IS AT HIGH LEVEL * RADIATOR CAP IS TIGHT * RADIATOR IS CHOKED
Correct Answer Radiator is choked Explanation A choked radiator means that the circulation of coolant is being hampered therefore the coolant in the engine block will become hot raising the temperature of the engine. This temperature will reflect in the temperature gauge.
427
FUNCTION OF CHOKE IS TO
* ENRICH FUEL IN THE AIR-FUEL MIXTURE * ENRICH AIR IN THE AIR-FUEL MIXTURE * ENRICH FUEL IN THE AIR-WATER-FUEL MIXTURE * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Enrich fuel in the air-fuel mixture Explanation The function of choke is to reduce the airfuel ratio allowing a richer mixture, which in turn helps the cold startup of the engine.
428
HOW MANY PERSONS ARE REQUIRED TO CARRY A CASUALTY WITH SPINAL INJURY ?
* ONE * TWO * FOUR * THREE
Correct Answer Four Explanation Talk to the casualty and keep him calm. If you attempt to move him alone, it could cause further injury to spinal cord, so a group of at least four persons should carry the casualty so as to provide support to all major parts of body. Call an ambulance at the first opportunity.

Sl.No 429 Question WHILE BRAKING IN RAINY AND WET CONDITIONS, YOU SHOULD
* APPLY FULL FORCE * APPLY BRAKES FREQUENTLY * TRY TO LOCK THE WHEELS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Apply brakes frequently Explanation Braking harshly in rainy and wet conditions could cause the wheels to lock, which will result in loss of control. If your vehicle is not fitted with anti-lock braking system, apply and maintain maximum force to the brake pedal by braking frequently.
430
WHAT WILL REDUCE THE RISK OF NECK INJURY RESULTING FROM A COLLISION?
* A PROPERLY ADJUSTED HEAD REST * PROPERLY OILED BRAKING SYSTEM * GOOD GRIP OF THE STEERING WHEEL * AN ADJUSTIBLE STEERING WHEEL
Correct Answer A properly adjusted head rest. Explanation The restraint should be adjusted so that it gives maximum protection to the head. This will help in the event of a rear-end collision. Head restraints will reduce the risk of neck injury if youre involved in a collision.
431
YOU ARE DRIVING DOWN A STEEP HILL. TO CONTROL THE SPEED OF YOUR VEHICLE YOU MUST
* SELECT LOW GEAR AND USE THE BRAKES CAREFULLY * SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND USE THE BRAKES CAREFULLY * SELECT A HIGH GEAR AND AVOID USING THE BRAKES * KEEP THE GEAR IN NEUTRAL AND USE BRAKES FIRMLY
Correct Answer Select low gear and use the brakes carefully Explanation Selecting a low gear when travelling down hill will help you to control your speed. The engine will assist the brakes and prevent your vehicle gathering speed.
432
WHAT IS THE SAFEST WAY TO BRAKE?

Sl.No Question * BRAKE HARD, PUT YOUR GEAR LEVER INTO NEUTRAL AND PULL YOUR HANDBRAKE ON, JUST BEFORE STOPPING Correct Answer
* BRAKE LIGHTLY, PUSH YOUR CLUTCH PEDAL DOWN Brake lightly, then harder as you begin to AND PULL YOUR HANDBRAKE ON ,JUST BEFORE stop, then ease off, just before stopping. STOPPING * BRAKE LIGHTLY, THEN HARDER AS YOU BEGIN TO STOP, THEN EASE OFF, JUST BEFORE STOPPING * PUT YOUR GEAR LEVER INTO NEUTRAL, BRAKE HARD, THEN EASE OFF, JUST BEFORE STOPPING Explanation For smooth and effective braking, press the brake pedal lightly to begin with and gradually harder. Excessive or abrupt braking may cause the wheels to lock, resulting in loss of steering control or a skid.
433
WHILE DRIVING DOWNHILL....
* USE TOP GEAR FOR OPTIMUM TACHOMETER PERFORMANCE * USE NEUTRAL GEAR TO REDUCE ENGINE NOISE
Correct Answer Use same gear selection as driving uphill.
* DRIVE WITH IGNITION OFF AND NEUTRAL GEAR TO Explanation SAVE FUEL * USE SAME GEAR SELECTION AS DRIVING UPHILL Always remember that you must drive down hill in the same gear selection as you would need for the same uphill climb. This is important, as an engine in low gear, doubles up as a braking control. It saves drastic wear and tear and overheating of brake parts.
434
TO CHECK THE CORRECT ENGINE OIL LEVEL....
* VEHICLE SHOULD BE PARKED AT LEVEL SURFACE * VEHICLE SHOULD BE PARKED AT AN INCLINE * VEHICLE SHOULD BE RUNNING * CLUTCH SHOULD BE DEPRESSED
Correct Answer Vehicle should be parked at level surface. Explanation Before checking oil level ensure that the vehicle is parked on a level surface and not on an incline. This will ensure correct level of engine oil in the oil sump.
435
WHICH OF THESE, IF ALLOWED TO GET LOW, COULD CAUSE AN ACCIDENT?
* BRAKE FLUID LEVEL * BATTERY WATER LEVEL * RADIATOR COOLANT LEVEL
Correct Answer Brake fluid level. Explanation

Sl.No Question * WIPER WATER LEVEL In order to keep your vehicle in good working order you should carry out frequent checks. As a driver or rider you must ensure that youre using a safe vehicle or machine which wont endanger you or other road users.
436
THE MINIMUM RECOMMENDED DEPTH OF TREAD GROOVE FOR CAR TYRES IS....
* 2.5 mm * 4 mm * 1 mm * 1.6 mm
Correct Answer 1.6 MM Explanation Tyres must have a good depth of tread. The legal limit for cars is 1.6 mm. This depth should be throughout the central three quarters of the breath of the tyre & around the entire circumference.
437
THE REASON IF HANDBRAKE DOES NOT HOLD VEHICLE COULD BE
* LESS BRAKE FLUID * FOOTBRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED * HANDBRAKE CABLE REQUIRES ADJUSTMENT * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Handbrake cable requires adjustment. Explanation Since the handbrake is mechanically operated through a cable, it is important to refer to your garage. When a slackness is observed or there is a difficulty in pulling, check the handbrake by pulling up the lever upto the point of full engagement. At this moment the rear wheels should be securely locked.
438
ENGINE MISSES OR MISFIRES, THIS INDICATES...
* FAN BELT IS LOOSE * ENGINE OIL AT LOW LEVEL * SPARK PLUGS DEFECTIVE * LOW BATTERY CHARGING
Correct Answer Spark plugs defective Explanation Spark plugs with carbon deposits or when they are incorrectly gapped, will cause excessive consumption of fuel, misfiring, loss of power and rough running of engine. Also check the electrical connections and use clean fuel. Carburetor and fuel line may require cleaning.

Sl.No 439 Question YOU SEE TWO ELDERLY PEDESTRIANS ABOUT TO CROSS THE ROAD AHEAD. YOU SHOULD
* EXPECT THEM TO WAIT FOR YOU TO PASS. * SPEED UP AND GET PAST THEM QUICKLY. * BE CAREFUL, THEY MAY MISJUDGE YOUR SPEED. * STOP AND WAVE THEM ACROSS THE ROAD.
Correct Answer Be careful, they may misjudge your speed. Explanation Their concentration, judgement, hearing and/or vision could be impaired. Be aware that if they proceed to cross they will take more time to do so.
440
IT IS IMPORTANT TO WEAR SUITABLE SHOES WHEN YOU ARE DRIVING. WHY IS THIS?
* TO PREVENT WEAR ON THE PEDALS. * TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE PEDALS. * TO ENABLE YOU TO ADJUST YOUR SEAT.
Correct Answer To maintain control of the pedals. Explanation
* TO ENABLE YOU TO WALK FOR ASSISTANCE IF YOU When youre driving, ensure that youre BREAK DOWN. wearing comfortable clothing. Comfortable shoes will ensure that you have proper control of the foot pedals. 441 YOU ARE TRAVELLING ALONG THE LEFT LANE OF A THREE-LANE MOTORWAY. TRAFFIC IS JOINING FROM A SLIP ROAD. YOU SHOULD
* RACE THE OTHER VEHICLES * MOVE TO ANOTHER LANE * MAINTAIN A STEADY SPEED * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD FLASHERS
Correct Answer Move to another lane. Explanation If it is safe to do so you should move to another lane. This can greatly assist the flow of traffic joining the motorway especially at peak times.
442
YOU HAVE THIRD PARTY INSURANCE. WHAT DOES THIS COVER?
* INJURY TO ANOTHER PERSON. * DAMAGE TO SOMEONE'S PROPERTY. * DAMAGE TO OTHER VEHICLES.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation

Sl.No * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Question Third party insurance doesnt cover damage to your own vehicle or injury to yourself. If you have an accident and you damage your vehicle you might have to carry out the repairs at your own expense.
443
YOU STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS WAITING TO CROSS AT A ZEBRA CROSSING. THEY DO NOT START TO CROSS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* BE PATIENT AND WAIT. * SOUND YOUR HORN. * DRIVE ON. * WAVE THEM TO CROSS.
Correct Answer Be patient and wait. Explanation If you stop for pedestrians and they dont start to cross dont 1.Wave them across. 2.Sound your horn. This could be dangerous if another vehicles approaching and hasnt seen or heard your signal.
444
YOU SHOULD NEVER ATTEMPT TO OVERTAKE A CYCLIST
* JUST BEFORE YOU TURN LEFT * JUST BEFORE YOU TURN RIGHT * ON A ONE-WAY STREET * ON A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY.
Correct Answer Just before you turn left. Explanation If you want to turn left & there is a cyclist in front of you, hold back. Wait until the cyclist has passed the junction & then turn left behind them.
445
IT IS VERY WINDY. YOU ARE BEHIND A MOTORCYCLIST WHO IS OVERTAKING A HIGHSIDED VEHICLE. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* OVERTAKE THE MOTORCYCLIST IMMEDIATELY. * KEEP WELL BACK. * STAY LEVEL WITH THE MOTORCYCLIST. * KEEP CLOSE TO THE MOTORCYCLIST.
Correct Answer Keep well back. Explanation Motorcyclists are affected more by windy weather than other vehicles. Keep well back as they could be blown off course.
446
WHEN DRIVING TOWARDS A BRIGHT SETTING SUN, GLARE CAN BE REDUCED BY

Sl.No * CLOSING ONE EYE * DIPPING THE INTERIOR MIRROR * WEARING DARK GLASSES * LOOKING SIDEWAYS. Question Correct Answer Wearing dark glasses. Explanation To reduce the glare of sun, one can wear dark glasses. They help in absorbing some light from the sun and some light is reflected back. This reduces the glare and prevents dazzling of the driver.
447
YOU ARE JOINING A MOTORWAY. WHY IS IT IMPORTANT TO MAKE FULL USE OF THE SLIP ROAD?
* BECAUSE THERE IS SPACE AVAILABLE TO REVERSE Correct Answer IF YOU NEED TO. * TO ALLOW YOU DIRECT ACCESS TO THE OVERTAKING LANES. To build up a speed similar to traffic on the motorway.
* TO BUILD UP A SPEED SIMILAR TO TRAFFIC ON THE Explanation MOTORWAY. * BECAUSE YOU CAN CONTINUE ON THE HARD SHOULDER. Try to join the motorway without affecting the progress of the traffic already travelling on it. At busy times this could also mean slowing down to merge into slow moving traffic.
448
ON MOTORWAYS YOU SHOULD NEVER OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT UNLESS
* YOU CAN SEE WELL AHEAD THAT THE HARD SHOULDER IS CLEAR * THE TRAFFIC IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE IS SIGNALLING RIGHT * YOU WARN DRIVERS BEHIND BY SIGNALLING LEFT * THERE IS TRAFFIC TO YOUR RIGHT THAT IS SIGNALLING RIGHT
Correct Answer There is traffic to your right that is signalling right. Explanation Only overtake on the left if the traffic in the right hand lane is signaling right. This is because if you overtake from the right there can be a side collision as the vehicle ahead is turning right.
449
ON YOUR VEHICLE, WHERE WOULD YOU FIND A CATALYTIC CONVERTER?
* IN THE FUEL TANK. * IN THE AIR FILTER. * IN THE COOLING SYSTEM.
Correct Answer In the exhaust system. Explanation

Sl.No Question * IN THE EXHAUST SYSTEM. Although carbon dioxide is still produced, it reduces the toxic & polluting gases by upto 90%. Unleaded fuel must be used in vehicles fitted with a catalytic converter.
450
YOU INTEND TO TURN RIGHT INTO A SIDE ROAD. JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU SHOULD CHECK FOR MOTORCYCLISTS WHO MIGHT BE
* OVERTAKING ON YOUR LEFT * FOLLOWING YOU CLOSELY * EMERGING FROM THE SIDE ROAD * OVERTAKING ON YOUR RIGHT.
Correct Answer Overtaking on your right. Explanation Never attempt to change direction to the right without checking your right-hand side rear view mirror. A motorcyclist might not have seen your signal, it could be hidden by the vehicle behind you.
451
YOUR VEHICLE'S TYRE GOT PUNCTURED ON A MOTORWAY. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* DRIVE SLOWLY TO THE NEXT SERVICE AREA TO GET ASSISTANCE. * PULL UP ON THE HARD SHOULDER. CHANGE THE WHEEL AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE. * PULL UP ON THE HARD SHOULDER. CHANGE THE WHEEL.
Correct Answer Pull up on the hard shoulder. Change the wheel. Explanation
* SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHTS. STOP IN YOUR Before starting your journey always check LANE. spare wheel of your car for emergency purposes. 452 IMPROPER AND OBSTRUCTIVE PARKING IS AN OFFENCE UNDER SECTION
* 119/177 * 123(1)/177 * 50/177 * 122/177
Correct Answer 122/177 Explanation Under section- 122 of MV Act no motor vehicle should be left or abandoned on the public road in a dangerous position or in such a manner so as to cause inconvenience to other road users.
453
YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG A ROAD THAT HAS A CYCLE LANE. THE LANE IS MARKED BY AN UNBROKEN WHITE LINE. THIS MEANS THAT DURING ITS PERIOD OF OPERATION
* THE LANE MAY BE USED FOR PARKING YOUR CAR
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * YOU MAY DRIVE IN THAT LANE AT ANY TIME. * THE LANE MAY BE USED WHEN NECESSARY * YOU MUST NOT DRIVE IN THAT LANE. You must not drive in that lane. Explanation Leave the lane free for cyclists. At other times, when the lane is not in operation you should still be aware that there still might be cyclist around. Give them room & dont pass too closely.
454
WHEN YOU ARE GIVING MOUTH TO MOUTH RESPIRATION YOU SHOULD ONLY STOP WHEN
* THE CASUALTY STARTS TO VOMIT * THE CASUALTY CAN BREATH WITHOUT HELP * THE CASUALTY HAS TURNED BLUE * YOU THINK THE AMBULANCE IS COMING.
Correct Answer The casualty can breath without help. Explanation Dont give up. Look for signs of recovery and check the casualtys pulse. When the casualty starts to breathe place them in the recovery position.
455
WHAT IS THE SECTION WHICH COVERS THE LIMIT OF SPEED ON ROAD?
* 183 * 120 * 113 * 112
Correct Answer 112 Explanation Section 112 prescribes that maximum speed at which each class or type of motor vehicle can be driven. It also empowers state government to restrict the speed of any class of motor vehicle in certain circumstances.
456
WHICH OF THESE VEHICLES IS LEAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY CROSSWINDS?
* CYCLISTS. * MOTORCYCLISTS. * HIGH-SIDED VEHICLES. * CARS.
Correct Answer Cars. Explanation Crosswinds can take you by surprise 1.After overtaking a large vehicle. 2.When passing gaps between edges or buildings. 3.On exposed sections of road.

Sl.No 457 Question HOW SHOULD YOU USE THE EMERGENCY TELEPHONE ON A MOTORWAY?
* STAY CLOSE TO THE CARRIAGEWAY. * FACE THE ONCOMING TRAFFIC. * KEEP YOUR BACK TO THE TRAFFIC. * KEEP YOUR HEAD IN THE KIOSK.
Correct Answer Face the oncoming traffic. Explanation Traffic is passing you at speed. The draught from a large lorry could unsteady you. So be prepared. By facing the oncoming traffic you can spot this in advance, as well as other hazards approaching.
458
WHEN MOTORISTS FLASH THEIR HEADLIGHTS AT YOU IT MEANS
* THAT THERE IS A RADAR SPEED TRAP AHEAD * THAT THEY ARE GIVING WAY TO YOU * THAT THEY ARE WARNING YOU OF THEIR PRESENCE * THAT THERE IS SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOUR VEHICLE. 459 WHEN APPROACHING A HAZARD YOUR FIRST REACTION SHOULD BE TO
Correct Answer That they are warning you of their presence. Explanation When motorists flash their headlights at you, give them way as they may be in hurry.
* USE YOUR FOOTBRAKE * CHANGE DIRECTION * RELEASE THE ACCELERATOR * CHECK THE MIRRORS
Correct Answer Check the mirrors Explanation The rear view mirror is the third eye of the driver. It is meant for viewing happenings at the rear, so as to make correct driving decisions, based on the position and speed of traffic at rear. Also when approaching a hazard, you may have to swerve your vehicle. This may result in danger for the traffic behind. Therefore it is necessary to use the mirror before making any manoeuvre.
460
OVERTAKING IN 'NO OVERTAKING ZONE' IS PROHIBITED UNDER THE FOLLOWING SECTION

Sl.No * 97/176 * 6(1) RULES OF ROAD REGULATION 1989 * 119/177 * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Question Correct Answer 6(1) rules of road regulation 1989 Explanation Under the rule 6(1) rules of road regulation 1989 /177 M.V. Act 1988. The driver of a motor vehicle shall not pass a vehicle travelling in the same direction as himself : a)If his passing is likely to cause inconvenience or danger to other traffic proceeding in any direction. b)If he is near a point, a bend or corner or a hill or other obstruction of any kind that renders the road ahead not clearly visible, c)If he knows that the driver who is following him has begun to overtake him, d)If the driver ahead of him has not signalled that he may be overtaken.
461
YOU ARE TESTING YOUR SUSPENSION. YOU NOTICE THAT YOUR VEHICLE KEEPS BOUNCING WHEN YOU PRESS DOWN ON THE FRONT WING. WHAT DOES THIS MEAN?
* WORN TYRES. * UNDER-INFLATED TYRES * STEERING WHEEL NOT LOCATED CENTRALLY. * WORNOUT SHOCK ABSORBERS.
Correct Answer Wornout shock absorbers. Explanation If you find that your vehicle bounces as you drive around a corner or bend, the shock absorbers might be worn. Press down on the front wing and if the vehicle continues to bounce, get it checked by a qualified mechanic.
462
WHY SHOULD TYRES BE KEPT TO THE PRESSURE THE MANUFACTURER TELLS YOU?
* TO KEEP THE CAR THE RIGHT HEIGHT OFF THE ROAD. * TO SAVE WEAR ON THE TYRES. * TO STOP THE CAR FROM SLOPING TO ONE SIDE. * TO HELP PREVENT THE CAR FROM SKIDDING.
Correct Answer To save wear on the tyres. Explanation Air pressure specification for front and rear tyres are available in the owners manual. Air pressure should be checked when tyres are cold. This is necessary to prevent uneven wear of tyres and to prolong tyre life.

Sl.No 463 Question YOU WANT TO REVERSE INTO A SIDE ROAD. YOU ARE NOT SURE THAT THE AREA BEHIND YOUR CAR IS CLEAR. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* LOOK THROUGH THE REAR WINDOW ONLY. * GET OUT AND CHECK. * CHECK THE MIRRORS ONLY. * CARRY ON, ASSUMING IT IS CLEAR.
Correct Answer Get out and check. Explanation Its always safer to be sure. You may not be able to see a small child close behind your car. The shape and size of your vehicle can also restrict visibility.
464
WHEN BRAKING HARD IN A STRAIGHT LINE, THE WEIGHT OF THE VEHICLE WILL SHIFT ONTO THE
* FRONT WHEELS * REAR WHEELS * LEFT WHEELS * RIGHT WHEELS
Correct Answer Front wheels Explanation When foot brake is applied the weight of the vehicle gets transferred to the front wheels due to momentum.
465
WHERE ARE YOU MOST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY A CROSSWIND?
* ON A NARROW COUNTRY LANE. * ON AN OPEN STRETCH OF ROAD. * ON A BUSY STRETCH OF ROAD. * ON A LONG, STRAIGHT ROAD.
Correct Answer On an open stretch of road. Explanation In windy condition care must be taken on exposed roads. A strong gust of wind can blow you off course.
466
WHAT IS THE MAIN REASON THAT YOUR STOPPING DISTANCE INCREASES AFTER HEAVY RAIN?
* YOU ARE NOT ABLE TO SEE LARGE PUDDLES. * THE BRAKES ARE COLD BECAUSE THEY'RE WET. * YOUR TYRES HAVE LESS GRIP ON THE ROAD.
Correct Answer Your tyres have less grip on the road. Explanation

Sl.No Question * WATER ON THE WINDSCREEN BLURS YOUR VIEW OF THE ROAD AHEAD. Extra care should be taken in wet weather. Wet roads will affect the time it takes you to stop. Your stopping distance could be at least doubled. Also the friction between tyres and the wet road surface decreases resulting in less grip of tyre on road
467
YOU ARE AT A JUNCTION WITH LIMITED VISIBILITY. YOU SHOULD
* INCH FORWARD, LOOKING TO THE RIGHT * INCH FORWARD, LOOKING TO THE LEFT * INCH FORWARD, LOOKING BOTH WAYS * BE READY TO MOVE OFF QUICKLY.
Correct Answer Inch forward, looking both ways Explanation At a junction with limited visibility, you must always drive at a speed so that you can stop safely within the distance of your vision.
468
YOU HAVE JUST PASSED YOUR DRIVING TEST. HOW LIKELY ARE YOU TO HAVE AN ACCIDENT, COMPARED WITH OTHER DRIVERS?
* MORE LIKELY. * IT DEPENDS ON YOUR AGE. * LESS LIKELY. * ABOUT THE SAME.
Correct Answer More likely. Explanation Lack of experience means that you might not react to hazards as quickly as a more experienced person. So as a beginner you need more pratice to be a more competent driver.
469
YOU KEEP WELL BACK WHILE WAITING TO OVERTAKE A LARGE VEHICLE. ANOTHER CAR FILLS THE GAP. YOU SHOULD
* SOUND YOUR HORN * DROP BACK FURTHER * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * START TO OVERTAKE.
Correct Answer Drop back further Explanation Its very frustrating when your separation distance is shortened by another vehicle. React positively, stay clam and drop further back.
470
WHEN YOUR VEHICLE IS LOADED YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE LOAD WILL

Sl.No * REMAIN SECURE * BE EASY TO UNLOAD * NOT BE DAMAGED * NOT DAMAGE THE VEHICLE. Question Correct Answer Remain secure Explanation Your vehicle must not be overloaded. This will affect control and handling characteristics. If your vehicle is overloaded and it causes an accident, you will be held responsible for that.
471
USING VEHICLE IN UNSAFE CONDITION IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE FOLLOWING SECTION
* 185 * 190 * 186 * 207
Correct Answer 190 Explanation Under section-190 using vehicle in unsafe condition shall be punishable with fine which may extend to two hundred and fifty rupees or, if as a result of such defect an accident is caused causing bodily injury or damage to property, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.
472
YOU SEE A PEDESTRIAN CARRYING A WHITE STICK. THIS SHOWS THAT THE PERSON IS
* DISABLED * DEAF * ELDERLY * BLIND
Correct Answer Blind Explanation If the person is blind, the stick will be of white colour. Take extra care of blind persons on the road as they are more prone to accidents than normal pedestrians.
473
WHEN SHOULD YOU SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS?
* WHEN YOU CANNOT AVOID CAUSING AN OBSTRUCTION. * WHEN YOU ARE DRIVING SLOWLY DUE TO BAD WEATHER. * WHEN YOU ARE TOWING A BROKEN DOWN VEHICLE.
Correct Answer When you cannot avoid causing an obstruction. Explanation

Sl.No Question * WHEN YOUR VEHICLE IS PARKED ON DOUBLE YELLOW LINES. Where theres queing traffic ahead and you have to slow down and may be stop, showing your hazard warning lights will alert the traffic behind. Dont forget to switch them off as the queue forms behind you.
474
YOU ARE CROSSING THE ROAD IN FOGGY CONDITION. WHAT PRECAUTION SHOULD YOU TAKE?
* KEEP DRIVING AT THE NORMAL SPEED * BE EXTRA CAUTIOUS AND LOOK FOR HEADLIGHTS AND HORNS OF OTHER VEHICLES * JUST CROSS THE ROAD ALONG WITH THE CROWD WITHOUT LOOKING AT THE ROAD * STOP EVERY 5 MTS. GET OUT OF THE CAR, LOOK AHEAD THEN MOVE
Correct Answer Be extra cautious and look for headlights and horns of other vehicles Explanation In foggy conditions, visibility becomes poor and the pedestrians become more vulnerable to accidents. While crossing the road in this condition, a pedestrian should use his sensory organs like ears and eyes for the approaching traffic.
475
IN FIRST AID WHAT DOES ABC STAND FOR?
* AIRWAY, BREATHING, CIRCULATION * ALERT, BLEEDING, CONSCIOUS * ATTENTION, BREAK, CONTACT * ACCELERATOR, BRAKE, CLUTCH
Correct Answer Airway, breathing, circulation Explanation An unconscious casualty may have difficulty in breathing. Check that their tongue has not fallen back, blocking their airway.
476
WHEN SHOULD YOU BECKON PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS THE ROAD?
* AT PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS. * AT NO TIME. * AT JUNCTIONS. * AT SCHOOL CROSSINGS.
Correct Answer At no time. Explanation If you stop for pedestrians and they dont start to cross, Dont: 1.Wave them across 2.Sound your horn This could be dangerous if another vehicles approaching and hasnt seen or heard your signal.

Sl.No 477 Question IT IS UNSAFE TO DRIVE WITH TYRES THAT
* HAVE A LARGE DEEP CUT IN THE SIDE WALL * HAVE BEEN BOUGHT SECOND-HAND * ARE OF DIFFERENT MAKES * HAVE PAINTED WALLS
Correct Answer Have a large deep cut in the side wall Explanation When checking your tyres for cuts & bulges in the side walls don't forget the inner walls (i.e. Those facing each other under the vehicle ). A large deep cut in the side wall could lead to tyre burst while driving which could be fatal.
478
THERE IS A SLOW-MOVING MOTORCYCLIST AHEAD OF YOU. YOU ARE UNSURE WHAT THE RIDER IS GOING TO DO. YOU SHOULD
* PASS ON THE LEFT * PASS ON THE RIGHT * STAY BEHIND * MOVE CLOSER 479 YOU WISH TO OVERTAKE A LONG, SLOW MOVING VEHICLE ON A BUSY ROAD. YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer Stay behind Explanation Be patient. The motorcyclist might be turning right or changing direction.
* WAIT BEHIND UNTIL THE DRIVER WAVES YOU PAST Correct Answer * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS FOR THE ONCOMING TRAFFIC TO GIVE WAY * FOLLOW IT CLOSELY AND KEEP MOVING OUT TO SEE THE ROAD AHEAD * KEEP WELL BACK UNTIL YOU CAN SEE THAT IT IS CLEAR Keep well back until you can see that it is clear Explanation If you wish to overtake a long vehicle stay well back so that you can see the road ahead. Dont: 1.Get up close to the vehicle. This will restrict your view of the road ahead. 2.Get impatient overtaking on a busy road calls for sound judgement. 3.Take a gamble only overtake when you can see that you can safely complete the manoeuvre.
480
BRAKING HARD AT SPEED ON A SHARP BEND CAN MAKE YOUR VEHICLE
* MORE STABLE
Correct Answer

Sl.No * UNSTABLE * STALL * CORNER SAFELY Question Unstable Explanation Adjust your speed in good time so that you are able to select the correct gear for the bend. Going too fast into the bend will lead to lack of control.
481
AT WHICH OF THESE PLACES ARE YOU NOT ALLOWED TO PARK YOUR VEHICLE?
* IN A GARAGE. * IN A PERPENDICULAR PARKING SLOT. * NEAR A BLIND TURNING. * IN AN UNDER GROUND PARKING.
Correct Answer Near a blind turning. Explanation Other traffic will have to pull out to pass you. This might mean they have to use the other side of the road where there might be oncoming traffic.
482
YOU ARRIVE AT THE SCENE OF AN ACCIDENT. A PEDESTRIAN HAS A SEVERE BLEEDING WOUND ON HIS LEG ALTHOUGH IT IS NOT BROKEN. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* DAB THE WOUND * KEEP BOTH LEGS FLAT ON THE GROUND * FETCH HIM A WARM DRINK * APPLY PRESSURE TO THE WOUND AND RAISE THE LEG TO LESSEN BLEEDING
Correct Answer Apply pressure to the wound and raise the leg to lessen bleeding. Explanation As soon as you can, apply a pad to the wound with a bandage or a clean length of cloth. Raising the leg will lessen the flow of blood. Be aware that any restriction of blood circulation for more than a short period of time may result in long-term injury.
483
IF A TRAILER SWERVES OR SNAKES WHEN YOU ARE TOWING IT, YOU SHOULD
* EASE OFF THE ACCELERATOR AND REDUCE YOUR SPEED * LET GO OFF THE STEERING WHEEL AND LET IT CORRECT ITSELF. * BRAKE HARD AND HOLD THE PEDAL DOWN
Correct Answer Ease off the accelerator and reduce your speed. Explanation

Sl.No Question * INCREASE YOUR SPEED AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE Strong winds or buffeting from large vehicles might cause a trailer or caravan to snake or swerve. If this happens ease off the accelerator Dont:1.Brake harshly. 2.Steer sharply. 3.Increase speed.
484
WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT UNDER SECTION 177 (SECOND OR SUBSEQUENT OFFENCE) OF THE MV ACT?
* Rs.100 * Rs.200 * Rs.300 * Rs.500
Correct Answer 300 Explanation Under section- 177 of MV Act. - whoever contravenes any provision of this act or of any rule, regulation or notification made thereunder shall, if no penalty is provided for the offence be punishable for the first offence with fine which may extend to one hundred rupees, and for any second or subsequent offences with fine which may extend to three hundred rupees.
485
EXCESSIVE OR UNEVEN TYRE WEAR CAN BE CAUSED BY FAULTS IN THE
* BRAKING SYSTEM & SUSPENSION * TRANSMISSION SYSTEM * GEARBOX * EXHAUST SYSTEM
Correct Answer Braking system & suspension Explanation Uneven wear on your tyres can be caused by the poor condition of your vehicle. Have it serviced regularly so that the brakes, steering and wheel alignment are checked.
486
WHEN DRIVING A CAR FITTED WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WHAT WOULD YOU USE 'KICK DOWN' FOR?
* CRUISE CONTROL * QUICK ACCELERATION * SLOW BRAKING * FUEL ECONOMY
Correct Answer Quick acceleration Explanation Kick down selects a lower gear, enabling the vehicle to accelerate faster.

Sl.No 487 Question A TWO-SECOND GAP BETWEEN YOURSELF AND THE CAR IN FRONT IS SUFFICIENT WHEN CONDITIONS ARE
* WET * GOOD * DAMP * FOGGY
Correct Answer Good. Explanation In good, dry conditions and alert driver who is driving the vehicle with tyres and brakes in good condition needs a distance of atleast 2 second from the car in front.
488
YOU ARE DRIVING BEHIND A MOPED. YOU WANT TO TURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD
* OVERTAKE THE MOPED BEFORE THE JUNCTION * PULL ALONGSIDE THE MOPED AND STAY LEVEL UNTIL JUST BEFORE THE JUNCTION * SOUND YOUR HORN AS A WARNING AND PULL IN FRONT OF THE MOPED * STAY BEHIND UNTIL THE MOPED HAS PASSED THE JUNCTION.
Correct Answer Stay behind until the moped has passed the junction. Explanation Passing the moped and turning into the junction could mean that you cut across the front of the rider. This might force moped driver to slow down, stop or even lose control.
489
WHY SHOULD YOU LOOK PARTICULARLY FOR MOTORCYCLISTS AND CYCLISTS AT JUNCTIONS?
* THEY MAY WANT TO TURN INTO THE SIDE ROAD. * THEY MAY SLOW DOWN TO LET YOU TURN. * THEY ARE HARDER TO SEE. * THEY MIGHT NOT SEE YOU TURN.
Correct Answer They are harder to see. Explanation These road users could be hazards that are hidden from your view. Parked cars could cause you to lose sight of them. Consider that cyclists may need more time to make a turn.
490
YOU ARE DRIVING DOWNHILL. THERE IS A CAR PARKED ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE ROAD. LARGE, SLOW LORRIES ARE COMING TOWARDS YOU. YOU SHOULD
* KEEP GOING BECAUSE YOU HAVE THE RIGHT OF WAY * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY
Correct Answer Slow down and give way

Sl.No Question * SPEED UP AND GET PAST QUICKLY * PULL OVER ON THE RIGHT SIDE BEHIND THE PARKED CAR Explanation Large vehicles need several gear changes to build up speed and this takes time, especially on an uphill gradient. You should keep this in mind and give way so that they can maintain momentum up the hill.
491
HOW SHOULD YOU DRIVE AROUND A BEND ON ICE?
* USING THE CLUTCH AND BRAKE TOGETHER. * IN FIRST GEAR. * BRAKING AS YOU ENTER THE BEND. * SLOWLY AND SMOOTHLY.
Correct Answer Slowly and smoothly. Explanation Avoid steering and braking at the same time to have full control on your vehicle because on icy road the road friction is very less. In icy conditions its very important that you constantly assess whats ahead.
492
YOUR CAR IS FITTED WITH CHILD SAFETY DOOR LOCKS. WHEN USED THIS MEANS THAT NORMALLY
* THE REAR DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROM THE Correct Answer OUTSIDE * THE REAR DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROM THE The rear doors can only be opened from INSIDE the outside * ALL THE THE DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROM THE OUTSIDE * ALL THE DOORS CAN ONLY BE OPENED FROM THE INSIDE Explanation If youre travelling with children in the rear seats, fitted with child safety locks is a sensible safety precaution. There will be times when children are eager to get out of the car as it comes to a stop. Child safety locks will prevent them until youre sure its safe for them to do so.
493
YOU ARE DRIVING AT NIGHT ON AN UNLIT ROAD FOLLOWING A SLOWER MOVING VEHICLE. YOU SHOULD
* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * USE DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS * SWITCH OFF YOUR HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer Use dipped beam headlights Explanation

Sl.No Question * USE FULL BEAM HEADLIGHTS If youre driving behind other traffic at night on the motorway. 1.Leave a two-second time gap. 2.Dip your headlights. Full beam will dazzle the driver ahead. Your light beam should fall short of the vehicle in front.
494
A LONG, HEAVILY LOADED LORRY IS TAKING A LONG TIME TO OVERTAKE YOU. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* SPEED UP. * SLOW DOWN. * HOLD YOUR SPEED. * CHANGE DIRECTION.
Correct Answer Slow down. Explanation Large vehicles need several gear changes to build up speed and this takes time. You should keep this in mind and give way so that they can maintain momentum while overtaking you.
495
WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD A DRIVER SHOULD BE AWARE OF WHEN FOLLOWING A CYCLIST?
* THE CYCLIST MAY MOVE INTO THE LEFT AND DISMOUNT * THE CYCLIST MAY SWERVE OUT INTO THE ROAD. * THE CONTENTS OF THE CYCLIST'S CARRIER MAY FALL ONTO THE ROAD. * THE CYCLIST MAY WISH TO TURN RIGHT AT THE END OF THE ROAD.
Correct Answer The cyclist may swerve out into the road. Explanation When following a cyclist be aware that they also have to deal with the hazards around them. They may wobble or swerve to avoid a pot-hole in the road. They might see a potential hazard and change direction suddenly. Dont go very close to them or rev your engine impatiently.
496
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A MOTORCYCLIST ON AN UNEVEN ROAD. YOU SHOULD
* ALLOW LESS ROOM TO ENSURE THAT YOU CAN BE SEEN IN THEIR MIRRORS * OVERTAKE IMMEDIATELY * ALLOW EXTRA ROOM IN CASE THEY SWERVE TO AVOID POT-HOLES * ALLOW THE SAME ROOM AS NORMAL BECUASE MOTORCYCLISTS ARE NOT AFFECTED BY ROAD SURFACES
Correct Answer Allow extra room in case they swerve to avoid pot-holes Explanation Pot-holes in the road can unsteady a motorcyclist. For this reason the rider might swerve to avoid an uneven road surface. Watch out at places where this is likely to occur.

Sl.No 497 Question YOUR DOCTOR HAS GIVEN YOU A COURSE OF MEDICINE. WHY SHOULD YOU ASK IF IT IS OKAY TO DRIVE?
* DRUGS MAKE YOU A BETTER DRIVER BY QUICKENING YOUR REACTIONS. * YOU WILL HAVE TO LET YOUR INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ABOUT THE MEDICINE. * SOME TYPES OF MEDICINE CAN CAUSE YOUR REACTIONS TO SLOW DOWN. * THE MEDICINE YOU TAKE MAY AFFECT YOUR HEARING.
Correct Answer Some types of medicine can cause your reactions to slow down. Explanation Take care , its not worth taking risks. Always check to be really sure. The medicine may have an effect on you later in the day.
498
YOU ARE DRIVING TOWARDS THE LEFT-HAND BEND. WHAT DANGERS SHOULD YOU BE AWARE OF?
* A VEHICLE OVERTAKING YOU. * NO WHITE LINES IN THE CENTRE OF THE ROAD. * NO SIGN TO WARN YOU OF THE BEND. * PEDESTRIANS WALKING TOWARDS YOU.
Correct Answer Pedestrians walking towards you. Explanation Pedestrians walking on a road with no pavement will walk against the direction of the traffic. You cant see around this bend, there may be hidden dangers. Always consider this so you give yourself time to react to them.
499
WHEN ABOUT TO OVERTAKE A LONG VEHICLE YOU SHOULD
* SOUND THE HORN TO WARN THE DRIVER THAT YOU ARE THERE * STAY WELL BACK FROM THE LORRY TO OBTAIN A BETTER VIEW * DRIVE CLOSE TO THE LORRY IN ORDER TO PASS MORE QUICKLY * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS AND WAIT FOR THE DRIVER TO SIGNAL WHEN IT IS SAFE.
Correct Answer Stay well back from the lorry to obtain a better view Explanation When following a large vehicle keep well back. If youre too close 1.You wont be able to see the road ahead. 2.The driver of the long vehicle might not be able to see you in the mirrors
500
YOU ARE DRIVING ON A WELL-LIT MOTORWAY AT NIGHT. YOU MUST
* USE ONLY YOUR SIDELIGHTS
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * ALWAYS USE YOUR HEADLIGHTS * ALWAYS USE REAR FOG LIGHTS * USE HEADLIGHTS ONLY IN BAD WEATHER Always use your headlights. Explanation If you are driving on a motorway at night you must always use your headlights, even if the road is well lit. The vehicles in front must be able to see you.
501
GIVE ONE REASON FOR USING DETERGENT IN THE WINDSCREEN WASHER RESERVOIR
* TO CLEAN & TO PREVENT SCRATCHING * TO HELP PREVENT MOULD GROWTH * TO PREVENT CORROSION. * TO WIPE OFF LEAVES IN AUTUMN.
Correct Answer To clean & to prevent scratching Explanation Use pure water & add few drops of standard quality detergent in it. It helps in removing dust particles from wind screen easily and acts as a lubricant for the wiper blades to prevent scratches.
502
YOU ARE DRIVING IN THE RIGHT LANE OF A DUAL CARRIAGEWAY AT 70 KMPH. YOU CATCH UP TO A LORRY WHICH IS OVERTAKING ANOTHER VEHICLE. YOU SHOULD
* MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED * SLOW DOWN AND KEEP WELL BACK * SLOW DOWN, BUT FLASH YOUR HEADLAMPS * MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED AND SOUND YOUR HORN.
Correct Answer Slow down and keep well back Explanation By keeping well back you will increase your width of vision around the rear of the lorry. This will allow you to see further down the road and be prepared for any hazards.
503
YOU TAKE SOME MEDICINE FOR COUGH GIVEN TO YOU BY A FRIEND. WHAT MUST YOU DO BEFORE DRIVING?
* DRINK SOME STRONG COFFEE * ASK YOUR FRIEND WHETHER TAKING THE MEDICINE WILL AFFECT YOUR DRIVING. * DO NOT DRIVE AS THE MEDICINE WILL AFFECT YOUR DRIVING.
Correct Answer Do not drive as the medicine will affect your driving. Explanation
* MAKE A SHORT JOURNEY TO SEE IF THE MEDICINE Never drive having taken drugs you dont IS AFFECTING YOUR DRIVING. know about. They might affect your judgement and perception, and therefore endanger lives.

Sl.No 504 Question WHEN EMERGING FROM A SIDE ROAD INTO A QUEUE OF TRAFFIC WHICH VEHICLES CAN BE ESPECIALLY DIFFICULT TO SEE?
* MOTORCYCLES * TRACTORS * MILK VANS * CARS
Correct Answer Motorcycles Explanation If youre waiting to emerge from a side road, watch out for motorcyclists. Theyre smaller and more difficult to see. Be especially careful if there are parked vehicles restricting your view. There might be a motorcyclist approaching. If you dont know, dont go.
505
YOU ARE DRIVING BEHIND A CYCLIST. YOU WISH TO TURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD
* OVERTAKE THE CYCLIST BEFORE THE JUNCTION * PULL ALONGSIDE THE CYCLIST AND STAY LEVEL UNTIL AFTER THE JUNCTION * HOLD BACK UNTIL THE CYCLIST HAS PASSED THE JUNCTION * GO AROUND THE CYCLIST ON THE JUNCTION.
Correct Answer Hold back until the cyclist has passed the junction Explanation Make allowances for cyclists. Allow them plenty of room. If youre following a cyclist be aware that they also have to deal with hazards. They might swerve or change direction suddenly to avoid uneven road surfaces.
506
SECTION 112 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACT PERTAINS TO:
* LIMITS OF WEIGHTS & LIMITATIONS OF USE * LIMITS OF SPEED * WEARING OF PROTECTIVE HEAD GEAR * DUTY OF DRIVER IN CASE OF ACCIDENT
Correct Answer Limits of speed Explanation Under section 112 prescribes maximum speed at which each class or type of motor vehicle can be driven. It also empowers state government to restrict the speed of any class of motor vehicle in certain circumstances.
507
THE FIRST THING YOU SHOULD DO WHEN YOU WANT TO OVERTAKE A LARGE LORRY IS

Sl.No Question * MOVE CLOSE BEHIND SO THAT YOU CAN PASS QUICKLY * KEEP IN CLOSE TO THE LEFT-HAND SIDE * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND WAIT FOR THE DRIVER TO WAVE YOU ON * STAY WELL BACK TO GET A BETTER VIEW. Correct Answer Stay well back to get a better view. Explanation When following a large vehicle keep well back. If youre too close. 1.You wont be able to see the road ahead. 2.The driver of the long vehicle might not be able to see you in the side rear view mirrors.
508
YOU ARE INTENDING TO TURN RIGHT AT A JUNCTION. AN ONCOMING DRIVER IS ALSO TURNING RIGHT. IT WILL NORMALLY BE SAFER TO
* KEEP THE OTHER VEHICLE TO YOUR RIGHT AND TURN BEHIND IT ( OFFSIDE TO OFFSIDE ) * KEEP THE OTHER VEHICLE TO YOUR LEFT AND TURN IN FRONT OF IT (NEARSIDE TO NEARSIDE ) * CARRY ON AND TURN AT THE NEXT JUNCTION INSTEAD
Correct Answer Keep the other vehicle to your right and turn behind it (offside to offside ) Explanation
* HOLD BACK AND WAIT FOR THE OTHER DRIVER TO At some junctions the layout may make it TURN FIRST. difficult to turn this way. Be prepared to pass nearside to nearside, but take extra care. Your view ahead will be obscured by the vehicle turning in front of you. 509 WHICH OF THESE THINGS SHOULD YOU DO WHEN A FRONT TYRE BURSTS?
* APPLY THE HANDBRAKE TO STOP THE VEHICLE. * BRAKE FIRMLY AND QUICKLY. * HOLD THE STEERING WHEEL LIGHTLY * LET THE VEHICLE ROLL TO A STOP AND GRIP THE STEERING WHEEL FIRMLY.
Correct Answer Let the vehicle roll to a stop and grip the steering wheel firmly. Explanation Try not to react by applying the brakes harshly. This could lead to further loss of steering control. Indicate your intention to pull up at the side of the road and roll to a stop.
510
THE DRIVER MUST ENSURE THAT ANY LOAD THAT IS CARRIED ON A ROOF RACK MUST BE
* SECURELY FASTENED WHEN DRIVING * CARRIED ONLY WHEN STRICTLY NECESSARY * AS LIGHT AS POSSIBLE
Correct Answer Securely fastened when driving. Explanation

Sl.No Question * COVERED WITH PLASTIC SHEETING If you wish to carry items on the roof, make sure that they are securely fastened. This will help to keep your luggage secure when driving.
511
YOU HAVE STOPPED AT A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. TO ALLOW PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS YOU SHOULD
* WAIT UNTIL THEY HAVE CROSSED * EDGE YOUR VEHICLE FORWARD SLOWLY * WAIT, REVING YOUR ENGINE * SIGNAL PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS.
Correct Answer Wait until they have crossed Explanation If you stop for pedestrians and they dont start to cross. Dont 1.Wave them across 2.Sound your horn. This could be dangerous if another vehicles approaching and hasnt seen or heard your signal.
512
YOU ARE IN A LINE OF TRAFFIC. THE DRIVER BEHIND YOU IS FOLLOWING VERY CLOSELY. WHAT ACTION SHOULD YOU TAKE?
* SLOW DOWN, GRADUALLY INCREASING THE GAP BETWEEN YOU AND THE VEHICLE IN FRONT. * IGNORE THE FOLLOWING DRIVER AND CONTINUE TO DRIVE WITHIN THE SPEED LIMIT * SIGNAL LEFT AND WAVE THE FOLLOWING DRIVER PAST. * MOVE OUT WIDER TO A POSITION JUST LEFT OF THE ROAD'S CENTRE LINE.
Correct Answer Slow down, gradually increasing the gap between you and the vehicle in front. Explanation It can worry you to see that the car behind is following you too closely. If you ease back from the vehicle in front you will give yourself a greater safety margin.
513
IF YOU NOTICE A STRONG SMELL OF PETROL AS YOU DRIVE ALONG YOU SHOULD
* NOT WORRY, AS IT IS ONLY EXHAUST FUMES * CARRY ON AT A REDUCED SPEED * EXPECT IT TO STOP IN A FEW MILES * STOP AND INVESTIGATE THE PROBLEM
Correct Answer Stop and investigate the problem. Explanation A smell of petrol can be a indicator of petrol leaking from your vehicle. This can cause fire. Immediately stop the vehicle and investigate the problem. If needed go to the service station.

Sl.No 514 Question YOU ARE TURNING LEFT ON A SLIPPERY ROAD. THE BACK OF YOUR VEHICLE SLIDES TO THE RIGHT. YOU SHOULD.
* BRAKE FIRMLY AND NOT TURN THE STEERING WHEEL * STEER CAREFULLY TO THE LEFT * STEER CAREFULLY TO THE RIGHT * BRAKE FIRMLY AND STEER TO THE LEFT
Correct Answer Steer carefully to the right Explanation This should stop the sliding and allow you to regain control. Dont 1.Use the accelerator 2.Use the brakes 3.Use the clutch
515
YOU ARE DRIVING A TRAILER ON A NARROW WINDING ROAD. YOU SHOULD-
* KEEP WELL OUT TO STOP VEHICLES OVERTAKING DANGEROUSLY * WAVE FOLLOWING VEHICLES PAST YOU IF YOU THINK THEY CAN OVERTAKE QUICKLY * PULL IN SAFELY WHEN YOU CAN, TO LET FOLLOWING VEHICLES OVERTAKE * GIVE A LEFT SIGNAL WHEN IT IS SAFE FOR VEHICLES TO OVERTAKE YOU.
Correct Answer Pull in safely when you can, to let following vehicles overtake Explanation Dont frustrate other road users by driving for long distances with a queue of traffic behind you. This could cause them to lose concentration or make ill-judged decisions.
516
YOU WISH TO PARK FACING DOWNHILL. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWNG SHOULD YOU DO?
* TURN THE STEERING WHEEL TOWARDS THE KERB AND PUT THE HANDBRAKE ON FIRMLY * PARK CLOSE TO THE BUMPER OF ANOTHER CAR * PARK WITH TWO WHEELS ON THE KERB
Correct Answer Turn the steering wheel towards the kerb and put the handbrake on firmly. Explanation
* TURN THE STEERING WHEEL AWAY FROM THE KERB The kerb will help stop any forward movement of the vehicle. 517 YOU THINK THE DRIVER OF THE VEHICLE IN FRONT HAS FORGOTTEN TO CANCEL HIS RIGHT INDICATOR . YOU SHOULD
* SOUND YOUR HORN BEFORE OVERTAKING * OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT IF THERE IS ROOM * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS TO ALERT THE DRIVER
Correct Answer Stay behind and not overtake Explanation

Sl.No Question * STAY BEHIND AND NOT OVERTAKE 518 YOU ARE ABOUT TO DRIVE HOME. YOU CANNOT FIND THE GLASSES YOU NEED TO WEAR WHEN DRIVING. YOU SHOULD The driver may be unsure of the location of a junction and suddenly turn. Be cautious.
* DRIVE HOME SLOWLY, KEEPING TO QUIET ROADS * BORROW A FRIEND'S GLASSES AND DRIVE HOME
Correct Answer Find a way of getting home without driving.
* DRIVE HOME AT NIGHT, SO THAT THE LIGHTS WILL Explanation HELP YOU * FIND A WAY OF GETTING HOME WITHOUT DRIVING. Dont be tempted to drive if youve lost or forgotten your glasses. Its obvious that you must be able to see clearly when driving.
519
YOU WANT TO TURN RIGHT FROM A MAIN ROAD INTO A SIDE ROAD. JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU SHOULD
* CANCEL YOUR RIGHT-TURN SIGNAL * SELECT FIRST GEAR
Correct Answer Check for traffic overtaking on your right.
* CHECK FOR TRAFFIC OVERTAKING ON YOUR RIGHT Explanation * STOP AND SET THE HANDBRAKE If you wish to turn right into a side road, take up your position in good time. Move to the centre of the road when its safe to do so. This will allow vehicles to pass you on the left. Early planning will show other traffic what you intend to do. Motorcyclists often overtake, queues of vehicles. Always make that last check in the side rear view mirror to avoid turning across their path.
520
YOU ARE TURNING LEFT AT A JUNCTION. PEDESTRIANS HAVE STARTED TO CROSS THE ROAD. YOU SHOULD
* GO ON, GIVING THEM PLENTY OF ROOM * STOP AND WAVE AT THEM TO CROSS * BLOW YOUR HORN AND PROCEED
Correct Answer Give way to them Explanation

Sl.No * GIVE WAY TO THEM Question If youre turning into a side road, you should give way to pedestrians already crossing. They have priority. Dont1.Wave them across the road 2.Sound your horn 3.Flash your lights 4.Give any other misleading signal- other road users may misinterpret your signal and you might lead the pedestrian into a dangerous situation. If a pedestrian is slow or indecisive be patient and wait. Dont hurry them across by revving the engine.
521
A PEDESTRIAN STEPS OUT INTO THE ROAD JUST AHEAD OF YOU. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO FIRST?
* SOUND YOUR HORN. * CHECK YOUR MIRROR * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS * PRESS THE BRAKE
Correct Answer Press the brake Explanation Pedestrians, especially children, suddenly appear from between parked vehicles. They may suddenly come on to the road presuming they would be seen. You must anticipate such movements and keep your vehicle under control.
522
WHY IS PASSING A LORRY MORE RISKY THAN PASSING A CAR?
* LORRIES ARE LONGER THAN CARS. * LORRIES MAY SUDDENLY PULL UP * THE BRAKES OF LORRIES ARE NOT AS GOOD * LORRIES CLIMB HILLS MORE SLOWLY
Correct Answer Lorries are longer than cars. Explanation Hazards to watch for includes 1.Oncoming traffic. 2.Junctions 3.Bends or dips, which could restrict your view. 4.Any signs or road markings prohibiting overtaking Never begin to overtake unless you can see that its safe to complete the manoeuvre.
523
YOUR REAR WHEEL IS STUCK IN A PUDDLE. WHEN TAKING THE VEHICLE OUT YOU SHOULD USE
* THE HIGHEST GEAR YOU CAN
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * THE LOWEST GEAR YOU CAN * A HIGH ENGINE SPEED * THE HANDBRAKE AND FOOTBRAKE TOGETHER The lowest gear you can Explanation When the rear wheel is stuck in puddle, the wheel starts spinning. To take the vehicle out in this type of situation, select the lowest gear as it has the highest torque which helps wheels getting out of the puddle. If there is a need, fill the puddle with hard material like wooden sticks.
524
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES PREVENT WHEELS FROM LOCKING. THIS MEANS THE TYRES ARE LESS LIKELY TO
* SKID * AQUAPLANE * PUNCTURE * WEAR
Correct Answer Skid. Explanation Skidding occurs when due to harsh braking the wheels lock, to prevent this anti-lock brake system (ABS) is being used in new generation cars. Electronic sensors detect when the wheels are about to lock sends message to ECM(Electronic Control Module), then ECM repeats the braking process in spurts, reducing the risk of skidding.
525
YOU ARE TRAVELLLING ON A MOTORWAY AT NIGHT WITH OTHER VEHICLES JUST AHEAD OF YOU. WHICH LIGHTS SHOULD YOU HAVE ON?
* FRONT FOG LIGHTS * MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS * SIDELIGHTS ONLY * DIPPED HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer Dipped headlights Explanation If youre driving behind other traffic at night on the motorway. 1.Leave a two-second time gap 2.Dip your headlights. Full beam will dazzle the driver ahead. Your light beam should fall short of the vehicle in front.
526
HOW WILL A POLICE OFFICER IN A PATROL VEHICLE GET YOU TO STOP?
* FLASH THE HEADLIGHTS, INDICATE LEFT AND STOP Correct Answer ON THE LEFT * WAIT UNTIL YOU STOP, THEN APPROACH YOU. Flash the headlights, indicate left and stop on the left.

Sl.No Question * USE THE SIREN, OVERTAKE, CUT IN FRONT AND STOP. * PULL ALONGSIDE YOU, USE THE SIREN AND WAVE YOU TO STOP. Explanation You must obey signals given by the police. If a police officer in a patrol vehicle wants you to stop he or she will indicate this without causing danger to you or other traffic.
527
YOU ARE DRIVING ON AN ICY ROAD. HOW CAN YOU AVOID WHEELSPIN?
* USE THE HANDBRAKE IF THE WHEELS START TO SLIP. * BRAKE GENTLY AND REPEATEDLY. * DRIVE IN A LOW GEAR AT ALL TIMES. * DRIVE AT A SLOW SPEED IN AS HIGH A GEAR AS POSSIBLE.
Correct Answer Drive at a slow speed in as high a gear as possible. Explanation If youre travelling on an icy road, extra caution will be required to avoid any loss of control. You can reduce wheel spin by driving. 1.At a slow speed. 2.In as high a gear as possible.
528
YOU ARE DRIVING IN A BUILT-UP AREA. YOU APPROACH A SPEED HUMP. YOU SHOULD
* MOVE ACROSS TO THE LEFT-HAND SIDE OF THE ROAD * WAIT FOR ANY PEDESTRIANS TO CROSS * SLOW YOUR VEHICLE RIGHT DOWN * STOP AND CHECK BOTH PAVEMENTS
Correct Answer Slow your vehicle right down Explanation Many towns have speed humps to slow down traffic. Theyre often where there are pedestrians, so 1.Slow right down when driving over them. 2.Look out for pedestrians. They might affect your steering and suspension if you drive too fast.
529
A DRIVER PULLS OUT OF A SIDE ROAD IN FRONT OF YOU. YOU HAVE TO BRAKE HARD. YOU SHOULD
* IGNORE THE ERROR AND STAY CALM * FLASH YOUR LIGHTS TO SHOW YOUR ANNOYANCE * SOUND YOUR HORN TO SHOW YOUR ANNOYANCE
Correct Answer Ignore the error and stay calm. Explanation

Sl.No Question * OVERTAKE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE If you are driving or riding where there are a no. of side roads, be alert. Drivers approaching or emerging from the side road might not be able to see you. Be especially careful if there are a lot of parked vehicles. If a vehicle does emerge & you have to stop quickly1.Try to be tolerant 2.Learn from experience
530
YOU ARE COMING UP TO A ROUNDABOUT. A CYCLIST IS SIGNALLING TO TURN RIGHT. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT. * GIVE A HORN WARNING * SIGNAL THE CYCLIST TO MOVE ACROSS * GIVE THE CYCLIST PLENTY OF ROOM
Correct Answer Give the cyclist plenty of room. Explanation If youre following a cyclist whos signaling to turn right at a roundabout leave plenty of room. Give them space and time to get into the correct lane.
531
BEFORE STARTING THE VEHICLE THE DRIVER SHOULD CHECK-
* IF THE NO. PLATES ARE CLEAN * TYRE CONDITION , PRESSURE & WHEEL NUT FOR PROPER TIGHTENING. * LEAKAGE OF FUEL, COOLANT OR OIL. * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Before starting the vehicle, the driver should do daily inspection of the vehicle like checking engine oil level, tyre pressure, Nut bolts, leakage of any fluid etc.
532
WHICH IS ILLEGAL WHILE DRIVING A FOUR WHEELER VEHICLE?
* IMPROPER WORKING OF ALL LIGHTS & INDICATORS. * NOT USING SEAT BELTS. * BOTH OF THE ABOVE. * UNADJUSTED SIDE VIEW MIRROR.
Correct Answer Both of the above. Explanation Under section 121 and section 138 of M.V. Act 1988, it is mandatory to use indicators and seat belt respectively while driving your vehicle.

Sl.No 533 Question WHICH TYPE OF VEHICLE CAN BE MORE DANGEROUS FOR DRIVING?
* WHICH HAS DUAL FUEL. * WHICH HAS LOW TYRE PRESSURE. * WHOSE SEATS ARE NOT COMFORTABLE. * VEHICLE WHOSE SOME CONTROLS ARE OUT OF YOUR REACH.
Correct Answer Vehicle whose some controls are out of your reach. Explanation You should have access to the vehicle controls namely foot, hand and visual. If any of these controls are beyond your reach then do not drive that vehicle, it may prove dangerous.
534
WHICH OF THESE WILL INCREASE YOUR CHANCES OF AN ACCIDENT?
* TRANSLUCENT WIND SCREEN OF YOUR VEHICLE. * VEHICLE WHOSE BRAKE LIGHTS ARE NOT WORKING. * WOBBLING TYRES. * NOISY DASH BOARD.
Correct Answer Translucent wind screen of your vehicle. Explanation If you are driving at night or in poor visibility, tinted or translucent wind screen will reduce the efficiency of your vision, by reducing the amount of available light reaching your eyes.
535
DRIVING AT HIGH SPEED-
* GIVES YOU A BETTER FUEL AVERAGE. * DOES NOT GIVE YOU SUFFICIENT TIME TO REACT TO HAZARDS. * TAKE LESS TIME FOR YOUR JOURNEY. * WILL CAUSE LESS DAMAGE TO YOUR ENGINE.
Correct Answer Does not give you sufficient time to react to hazards. Explanation Speed is a relative term. You must aim at a good average speed of travel. Driving at high speed does not give you sufficient reaction time to observe hazards.
536
WHILE DRIVING YOU SHOULD ALWAYS KEEP THE FOLLOWING IN MIND-
* CONDITION OF THE ROAD & WEATHER. * TYPE OF VEHICLE & TRAFFIC CONDITION.
Correct Answer All of the above

Sl.No Question * YOUR OWN SKILL & CONCENTRATION. * ALL OF THE ABOVE Explanation A driver should always be in good health and state of mind before attempting to drive. You should also consider road & weather conditions as well as traffic condition so as to drive safely and in defensive manner.
537
WHEN YOU ARE BEING OVERTAKEN OR PASSED BY ANOTHER VEHICLE. DO NOT
* GIVE HAND SIGNALS. * REDUCE YOUR VEHICLE'S SPEED. * USE HEAD LIGHTS. * INCREASE YOUR SPEED.
Correct Answer Increase your speed. Explanation When being overtaken or being passed by another vehicle, do not increase the speed of your vehicle. This creates confusion for the driver trying to overtake you. Do not in any way try to prevent the other vehicle from passing you.
538
DO NOT OVERTAKE
* WHEN THE VEHICLE IN FRONT OF YOU IS A SLOW MOVING VEHICLE. * ON MAJOR ROADS. * IN A WELL LIT AREA AT NIGHT. * WHEN THE VEHICLE BEHIND YOU HAS BEGUN TO OVERTAKE YOU.
Correct Answer When the vehicle behind you has begun to overtake you. Explanation Overtaking is a common practice, if the vehicle in front of you is moving at a slow pace and you need to move faster. Never overtake just for the sake of overtaking. Ask yourself if it is really essential. Do not attempt to overtake if you know that the vehicle behind you has begun to overtake you.
539
EVEN IF YOUR TRAFFIC SIGNAL GIVES YOU A CLEARWAY, YOU SHOULD-
* BE READY TO STOP. * NOT OBEY THEM IN EMERGENCY. * BE OBSERVANT FOR DRIVERS WHO DO NOT RESPECT TRAFFIC SIGNALS.
Correct Answer Be observant for drivers who do not respect traffic signals. Explanation

Sl.No Question * NOT GO IN FOGGY CONDITIONS. As you approach the light look into the road you wish to take. Only proceed if your exit road is clear. If the road is blocked then hold back, even if you have to wait for the next green signal.
540
IF THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSES TOO MUCH, IT IS DUE TO:
* WORN BRAKE LINING * HIGH LEVEL OF BRAKE FLUID * BRAKE PEDAL BOOT MISSING * HAND BRAKE NOT ADJUSTED
Correct Answer Worn brake lining Explanation If the brake lining has diminished due to over use of the brakes, it will result in foot brake pedal being depressed too much for getting the required degree of braking.
541
AS SHOWN IN FIGURE, VEHICLE ON WHICH SIDE CAN OVERTAKE -
* VEHICLES ADJACENT TO THE BROKEN LINE CAN OVERTAKE. * VEHICLES WHICH ARE GOING STRAIGHT. * VEHICLES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DIVIDER CAN OVERTAKE. * VEHICLES ADJACENT TO THE SOLID LINE CAN OVERTAKE.
Correct Answer Vehicles adjacent to the broken line can overtake. Explanation It indicates separation of lanes where overtaking is permitted with care for traffic adjacent to the broken line, but prohibited for traffic adjacent to solid line.
542
WHAT IS A 'BLIND SPOT'?
* AN AREA COVERED BY YOUR RIGHT HAND MIRROR. Correct Answer * AN AREA NOT COVERED BY YOUR HEADLIGHTS. * AN AREA COVERED BY YOUR LEFT HAND MIRROR. * AN AREA NOT SEEN IN YOUR MIRRORS. An area not seen in your mirrors. Explanation Modern vehicles today provide the driver with well positioned mirrors which are essential to driving safely. However, they cannot show every aspect of the scene behind. It is essential that you are aware of this & check over your shoulder to see any dangers not reflected in your mirrors.

Sl.No 543 Question WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT THE VEHICLE IS NOT OVERLOADED?
* THE PASSENGERS. * THE MECHANIC OF THE VEHICLE. * THE DRIVER OF THE VEHICLE. * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer The driver of the vehicle Explanation Your vehicle must not be overloaded. This will effect control and handling characteristics. If the vehicle is overloaded and it causes an accident, the driver will be responsible.
544
TO START MOUTH TO MOUTH RESPIRATION ON A CASUALTY YOU SHOULD
* TILT THEIR HEAD BACK. * PINCH THE NOSTRILS TOGETHER. * CLEAR THE AIRWAY. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Use your finger to check for and remove any obvious obstructions in the mouth. It is important to ensure that the airways are clear.
545
YOU ARE DRIVING AT DUSK, YOU SHOULD SWITCH ON YOUR LIGHTS-
* EVEN WHEN STREET LIGHTS ARE LIT. * TO DAZZLE OTHER ROAD USERS * ONLY WHEN OTHERS HAVE DONE SO. * ONLY WHEN STREET LIGHTS ARE LIT.
Correct Answer Even when street lights are lit. Explanation It can be necessary to turn on your lights, when driving at dusk even when the street lights are lit because their light may not be good enough for proper visibilty and also with your lights on, you will be seen easily by other drivers.
546
YOU ARE DRIVING ON A WET ROAD. HOW CAN YOU TELL THAT THE VEHICLE IS AQUAPLANING ?
* THE ENGINE WILL STALL. * THE ENGINE NOISE WILL INCREASE. * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY HEAVY.
Correct Answer The steering will feel very light. Explanation

Sl.No Question * THE STEERING WILL FEEL VERY LIGHT. If you drive at speed in very wet conditions, your steering may suddenly feel light. This means that the tyres have lifted off the surface of the road & are skating on the surface of water. This is known as aquaplaning. Reduce speed but dont brake until your steering returns to normal feel .
547
ON A FOGGY DAY YOU HAVE TO UNAVOIDABLY PARK YOUR VEHICLE ON THE ROAD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* LEAVE HEADLGHTS ON * LEAVE SIDE LIGHTS ON * KEEP STONES/BRICKS AROUND YOUR VEHICLE * NONE OF THESE
Correct Answer Leave side lights on. Explanation Ensure that your vehicle can be seen by other traffic, park your car off the road in a car park or driveway to avoid the extra risk to other road users.
548
YOU ARE DRIVING IN WET WEATHER. YOUR VEHICLE BEGINS TO SLIDE. THIS IS DUE TO:
* FRICTION * SURFACE TENSION * OSMOSIS * AQUAPLANING
Correct Answer Aquaplaning Explanation Water can build up between the tyres & the road. This means that the tyres might not have contact with the road. Your vehicle could slide on the film of water, causing the steering to feel light & you lose proper control.
549
IT IS IMPORTANT TO WEAR SUITABLE SHOES WHEN YOU ARE DRIVING. WHY IS THIS ?
* TO PREVENT WEAR ON PEDALS * TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF PEDALS. * TO ENABLE YOU TO ADJUST YOUR SEAT. * TO ENABLE YOU TO WALK FOR ASSISTANCE IF YOUR VEHICLE BREAKS DOWN.
Correct Answer To maintain control of pedals. Explanation When you are driving or riding ensure that you are wearing comfortable shoes. Comfortable shoes will ensure that you have proper control of the pedals.

Sl.No 550 Question SECTION 119 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACT PERTAINS TO:
* LIMITS OF SPEED * VEHICLES WITH LEFT HAND DRIVE * OBEYING TRAFFIC SIGNS * SAFETY MEASURES FOR DRIVERS & PILLION RIDERS
Correct Answer Obeying traffic signs Explanation Under section 119 of MV Act every driver of a motor vehicle shall drive the vehicle in conformity with any indication given by mandatory traffic sign.
551
SECTION 184 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACT PERTAINS TO :
* DRUNKEN DRIVING. * DRIVING WHEN PHYSICALLY OR MENTALLY UNFIT. * DRIVING AT EXCESSIVE SPEED * DANGEROUS DRIVING. 552 SECTION 185 OF THE MOTOR VEHICLE ACT PERTAINS TO :
Correct Answer Dangerous driving. Explanation It is an offence under section -184 of MV Act.
* DRUNKEN DRIVING * DRIVING AT EXCESSIVE SPEED * DUTY OF MOTOR VEHICLE OWNER TO FURNISH INFORMATION
Correct Answer Drunken driving Explanation
* DUTY OF DRIVER IN CASE OF ACCIDENT OR INJURY It is an offence under section -185 of MV TO A PERSON Act. 553 YOU MEET AN OBSTRUCTION ON YOUR SIDE OF THE ROAD-YOU SHOULD
* CARRY ON, YOU HAVE PRIORITY. * YOU SHOULD WAVE ONCOMING VEHICLES THROUGH. * GIVE WAY TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC. * ACCELERATE TO GET PAST FIRST.
Correct Answer Give way to oncoming traffic. Explanation If you have to pass a parked vehicle on your side of the road take care & give way to oncoming traffic if there is not enough room for you both to continue safely.

Sl.No 554 Question UNDER WHICH SECTION CAN THE STATE GOVERNMENT IMPOSE RESTRICTIONS ON THE LADEN WEIGHT OF VEHICLES ON PUBLIC ROAD ?
* 119 * 184 * 113 * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 113 Explanation Section-113 seeks to empower the state government to impose restrictions on the laden weight of vehicles to be driven on public roads.
555
UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DRIVER OF THE VEHICLE IS PROHIBITED TO LEAVE HIS VEHICLE IN DANGEROUS POSITION?
* 122 * 121 * 128 * 129
Correct Answer 122 Explanation Section- 122 lays down that no motor vehicle should be left or abandoned on the public road in a dangerous position or in such a manner so as to cause inconvenience to other road users.
556
UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DUTY OF THE DRIVER IS TO PRODUCE LICENCE AND CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION?
* 131 * 130 * 182 * 181
Correct Answer 130 Explanation Section- 130 requires the driver of a motor vehicle to produce on demand by an officer , the driving licence, registration certificate & permit in the case of transport vehicle.
557
UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DUTY OF THE DRIVER IS TO TAKE CERTAIN PRECUATIONS AT UNGUARDED RAILWAY LEVEL CROSSINGS?
* 130 * 129 * 128
Correct Answer 131 Explanation

Sl.No * 131 Question Section 131 prescribes certain duties of a driver approaching to an unmanned level crossing to ensure safe crossing of the vehicle in the interest of self and public safety.
558
UNDER WHICH SECTION OF MVA IS THE DUTY OF A DRIVER OF A MOTOR VEHICLE IS TO STOP AND HELP INJURED WHEN INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT?
* 132 * 134 * 194 * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer 132 Explanation Section 132 details the duty of the driver of a motor vehicle to stop his vehicle in certain circumstances e.g. When vehicle is involved in an accident etc.
559
WHICH SECTION SETS OUT THE DUTY OF THE DRIVER INVOLVED IN ACCIDENT TO REPORT IT TO THE NEAREST POLICE STATION?
* 186 * 185 * 134 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 134 Explanation Section- 134 sets out the duties of a the driver involved in accident, such as reporting the accident to the nearest police station and rendering medical aid to the injured etc.
560
DRIVING AT EXCESSIVE SPEED IS PROHIBITED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT?
* 112/177 * 119/177 * 112/183 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 112/183 Explanation Section- 183 provides that whosoever drives a motor vehicle at a speed exceeding the limit prescribed for such vehicle is punishable with fine.
561
WHICH SECTION PROVIDES FOR PENALTY FOR DRIVING BY MENTALLY / PHYSICALLY UNFIT DRIVER?
* 187
Correct Answer

Sl.No * 185 * 186 * NONE OF THE ABOVE. 562 WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT EMPOWERS A POLICE OFFICER TO IMPOUND A MOTOR VEHICLE DRIVEN WITHOUT R/C AND/OR PERMIT? Question 186 Explanation If is an offence under section 186 MV Act.
* 132 * 194 * 146 * 207
Correct Answer 207 Explanation Section 207 empowers a police officer to impound a motor vehicle if he has reason to believe that the vehicle is being driven without registration or permit.
563
UNDER WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT CAN YOU BE PENALISED FOR POLLUTING THE ENVIRONMENT BY YOUR VEHICLE?
* 115 * 112 * 146/196 * 115(7)/190(2)
Correct Answer 115(7)/190(2) Explanation Under sec 190(2) any person who drives or causes or allows to be driven in any public place a motor vehicle which violates the standards prescribed in relation to road safety , control of noise & air pollution , shall be punishable for the first offence with a fine of Rs.1000/- and for any subsequent offence with a fine of Rs.2000/ -
564
UNDER WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V. ACT CAN YOU BE PENALISED FOR DRIVING WITHOUT INSURANCE?
* 115(7)/190(2) * 112 * 33/177 * 146/196
Correct Answer 146/196 Explanation Under sec 196 whoever drives a motor vehicle or causes or allows a motor vehicle to be driven in contravention of the provisions of sec 146 ( driving uninsured vehicle) shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend upto 3 months , or with fine which may extend upto Rs.1000/- , or with both.

Sl.No 565 Question WHICH SECTION PRESCRIBES FOR THE DRIVER TO HAVE KNOWLEDGE OF CERTAIN SECTIONS OF THE M.V.ACT?
* 33/177 * 66/192 * 138 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 33/177 Explanation Under the rules of the road regulations, C.M.V.R., 1989, rule 33, every driver must be conversant with the provisions of sections 112, 113, 121, 122, 125, 132, 134, 185, 186, 194 and 207 of the motor vehicles act, 1988.
566
WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT PROHIBITS THE DRIVER TO VIOLATE THE PERMIT CONDITIONS?
* 66/192 * 33/177 * 138/177 * 146/196
Correct Answer 66/192 Explanation No owner of a motor vehicle shall use or permit the use of vehicle as a transport vehicle in any public place whether or not such vehicle is actually carrying any passengers or goods save in accordance with the conditions of the permit granted or countersigned by a regional or state transport authority.
567
IF YOU ARE NOT WEARING A SEAT BELT UNDER WHICH SECTION OF THE M.V.ACT YOU CAN BE PENALISED?
* 138/177 * 66/192 * 146/196 * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer 138/177 Explanation Under section 138 of MV Act ,the state government is allowed to make rules for certain prescribed conditions. Keeping in view the said law, it has become mandatory for all four wheeler drivers and the front passengers to wear seat belt failing which the offender shall be fined hundred rupees for the first offence and three hundred rupees for the subsequent offence.

Sl.No 568 Question WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT UNDER SECTION 119/177?
* RS.200 * RS.100 * RS.300 * RS.500
Correct Answer Rs.100 Explanation Under section 119 of MV Act every driver of a motor vehicle shall drive the vehicle in conformity with any indication given by mandatory traffic sign and in conformity with the driving regulation made by the central Govt. and shall apply with all directions given to him by any police officer engaged in the regulation of traffic in any public place.
569
DRIVING WITHOUT DISPLAYING NUMBER PLATE IS AN OFFENCE UNDER
* 119/117 * 122/177 * 50/177 * 129/177
Correct Answer 50/177 Explanation The registration mark shall be displayed both at the front and at the rear on all motor vehicles clearly and legibly on a plain surface of a plate or part of the vehicle not inclined to vertical by more than thirty degrees, at the front facing direct to the front and at the rear facing direct to the rear.
570
VIOLATION OF STOP LINE IS AN OFFENCE UNDER WHICH SECTION OF DMVR
* 113(I)/177 * 113/177 * 112/183 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 113(I)/177 DMVR Explanation When any line is painted on or inlaid into the surface of any road at the approach to a road junction or to a pedestrian crossing or otherwise, no driver shall drive a motor vehicle so that any part thereof projects beyond that line at any time when a signal to stop is being given by a police officer or by means of traffic control lights or by temporary display of such sign.

Sl.No 571 Question ALLOWING UNAUTHORISED PERSON TO DRIVE IS AN OFFENCE UNDER
* 5/180 MVA * 112/183 * 120/190(2) CMVR * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 5/180 MVA Explanation Under section- 180 whoever, being the owner or person in charge of a motor vehicle, causes or permits, any other person who does not satisfy the provisions of section 3 or section 4 to drive the vehicle shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees, or with both.
572
UNDER WHICH SECTION THE DRIVER IS PROHIBITED TO BLOW PRESSURE HORN?
* 119/177 * 184 * 115/194 * 96(1)/177 DMVR
Correct Answer 96(1)/177 DMVR Explanation Under section-96(1) : no driver of a motor vehicle shall sound the horn or other device for giving audible warning with which the motor is equipped or shall cause or allow any other person to do so, continuously or to an extent beyond what is necessary to ensure safety.
573
VIOLATION OF MANDATORY SIGNS IS PROHIBITED UNDER
* 119/177 * 115/194 * 7/177 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 119/177 Explanation Under section 119 every driver of a motor vehicle shall drive the vehicle in conformity with any indication given by mandatory traffic sign.

Sl.No 574 Question DISOBEYING LAWFUL DIRECTIONS IS AN OFFENCE UNDER
* 132/179 MVA * 119/177 * 39/192 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 132/179 MVA Explanation Under section-179 whoever willfully disobeys any direction lawfully given by any person or authority empowered under this act to give such direction, or obstructs any person or authority in the discharge of any functions which such person or authority is required or empowered under this act to discharge, shall, if no other penalty is provided for the offence be punishable with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees.
575
DRIVING WITHOUT LIGHT (AFTER SUNSET) IS PROHIBITED UNDER
* 119/177 * 105/177 * 113/177 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 105/177 Explanation Under section 105 every motor vehicle while in a public place during the period between half an hour after sunset, and half an hour before sunrise and at any other time where there is not sufficient light to render clearly discernible persons and vehicle on the road at a distance of one hundred and fifty five meters ahead, shall carry headlamps kept lit and in an efficient condition.
576
USING OF COLOURED LIGHT ON MOTOR VEHICLE IS PROHIBITED UNDER SECTION
* 97(2)/177 DMVR * 84(2)/177 * 132/179
Correct Answer 97(2)/177 DMVR Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE Under section- 97(2) no motor vehicle owner shall allow or fix any coloured light in the front and on top of the roof other than the rear of the motor vehicle, provided that this provision shall not apply to the internal lighting of the vehicle or to light, if displayed by a direction indicator.
577
WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT ON VIOLATION OF SECTION 112/183(1) MVA (FIRST OFFENCE)?
* RS.500 * RS.400 * RS.300 * RS.100
Correct Answer Rs.400 Explanation Under section 183 whosoever drives a motor vehicle at a speed exceeding the prescribed limit for such vehicle will be punished with the minimum of Rs.400 fine.
578
WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT ON VIOLATION OF SECTION 120/177 MVA ?
* RS.100 * RS.500 * RS.200 * RS.1000
Correct Answer Rs.100 Explanation Under section 120 no person shall drive or cause or allow to be driven in any public place any motor vehicle with a left-hand steering control unless it is equipped with a mechanical or electrical signaling device of a prescribed nature and in working order.
579
WHAT IS THE COMPOUNDING AMOUNT FOR DRIVING WITHOUT LICENCE?
* RS.500 * RS.1000 * RS.200 * RS.100
Correct Answer Rs.500 Explanation Under section 3/181 M.V.A. no person shall drive a motor vehicle in any public place unless he holds an effective driving licence issued to him authorising him to drive the vehicle and disobeying this rule shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

Sl.No 580 Question THE CHALLAN FOR DRIVING DANGEROUSLY FOR FIRST OFFENCE IS
* RS.2000 * RS.1000 * RS.500 * RS.400 581 USING 'UNREGISTERED VEHICLES' OR DISPLAYING 'APPLIED FOR' IS AN OFFENCE UNDER?
Correct Answer Rs.1000 Explanation It is an offence under section 184 of MV Act.
* 39/192 MVA * 184 MVA * 115/194 MVA * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 39/192 MVA Explanation Under section 39/192 M.V.A. no person shall drive any motor vehicle and no owner of a motor vehicle shall cause or permit the vehicle to be driven in any public place or in any other place unless the vehicle is registered and the certificate of registration of the vehicle has not been suspended or cancelled and the vehicle carries a registration mark displayed in the prescribed manner.
582
THE CHALLAN FOR DRIVING DANGEROUSLY FOR SECOND OFFENCE IS
* RS.1000 * RS.2000 * RS.5000 * NONE OF THE ABOVE 583 WHAT IS THE MINIMUM COMPOUNDING AMOUNT FOR RED LIGHT JUMPING?
Correct Answer Rs.2000 Explanation It is an offence under section 184 of MV Act.
* RS.500 * RS.300 * RS.100
Correct Answer Rs.100 Explanation

Sl.No * RS.1000 584 RED LIGHT JUMPING IS AN OFFENCE UNDER SECTION Question If is an offence under section 119 MV Act.
* 120/177 MVA * 119/177 MVA * 122/177 MVA * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 119/177 MVA Explanation Under section 119 duty to obey traffic signs every driver of a motor vehicle shall drive the vehicle in conformity with the driving regulation made by the central government and shall comply with all directions given to time by any police officer engaged in the regulation of traffic in any public place. The penalty for the first offence is rupees one hundred and the subsequent offences is rupees three hundred.
585
CARRYING PASSENGERS ON GOODS VEHICLES IS AN OFFENCE UNDER
* 84(2)/177 DMVR * 6(1)/177 * 97(2)/177 * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer 84(2)/177 DMVR Explanation No person shall be carried in a goods vehicle beyond the number for which there is seating accommodation at the rate of thirty-eight centimeters for each person, not more than six persons in all in addition to the driver shall be carried in any goods vehicle.
586
WHICH SECTION OF DMVR DEALS WITH MOTOR VEHICLES GIVING EXCESS SMOKE?
* 99(1)/177 DMVR * 86.1(5)/177 DMVR * 84(2)/177 DMVR
Correct Answer 99(1)/177 DMVR Explanation

Sl.No * 23(1)/177 DMVR Question Air pollution by motor vehicles -Every motor vehicle shall have to carry a valid Pollution Under Control Certificate issued by the Transport Department or by any pollution checking centre, duly authorised by the commissioner to carry out pollution level checking from the exhaust of NonTransport Motor vehicles (petrol driven only) and for the tuning of the same if required.
587
DRIVING BY A DRUNKEN PERSON OR BY A PERSON UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF DRUGS IS AN OFFENCE UNDER SECTION-
* 185 * 186 * 184 * 183
Correct Answer 185 Explanation Under section 185 whoever, while driving, or attempting to drive, a motor vehicle, has, in his blood, alcohol exceeding 30 mg per 100 ml. of blood detected in a test by a breath analyser shall be punishable for the first offence with six months imprisonment or two thousand rupees fine or both and for a second offence, if committed within three years, imprisonment of two years or three thousand rupees fine or both.
588
WHAT IS THE PENALTY/ PUNISHMENT FOR FIRST OFFENCE UNDER SECTION 185?
* RS.3000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT * RS.2000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT * RS.5000 AND/OR 6 YEARS IMPRISONMENT * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Rs.2000 and/or 6 months imprisonment Explanation Under section 185 whoever, while driving, or attempting to drive, a motor vehicle, has, in his blood, alcohol exceeding 30 mg per 100 ml. of blood detected in a test by a breath analyser shall be punishable for the first offence with six months imprisonment or two thousand rupees fine or both and for a second offence, if committed within three years, imprisonment of two years or three thousand rupees fine or both.
589
WHAT IS THE PENALTY / PUNISHMENT FOR SECOND OFFENCE WITHIN 3 YEARS UNDER SECTION 185?

Sl.No Question * RS.2000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT. * RS.3000 AND/OR 2 YEARS IMPRISONMENT. * RS. 3000 AND/OR 6 MONTHS IMPRISONMENT. * NONE OF THE ABOVE Correct Answer Rs.3000 and/or 2 years imprisonment. Explanation Under ection 185 whoever, while driving, or attempting to drive, a motor vehicle, has, in his blood, alcohol exceeding 30 mg per 100 ml. of blood detected in a test by a breath analyser shall be punishable for the first offence with six months imprisonment or two thousand rupees fine or both and for a second offence, if committed within three years, imprisonment of two years or three thousand rupees fine or both.
590
WHEN MAKING A SHORT STOP, FACING UPHILL, YOU SHOULD
* HOLD THE VEHICLE ON THE CLUTCH * HOLD THE VEHICLE ON THE FOOTBRAKE * SELECT NEUTRAL AND APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE * APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE AFTER STOPPING
Correct Answer Apply the parking brake after stopping Explanation If you have to make a stop on an uphill gradient, wait until the vehicle has come to a stop before applying the parking brake, just as you would do normally.
591
AT 40 KMPH WHAT GAP SHOULD YOU MAINTAIN FROM THE VEHICLE INFRONT, ON A DRY,LEVEL ROAD?
* ONE VEHICLE LENGTH * TWO VEHICLE LENGHTS * A MINIMUM ONE-SECOND GAP * A MINIMUM TWO-SECOND GAP
Correct Answer A minimum two-second gap Explanation 'Tailgating' - travelling too close to the vehicle in front - is a common and very dangerous practice. It often happens on motorways. Don't do it. Tailgating is often the cause of serious accidents. It's essential that you understand the distance it will take for you to stop if you have to do so in an emergency. Always leave a safety margin.
592
YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD. A CAR CUTS IN FRONT OF YOU. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* ACCELERATE TO GET CLOSER TO THE CAR * GIVE A LONG BLAST ON THE HORN
Correct Answer Drop back to leave the correct separation distance

Sl.No Question * DROP BACK TO LEAVE THE CORRECT SEPARATION DISTANCE * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS SEVERAL TIMES Explanation There are times when other drivers make incorrect or ill-judged decisions. Be tolerant and don't react aggressively or retaliate. Always consider the safety of other road users, your passengers and yourself.
593
YOU SHOULD USE A MOBILE TELEPHONE ONLY WHEN YOU
* HAVE STOPPED AT A SAFE PLACE * ARE TRAVELLING SLOWLY * ARE ON A MOTORWAY * ARE APPROACHING A LIGHT TRAFFIC
Correct Answer Stopped in a safe place Explanation If you have stopped your vehicle, then you can concentrate on your telephone call. Using your phone while driving can distract you and the vehicle can get out of control.
594
THE BUS LANE ON YOUR LEFT IS MEANT FOR
* BUSES ONLY * BICYCLES * BUSES & TRUCKS * CARS & TWO WHEELERS 595 IF A PERSON CARRYING A WHITE STICK WITH RED RING IS CROSSING THE ROAD , WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
Correct Answer Buses & trucks Explanation The bus lane is meant for buses, trucks and other light commerical vehicles.
* HELP HIM CROSS THE ROAD * MAN HANDLE HIM * GIVE HIM LIFT * LET HIM GO UNNOTICED
Correct Answer Help him cross the road. Explanation Give extra care to those road users or passengers who require more time or help to get on or off the vehicle. Recognise their disability and help them as much as you can.
596

Sl.No Question * MOVE OUT AND ACCELERATE HARD * WAIT UNTIL THE VEHICLE STARTS TO TURN IN * PULL OUT BEFORE THE VEHICLE REACHES THE JUNCTION * MOVE OUT SLOWLY Correct Answer Wait until the vehicle starts to turn in Explanation Try to anticipate the actions of other road users. Their signals might be misleading. When you are waiting at a junction, don't emerge until you're sure of their intentions.
597
THE ROAD IS WET. WHY SHOULD YOU SLOW DOWN AS YOU APPROACH THIS PEDESTRIAN?
* BECAUSE THERE ARE NO ROAD MARKINGS * TO AVOID SPLASHING THEM * BECAUSE THEY HAVE PRIORITY * TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO CROSS
Correct Answer To avoid splashing them Explanation Drive with consideration along wet roads especially if pedestrians are walking or standing near the kerb.
598
WHEEL NUTS SHOULD BE CHECKED SHORTLY AFTER
* DRIVING DOWN A STEEP HILL * INITIAL TIGHTENING * DRIVING ON A MOTORWAY * UNLOADING
Correct Answer Initial tightening Explanation Always recheck wheel nuts shortly after their initial tightening. Make sure they are tightened to the torque specified by the manufacturer.
599
YOU NOTICE THAT TWO WHEEL NUTS ARE MISSING FROM ONE OF THE WHEELS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* CONTINUE YOUR JOURNEY * DRIVE TO THE NEAREST TYRE DEPOT * USE A NUT FROM ANOTHER WHEEL
Correct Answer Park and phone for assistance Explanation

Sl.No Question * PARK AND PHONE FOR ASSISTANCE If you notice any missing wheel nuts, park and phone for assistance. It's essential that wheel fixings are tightened to the torque specified by the manufacturer, with an approved calibrated torque wrench. As a professional driver you must ensure that your vehicle is in serviceable condition at all times. Checks should be made before you leave on any journey, but make a visual check every time you start up again after a rest stop. Don't take risks by driving a defective vehicle, however important your journey may seem at the time.
600
YOU ARE DRIVING IN FAST-MOVING TRAFFIC ALONG A MOTORWAY. THERE IS A STATIONARY QUEUE OF TRAFFIC AHEAD. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* MOVE TO THE HARD SHOULDER * CHANGE LANES * SWITCH ON YOUR REAR FOGLIGHTS * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS
Correct Answer Switch on your hazard warning lights Explanation Traffic queues on the motorway are becoming more common, whether due to the sheer volume of traffic at peak times or to incidents. Keep well back from the vehicle in front so you'll be able to see the problems ahead on the road. If you see a queue of stationary traffic ahead, switching on your hazard warning lights will warn those behind you of the hazard ahead.
601
AS YOU ARE DRIVING, A GROUP OF HORSE RIDERS COMES TOWARDS YOU. THE LEADING RIDER'S HORSE SUDDENLY BECOMES NERVOUS OF YOUR PRESENCE. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* BRAKE GENTLY TO A STOP UNTIL THEY HAVE PASSED * BRAKE QUICKLY TO A STOP, APPLYING THE PARKING BRAKE * CONTINUE DRIVING,KEEPING WELL IN TO THE NEARSIDE * INCREASE SPEED TO PASS THE RIDERS QUICKLY
Correct Answer Brake gently to a stop until they have passed Explanation If you have to pass a group of riders on horseback you must give them plenty of room. Try not to startle the animals - the riders might be learners and have limited control. If any of the animals do become unsettled, you should brake gently and come to a stop. A nervous animal is unpredictable; you should wait until the animal is settled or has passed by. Other road users behind you might have limited vision of the hazard, so good mirror work and early signalling will be required.

Sl.No 602 Question WHEN DRIVING IN THE LEFT-HAND LANE OF A MOTORWAY YOU SEE MERGING VEHICLES TRAVELLING AT THE SAME SPEED AS YOU. YOU SHOULD-
* TRY AND ACCELERATE PAST THEM * MOVE TO THE NEXT LANE IF SAFE & ALLOW THE TRAFFIC TO MERGE BY ADJUSTING YOUR SPEED * EXPECT THE TRAFFIC TO LET YOU PASS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Move to the next lane if safe & allow the traffic to merge by adjusting your speed Explanation Only change lanes if doing so will not be inconvenient to other road users on the main carriageway . Merging drivers have a responsibility to give way, if necessary, and not force their way into the main carriageway. Planning ahead will ensure that you are well prepared to deal with these situations.
603
YOU ARE ABOUT TO PASS THIS CAR. WHAT ARE THE MAIN HAZARDS YOU SHOULD BE AWARE OF?
* BRIGHT SUNSHINE REFLECTING OFF THE CAR WINDSCREEN
Correct Answer
* THE DRIVER'S SIDE DOOR MAY SUDDENLY OPEN & The driver's side door may suddenly open THE PARKED CAR MAY MOVE OFF WITH NO WARNING & the parked car may move off with no warning. * THE NARROW PAVEMENT ON THE RIGHT * NONE OF THE ABOVE Explanation You do not know what the driver of this car will do. Be prepared for any hazard. The driver may not have seen you. Planning ahead will allow you to be in the correct gear and at the correct speed to be able to deal safely with this hazard.
604
USING WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING FUELS IN A DIESEL ENGINE WOULD MOST HELP THE ENVIRONMENT?
* ANTI-WAXING DIESEL * LOW SULPHUR DIESEL * RED DIESEL * ANTI-FOAMING DIESEL
Correct Answer Low sulphur diesel Explanation Sulphur produces acidic gases. Diesel fuels with lower sulphur content have been produced to lessen damage to the environment.
605
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING VEHICLE IS LEAST LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY HIGH WINDS?

Sl.No * A * B * C * D Question Correct Answer B Explanation The car is the most stable of the vehicles shown. All vehicles are affected by crosswinds and buffeting from larger vehicles. Don't be guilty of causing unnecessary turbulence when passing smaller vehicles.
606
TURBULENCE IS CREATED BY LARGE VEHICLES TRAVELLING AT SPEED. THIS IS MOST LIKELY TO BE A DANGER TO
* CYCLISTS * PEDESTRIANS * MOTORCYCLISTS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Passing too close to any of the above will create turbulence which will affect their balance or control. Don't be guilty of putting others in danger through thoughtless or inconsiderate driving.
607
YOU ARE TRAVELLING ALONG THIS NARROW COUNTRY ROAD. WHEN PASSING THE CYCLIST YOU SHOULD GO
* SLOWLY, SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS * QUICKLY, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM * SLOWLY, LEAVING PLENTY OF ROOM * QUICKLY, SOUNDING THE HORN AS YOU PASS
Correct Answer Slowly, leaving plenty of room Explanation Look well ahead and only pull out if it is safe. You will need to use all of the road to pass the cyclist so be extra cautious and give the cyclist plenty of room.
608
AS YOU APPROACH THIS BRIDGE YOU SHOULD
* SLOW DOWN * CONSIDER USING YOUR HORN * BEWARE OF PEDESTRIANS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation You can't see over the bridge for oncoming traffic so you must be cautious; slow right down. Consider the hidden hazards and be ready to react if necessary.

Sl.No 609 Question WHEN MAY YOU NOT OVERTAKE FROM THE LEFT?
* WHEN THE TRAFFIC IS MOVING SLOWLY IN QUEUES. * ON A ONE-WAY STREET. * ON A FREE-FLOWING MOTORWAY OR DUAL CARRIAGEWAY.
Correct Answer On a free-flowing motorway or dual carriageway. Explanation
* WHEN THE CAR IN FRONT IS SIGNALLING TO TURN You may only overtake on the left. LEFT. 1.When traffic is moving slowly in queues 2.When a vehicle ahead is positioned and indicating to turn right and theres room to pass on the left. 3.In a one-way street. Dont overtake on the left if the traffic on a dual carriageway is flowing freely. Other road users wont anticipate your action. 610 A BUS IS STOPPED AT A BUS STOP AHEAD OF YOU. ITS RIGHT-HAND INDICATOR IS FLASHING. YOU SHOULD
* FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AND SLOW DOWN * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY IF IT IS SAFE TO DO SO * SOUND YOUR HORN AND KEEP GOING * SLOW DOWN AND THEN SOUND YOUR HORN
Correct Answer Slow down and give way if it is safe to do so Explanation Give way to buses whenever you can do so safely,especially when they signal to pull away from bus stops. Look out for people leaving the bus and crossing the road.
611
YOU ARE FOLLOWING THIS BUS.YOU SHOULD KEEP WELL BACK FROM IT TO
* GIVE YOU A GOOD VIEW OF THE ROAD AHEAD * STOP FOLLOWING TRAFFIC FROM RUSHING THROUGH THE JUNCTION
Correct Answer Stop following traffic from rushing through the junction
* PREVENT TRAFFIC BEHIND YOU FROM OVERTAKING Explanation * ALLOW YOU TO HURRY THROUGH THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS IF THEY CHANGE By keeping well back you will increase your width of vision around the rear of the bus. This will allow you to see further down the road and be prepared for any hazards.
612
FOLLOWING THIS VEHICLE TOO CLOSELY IS UNWISE BECAUSE

Sl.No Question * YOUR BRAKES WILL OVERHEAT * YOUR VIEW AHEAD IS INCREASED * YOUR ENGINE WILL OVERHEAT * YOUR VIEW AHEAD IS REDUCED Correct Answer Your view ahead is reduced Explanation Staying back will increase your view of the road ahead.This will help you to see any hazards that might occur and allow you more time to react.
613
YOU ENTER A ROAD WHERE THERE ARE ROAD HUMPS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* MAINTAIN A REDUCED SPEED THROUGHOUT * ACCELERATE QUICKLY BETWEEN EACH ONE * ALWAYS KEEP TO THE MAXIMUM LEGAL SPEED * DRIVE SLOWLY AT SCHOOL TIMINGS ONLY
Correct Answer Maintain a reduced speed throughout Explanation The humps are there for a reason - to reduce the speed of the traffic. Don't accelerate harshly between them as this means you will only have to brake harshly to negotiate the next hump.
614
WHAT DOES THIS INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT MEAN WHEN LIT?
* VEHICLE PARKED ON THE ROAD * GEAR LEVER IN NEUTRAL * HANDBRAKE ON * HANDBRAKE OFF
Correct Answer Handbrake on Explanation If you are not sure about any lights or switches,check the vehicle manual. You should be aware that a light on the instrument panel could be a warning about the condition of your vehicle. Driving your vehicle with hand brake on can lead to overheating of brakes and clutch failure.
615
WHICH INSTRUMENT PANEL WARNING LIGHT WOULD SHOW THAT HEADLIGHTS ARE ON FULL BEAM?
* A * B * C
Correct Answer A Explanation

Sl.No * D Question Don't use high beam if there is a possibility of dazzling or blinding somebody, e.g. 1. Oncoming traffic. 2. When you drive close behind another vehicle. 3. During rain, because the refelecting light will dazzle the other driver.
616
WHILE DRIVING, THIS WARNING LIGHT ON YOUR DASHBOARD COMES ON. IT MEANS?
* A FAULT IN THE BRAKING SYSTEM * THE ENGINE OIL IS LOW * A REAR LIGHT HAS FAILED * YOUR SEAT BELT IS NOT FASTENED 617 CNG VEHICLE IS ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY BECAUSE IT
Correct Answer A fault in the braking system Explanation Don't ignore this warning light. It could have dangerous consequences.
* REDUCES NOISE POLLUTION * REDUCES EXHAUST EMISSIONS. * SAVES FUEL. * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation CNG means compressed natural gas. It is cheap and engines using it as a fuel are less noisy. It is an environment friendly gas because its combustion results in less pollutants as produced by other fuels like diesel and petrol.
618
YOU ARE ON A GOOD, DRY ROAD SURFACE AND YOUR VEHICLE HAS GOOD BRAKES AND TYRES. WHAT IS THE APPROX. OVERALL STOPPING DISTANCE AT 60 KMPH
Correct Answer 36 METRES (118 FEET) Explanation Factors that affect how long it takes you to stop include * how fast you're going * whether you're travelling on the level,uphill or downhill * the weather and road conditions * the condition of tyres, brakes and suspension * your reaction times.

Sl.No 619 Question WHEN APPROACHING A RIGHT-HAND CURVE YOU SHOULD KEEP WELL TO THE LEFT. WHY IS THIS?
* TO IMPROVE YOUR VIEW OF THE ROAD * TO OVERCOME THE EFFECT OF THE ROAD'S SLOPE * TO LET FASTER TRAFFIC FROM BEHIND OVERTAKE * TO BE POSITIONED SAFELY IF YOU SKID
Correct Answer To improve your view of the road Explanation Doing this will give you an earlier view around the bend and enable you to see any hazards sooner.
620
YOU ARE ON A FAST OPEN ROAD IN GOOD CONDITIONS. FOR SAFETY, THE DISTANCE BETWEEN YOU AND THE VEHICLE IN FRONT SHOULD BE-
* A TWO-SECOND TIME GAP * ONE CAR LENGTH * 2 METRES (6 FEET 6 INCHES) * TWO CAR LENGTHS
Correct Answer A two-second time gap Explanation One useful method of checking that you've allowed enough room between you and the vehicle in front is the 'two-second rule'. You should allow a two-second time gap as a safe separation distance. Begin by saying 'only a fool breaks the two-second rule' when the vehicle in front passes a fixed point. You shouldn't reach that point before you finish saying this. If you do, you're travelling too close and should drop back.
621
YOU ARE DRIVING IN HEAVY RAIN. YOUR STEERING SUDDENLY BECOMES VERY LIGHT. YOU SHOULD
* STEER TOWARDS THE SIDE OF THE ROAD * APPLY GENTLE ACCELERATION * BRAKE FIRMLY TO REDUCE SPEED * EASE OFF THE ACCELERATOR
Correct Answer Ease off the accelerator Explanation Braking harshly in this situation could cause the tyres to lift off the road surface and the wheels to lock, which will result in loss of control . If your vehicle is fitted with an anti-lock braking system (ABS) and it starts to slide on the wet road surface, apply and maintain maximum force to the brake pedal.

Sl.No 622 Question YOU ARE ON A LONG, DOWNHILL SLOPE. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO TO HELP CONTROL THE SPEED OF YOUR VEHICLE?
* SELECT NEUTRAL * SELECT A LOWER GEAR * GRIP THE HANDBRAKE FIRMLY * APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE GENTLY
Correct Answer Select a lower gear Explanation Selecting a low gear when travelling downhill will help you to control your speed. The engine will assist the brakes and prevent your vehicle gathering speed.
623
HOW CAN YOU TELL IF YOU ARE DRIVING ON ICE?
* THE TYRES MAKE A RUMBLING NOISE * THE TYRES MAKE HARDLY ANY NOISE & THE STEERING BECOMES LIGHTER * THE STEERING BECOMES HEAVIER * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer The tyres make hardly any noise & the steering becomes lighter. Explanation Drive extremely carefully when the roads are icy. When travelling on ice, tyres make virtually no noise and steering feels light, because of low road friction.
624
WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD SHOWN IN THIS PICTURE?
* VEHICLE TURNING RIGHT * VEHICLE TAKING U-TURN * THE CYCLIST CROSSING THE ROAD * PARKED CARS AROUND THE CORNER
Correct Answer The cyclist crossing the road. Explanation Look at the picture carefully and try to imagine you're there. The cyclist in this picture isn't crossing the road in the correct place. You must be able to deal with the unexpected, especially when you're planning your approach to a hazardous junction. There will be several things to think about on your approach so look well ahead to give yourself time to deal with them.
625
WHICH ROAD USER HAS CAUSED A HAZARD?
* THE PARKED CAR (ARROWED A)
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * THE PEDESTRIAN WAITING TO CROSS (ARROWED B) * THE MOVING CAR (ARROWED C) * THE CAR TURNING (ARROWED D) The parked car (arrowed a) Explanation The car has parked on the approach to a pedestrian crossing. Parking there will 1.Block the view for pedestrians wishing to cross the road 2.Restrict the view of the crossing for traffic approaching.
626
THE LEFT HAND PAVEMENT IS CLOSED DUE TO STREET REPAIRS. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* WATCH OUT FOR PEDESTRIANS WALKING IN THE ROAD. * USE YOUR RIGHT HAND MIRROR MORE OFTEN * SPEED UP TO GET PAST THE ROAD WORKS QUICKER * POSITION CLOSE TO THE LEFT HAND KERB
Correct Answer WATCH OUT FOR PEDESTRIANS WALKING IN THE ROAD. Explanation Where street repairs have closed off pavements, proceed carefully and slowly as pedestrians might have to walk in the road.
627
WHAT SHOULD THE DRIVER OF THE CAR APPROACHING THE CROSSING DO?
* CONTINUE AT THE SAME SPEED * SOUND THE HORN * DRIVE THROUGH QUICKLY * SLOW DOWN AND GET READY TO STOP
Correct Answer Slow down and get ready to stop. Explanation Look well ahead to see if any hazards are developing. This will give you more time to deal with them in the correct way. The man in the picture is clearly intending to cross the road. You should be travelling at a speed that allows you to check your mirror, slow down and stop in good time. You shouldn't brake harshly.
628
WHAT SHOULD THE DRIVER OF THE WHITE CAR DO?
* WAVE THE PEDESTRIAN WHO ARE WAITING TO CROSS * WAIT FOR THE PEDESTRIAN ON THE ROAD TO CROSS * QUICKLY DRIVE BEHIND THE PEDESTRIAN ON THE ROAD
Correct Answer Wait for the pedestrian in the road to cross. Explanation

Sl.No Question * TELL THE PEDESTRIAN ON THE ROAD SHE SHOULD Always give way to pedestrians, don't get NOT HAVE CROSSED impatient, some people might take longer to cross the road. Don't hurry them, they might have poor eyesight or not be able to hear traffic approaching. 629 WHAT SHOULD THE DRIVER OF THE RED CAR (ARROWED) DO?
* SOUND THE HORN TO TELL OTHER DRIVERS WHERE HE IS * SQUEEZE THROUGH THE GAP * WAVE THE DRIVER OF THE WHITE CAR TO GO ON * WAIT UNTILL THE CAR BLOCKING THE WAY HAS MOVED
Correct Answer Wait untill the car blocking the way has moved. Explanation If you're in slow-moving traffic think ahead so that you don't block junctions or stop others progress. Don't 1.Force others to give way to you. 2.Sound the horn to gain priority 3.Flash your lights to gain or give priority 4.Give any other misleading signal.
630
THE DRIVER OF WHICH CAR HAS CAUSED A HAZARD?
* CAR A * CAR B * CAR C * CAR D
Correct Answer Car A Explanation The driver of car A has blocked the way of approaching vehicle. It has also blocked the view of the other vehicle trying to emerge. When dealing with busy junctions consider the other road users around you. Your actions must not put any other driver or rider at risk.
631
WHAT IS THE MAIN HAZARD THE DRIVER OF THE RED CAR (ARROWED) MUST BE AWARE OF?
* GLARE FROM THE SUN MAY AFFECT THE DRIVER'S VISION * THE WHITE CAR MAY STOP SUDDENLY * THE BUS MAY MOVE OUT INTO THE ROAD * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer The bus may move out into the road. Explanation You should try to anticipate the actions of the other road users around you. The driver of the red car should be prepared for the bus which may pull out in front of it.

Sl.No 632 Question IN HEAVY MOTORWAY TRAFFIC YOU ARE BEING FOLLOWED CLOSELY BY THE VEHICLE BEHIND. HOW CAN YOU LOWER THE RISK OF AN ACCIDENT?
* INCREASE YOUR DISTANCE FROM THE VEHICLE IN FRONT * TAP YOUR FOOT ON THE BRAKE PEDAL SHARPLY * SWITCH ON YOUR HAZARD LIGHTS * MOVE ONTO THE HARD SHOULDER AND STOP
Correct Answer Increase your distance from the vehicle in front. Explanation Don't follow too close to the vehicle in front. If a driver behind seems to be 'pushing' you, increase your distance from the vehicle in front by slowing down gently. This will lessen the risk of an accident involving several vehicles.
633
WHAT DOES THE SOLID WHITE LINE AT THE SIDE OF THE ROAD INDICATE?
* TRAFFIC LIGHTS AHEAD * EDGE OF THE CARRIAGEWAY * FOOTPATH ON THE LEFT * CYCLE PATH
Correct Answer Edge of the carriageway. Explanation This road marking gives you a warning. This is especially useful in bad weather when visibility is restricted.
634
YOU SEE THIS SIGN AHEAD. YOU SHOULD EXPECT THE ROAD TO
* GO STEEPLY UPHILL * GO STEEPLY DOWNHILL * BEND SHARPLY TO THE LEFT * BEND SHARPLY TO THE RIGHT
Correct Answer Bend sharply to the left. Explanation Adjust your speed in good time so that you are able to select the correct gear for the bend. Going too fast into the bend will lead to lack of control.
635
YOU ARE APPROACHING THIS CYCLIST. YOU SHOULD
* OVERTAKE BEFORE THE CYCLIST GETS TO THE JUNCTION * FLASH YOUR HEADLIGHTS AT THE CYCLIST * SLOW DOWN AND ALLOW THE CYCLIST TO TURN
Correct Answer Slow down and allow the cyclist to turn. Explanation

Sl.No Question * OVERTAKE THE CYCLIST ON THE LEFT-HAND SIDE Keep well back and allow the cyclist room to take up the correct position for the turn. Don't get too close behind or try to squeeze past.
636
WHY MUST YOU TAKE EXTRA CARE WHEN TURNING RIGHT AT THIS JUNCTION?
* ROAD SURFACE IS POOR * FOOTPATHS ARE NARROW * ROAD MARKINGS ARE FAINT * THERE IS REDUCED VISIBILITY
Correct Answer There is reduced visibility. Explanation You may have to pull forward slowly until you can see down the road. Be aware that the traffic approaching the junction can't see you either. If you don't know that it's clear, don't go.
637
BECAUSE OF ITS SIZE AND DESIGN A LARGE VEHICLE WILL HAVE
* LESS BLIND SPOTS THAN SMALLER VEHICLES. * MORE BLIND SPOTS THAN SMALLER VEHICLES. * THE SAME BLIND SPOTS AS SMALLER VEHICLES. * NO BLIND SPOTS AT ALL .
Correct Answer More blind spots than smaller vehicles. Explanation Because of large length and design of large vehicles the drivers of these vehicles should make good use of the mirrors while driving, which will help them in eliminating the possibility of being unaware of a vehicle in their blind spot areas.
638
YOU ARE BEHIND THIS CYCLIST. WHEN THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS CHANGE, WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* TRY TO MOVE OFF BEFORE THE CYCLIST * ALLOW THE CYCLIST TIME AND ROOM * TURN RIGHT BUT GIVE THE CYCLIST ROOM * TAP YOUR HORN AND DRIVE THROUGH FIRST 639 YOU ARE DRIVING TOWARDS THIS LEFT HAND BEND. WHAT DANGERS SHOULD YOU BE AWARE OF?
Correct Answer Allow the cyclist time and room. Explanation Hold back and allow the cyclists to move off.
* A VEHICLE OVERTAKING YOU
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * NO WHITE LINES IN THE CENTRE OF THE ROAD * NO SIGN TO WARN YOU OF THE BEND * PEDESTRIANS WALKING TOWARDS YOU Pedestrians walking towards you. Explanation Pedestrians walking on a road with no pavement will walk against the direction of the traffic. You can't see around this bend; there may be hidden dangers. Always consider this so you give yourself time to react to them.
640
WHEN APPROACHING THIS BRIDGE YOU SHOULD GIVE WAY TO
* BICYCLES * BUSES * MOTORCYCLES * CARS
Correct Answer Buses. Explanation A double-decker bus will have to take up a position in the centre of the road so that it can clear the bridge. There is normally a sign to indicate this. Look well down the road, through the bridge and consider that you may have to stop and give way to any bus approaching.
641
WHAT TYPE OF VEHICLE COULD YOU EXPECT TO MEET IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD?
* LORRY * BICYCLE * CAR * MOTORCYCLE
Correct Answer Lorry. Explanation A large vehicle might have to take up all the road to allow the top of the vehicle to clear the bridge. The arch of the bridge is at its highest point in the centre.
642
WHY SHOULD THE JUNCTION ON THE LEFT BE KEPT CLEAR?
* TO ALLOW VEHICLES TO ENTER AND EMERGE * TO ALLOW THE BUS TO REVERSE * TO ALLOW VEHICLES TO MAKE A 'U' TURN * TO ALLOW VEHICLES TO PARK
Correct Answer To allow vehicles to enter and emerge. Explanation If you are waiting in traffic look well down the queue. Judge stopping so that you are able to leave a gap allowing traffic to flow in and out of the junction.

Sl.No 643 Question WHEN THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS CHANGE TO GREEN, THE WHITE CAR SHOULD
* WAIT FOR THE CYCLIST TO PULL AWAY * MOVE OFF QUICKLY AND TURN IN FRONT OF THE CYCLIST * MOVE CLOSE UP TO THE CYCLIST TO BEAT THE LIGHTS * SOUND THE HORN TO WARN THE CYCLIST
Correct Answer Wait for the cyclist to pull away. Explanation Before you move away check all around, cyclists often filter along the nearside of waiting traffic. Allow the cyclist to move off safely.
644
YOU INTEND TO TURN LEFT AT THE TRAFFIC LIGHTS. JUST BEFORE TURNING YOU SHOULD
* CHECK YOUR RIGHT MIRROR * MOVE CLOSE UP TO THE WHITE CAR * STRADDLE THE LANES * CHECK FOR BICYCLES ON YOUR LEFT
Correct Answer Check for bicycles on your left. Explanation This is especially important if you have been stationary and are about to move off. Cyclists do often try to filter past vehicles in this way. You should always check your near side.
645
YOU SHOULD REDUCE YOUR SPEED WHEN DRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD BECAUSE
* THERE IS A STAGGERED JUNCTION AHEAD * THERE IS A LOW BRIDGE AHEAD * THERE IS A CHANGE IN THE ROAD SURFACE * THE ROAD AHEAD NARROWS
Correct Answer There is a staggered junction ahead Explanation Traffic could be turning off to the left or right ahead of you. They will be slowing right down or stopping to allow oncoming traffic to clear. Be prepared for this situation as you might have to slow down or stop behind them.
646
YOU ARE DRIVING AT 60 KMPH. AS YOU APPROACH THIS HAZARD YOU SHOULD-
* MAINTAIN YOUR SPEED * REDUCE YOUR SPEED
Correct Answer Reduce your speed.

Sl.No Question * TAKE THE NEXT RIGHT TURN * TAKE THE NEXT LEFT TURN Explanation There could be stationary traffic ahead, waiting to turn right. Other traffic could be emerging and they will take time to gather speed.
647
AT THIS BLIND JUNCTION YOU MUST STOP
* BEHIND THE LINE, THEN EDGE FORWARD TO SEE CLEARLY * BEYOND THE LINE AT A POINT WHERE YOU CAN SEE CLEARLY * ONLY IF THERE IS TRAFFIC ON THE MAIN ROAD * ONLY IF YOU ARE TURNING TO THE RIGHT
Correct Answer Behind the line, then edge forward to see clearly. Explanation The stop sign has been put here because it is a dangerous junction. You must stop. It will not be possible to assess the situation on the move, however slowly.
648
YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD. THE DRIVER ON THE LEFT IS REVERSING FROM A DRIVEWAY. YOU SHOULD-
* MOVE TO THE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE ROAD * DRIVE THROUGH AS YOU HAVE PRIORITY * SOUND YOUR HORN AND BE PREPARED TO STOP * SPEED UP AND DRIVE THROUGH QUICKLY
Correct Answer Sound your horn and be prepared to stop. Explanation White lights at the rear of a car show that it is about to reverse. Sound your horn as a warning and reduce your speed as a precaution.
649
YOU SEE A HORSE RIDER AS YOU APPROACH A ROUNDABOUT. THEY ARE SIGNALLING RIGHT BUT KEEPING WELL TO THE LEFT. YOU SHOULD-
* PROCEED AS NORMAL * KEEP CLOSE TO THEM * CUT IN FRONT OF THEM * STAY WELL BACK
Correct Answer Stay well back. Explanation Allow the riders to enter and exit the roundabout in their own time. Don't drive up close behind or alongside them, this could disturb the horses.
650
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A CYCLIST. YOU WISH TO TURN LEFT JUST AHEAD. YOU SHOULD-

Sl.No Question * OVERTAKE THE CYCLIST BEFORE THE JUNCTION * PULL ALONGSIDE THE CYCLIST AND STAY LEVEL UNTIL AFTER THE JUNCTION * HOLD BACK UNTIL THE CYCLIST HAS PASSED THE JUNCTION * GO AROUND THE CYCLIST ON THE JUNCTION Correct Answer Hold back until the cyclist has passed the junction. Explanation Make allowances for cyclists. Allow them plenty of room. If you're following a cyclist be aware that they also have to deal with hazards. They might swerve or change direction suddenly to avoid uneven road surfaces.
651
YOU ARE AT A ROAD JUNCTION, TURNING INTO A MINOR ROAD. THERE ARE PEDESTRIANS CROSSING THE MINOR ROAD. YOU SHOULD-
* STOP AND WAVE THE PEDESTRIANS ACROSS * SOUND YOUR HORN TO LET THE PEDESTRIANS KNOW THAT YOU ARE THERE * GIVE WAY TO THE PEDESTRIANS WHO ARE ALREADY CROSSING * CARRY ON; THE PEDESTRIANS SHOULD GIVE WAY TO YOU
Correct Answer Give way to the pedestrians who are already crossing. Explanation Always look into the road you're turning into. If there are pedestrians crossing, be considerate, but don't wave or signal to them to cross. Signal your intention to turn as you approach.
652
YOU ARE APPROACHING THIS ROUNDABOUT AND SEE THE CYCLIST SIGNAL RIGHT. WHY IS THE CYCLIST KEEPING TO THE LEFT?
* IT IS QUICKER ROUTE FOR THE CYCLIST * THE CYCLIST IS GOING TO TURN LEFT INSTEAD * THE CYCLIST THINKS THE HIGHWAY CODE DOES NOT APPLY TO BICYCLES * THE CYCLIST IS SLOWER AND MORE VULNERABLE
Correct Answer The cyclist is slower and more vulnerable. Explanation Cycling in today's heavy traffic can be hazardous. Some cyclists may not feel happy about crossing the path of traffic to take up a position in an outside lane. Be aware of this and understand that, although in the left-hand lane, the cyclist might be turning right.
653
YOU ARE DRIVING IN TOWN. THERE IS A BUS AT THE BUS STOP ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE ROAD. WHY SHOULD YOU BE CAREFUL?
* THE BUS MAY HAVE BROKEN DOWN * PEDESTRIANS MAY COME FROM BEHIND THE BUS * THE BUS MAY MOVE OFF SUDDENLY
Correct Answer Pedestrians may come from behind the bus. Explanation

Sl.No Question * THE BUS MAY REMAIN STATIONARY If you see a bus ahead watch out for pedestrians. They may not be able to see you if they're crossing from behind the bus.
654
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LARGE ARTICULATED VEHICLE. IT IS GOING TO TURN LEFT INTO A NARROW ROAD. WHAT ACTION SHOULD YOU TAKE?
* MOVE OUT AND OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT * PASS ON THE LEFT AS THE VEHICLE MOVES OUT * BE PREPARED TO STOP BEHIND * OVERTAKE QUICKLY BEFORE THE LORRY MOVES OUT
Correct Answer Be prepared to stop behind. Explanation Lorries are larger and longer than other vehicles. This will affect their position when approaching junctions - especially when turning left. They need more room so that they don't cut in and mount the kerb when turning.
655
IT IS VERY WINDY. YOU ARE BEHIND A MOTORCYCLIST WHO IS OVERTAKING A HIGHSIDED VEHICLE. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* OVERTAKE THE MOTORCYCLIST IMMEDIATELY * KEEP WELL BACK * STAY LEVEL WITH THE MOTORCYCLIST * KEEP CLOSE TO THE MOTORCYCLIST
Correct Answer Keep well back. Explanation Motorcyclists are affected more by windy weather than other vehicles. Keep well back as they could be blown off course.
656
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LONG VEHICLE. IT APPROACHES A CROSSROADS AND SIGNALS LEFT, BUT MOVES OUT TO THE RIGHT. YOU SHOULD-
* GET CLOSER IN ORDER TO PASS IT QUICKLY * STAY WELL BACK AND GIVE IT ROOM
Correct Answer Stay well back and give it room.
* ASSUME THE SIGNAL IS WRONG AND IT IS REALLY Explanation TURNING RIGHT * OVERTAKE AS IT STARTS TO SLOW DOWN Approaching a left turn a lorry may swing out to the right. This is to allow the rear wheels to clear the kerb as it turns. If you see a gap on the nearside don't try to filter through.
657
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LONG VEHICLE APPROACHING A CROSSROADS. THE DRIVER SIGNALS RIGHT BUT MOVES CLOSE TO THE LEFT -HAND KERB. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* WARN THE DRIVER OF THE WRONG SIGNAL
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * WAIT BEHIND THE LONG VEHICLE * REPORT THE DRIVER TO THE POLICE * OVERTAKE ON THE RIGHT-HAND SIDE Wait behind the long vehicle. Explanation When a long vehicle is going to turn right it may need to keep close to the left-hand kerb. This is to prevent the rear end of the trailer cutting the corner. You need to be aware of how long vehicles behave in such situations. Don't overtake the lorry because it could turn as you're alongside. Stay behind and give plenty of room.
658
YOU ARE APPROACHING A MINI-ROUNDABOUT. THE LONG VEHICLE IN FRONT IS SIGNALLING LEFT BUT POSITIONED OVER TO THE RIGHT. YOU SHOULD-
* SOUND YOUR HORN * OVERTAKE ON THE LEFT * FOLLOW THE SAME COURSE AS THE LORRY * KEEP WELL BACK
Correct Answer Keep well back. Explanation At mini-roundabouts there isn't much room for a long vehicle to manoeuvre. It will have to swing out wide so that it can complete the turn safely. Keep well back and allow plenty of room. Don't move up alongside it.
659
YOU ARE FOLLOWING A LARGE LORRY ON A WET ROAD. SPRAY MAKES IT DIFFICULT TO SEE. YOU SHOULD
* DROP BACK UNTIL YOU CAN SEE BETTER * PUT YOUR HEADLIGHTS ON FULL BEAM * KEEP CLOSE TO THE LORRY, AWAY FROM THE SPRAY * SPEED UP AND OVERTAKE QUICKLY
Correct Answer Drop back until you can see better. Explanation In the wet, large vehicles may throw up a lot of spray. This will make it difficult to see ahead. Dropping back further will 1.Move you out of the spray and so allow you to see further 2.Increase your separation distance. It takes longer to stop on wet roads and you need to allow more room. Don't 1.Get up close behind 2.Overtake, unless you can see the way ahead is clear.
660
YOU ARE DRIVING ALONG THIS ROAD. WHAT SHOULD YOU BE PREPARED TO DO?
* SOUND YOUR HORN AND CONTINUE
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * SLOW DOWN AND GIVE WAY * REPORT THE DRIVER TO THE POLICE * SQUEEZE THROUGH THE GAP Slow down and give way. Explanation Large vehicles may need more road space at times. Be prepared to stop and wait if a vehicle needs more time and road room to turn.
661
YOU MAY DRIVE WITH FRONT FOG LIGHTS SWITCHED ON
* WHEN VISIBILITY IS LESS THAN 100 METRES (328 FEET) * AT ANY TIME TO BE NOTICED * INSTEAD OF HEADLIGHTS ON HIGH SPEED ROADS * WHEN DAZZLED BY THE LIGHTS OF ONCOMING VEHICLES
Correct Answer When visibility is less than 100 metres (328 feet). Explanation Consider if the distance you are able to see is more than 100 metre (328 feet). Turn off your fog lights as the weather improves.
662
YOU ARE DRIVING IN FOG. WHY SHOULD YOU KEEP WELL BACK FROM THE VEHICLE IN FRONT?
* IN CASE IT CHANGES DIRECTION SUDDENLY * IN CASE ITS FOG LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU * IN CASE IT STOPS SUDDENLY * IN CASE ITS BRAKE LIGHTS DAZZLE YOU
Correct Answer In case it stops suddenly. Explanation If you're following another road user in fog stay well back. The driver in front won't be able to see hazards until they're close and might brake suddenly. You'll need a good separation distance as the road surface is likely to be wet and slippery.
663
YOU ARE DRIVING WITH YOUR FRONT FOG LIGHTS SWITCHED ON. EARLIER FOG HAS NOW CLEARED. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* LEAVE THEM ON IF OTHER DRIVERS HAVE THEIR LIGHTS ON * SWITCH THEM OFF AS LONG AS VISIBILITY REMAINS GOOD * FLASH THEM TO WARN ONCOMING TRAFFIC THAT IT IS FOGGY * DRIVE WITH THEM ON, INSTEAD OF YOUR HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer Switch them off as long as visibility remains good. Explanation Switch off your fog lights if the weather improves, but be prepared to use them again if visibility reduces to less than 100 metres (328 feet).

Sl.No 664 Question A BASIC RULE WHEN ON HIGHWAYS IS
* USE THE LANE THAT HAS LEAST TRAFFIC * KEEP TO THE LEFT LANE UNLESS OVERTAKING * OVERTAKE ON THE SIDE THAT IS CLEAREST * TRY TO KEEP ABOVE 50 MPH TO PREVENT CONGESTION
Correct Answer Keep to the left lane unless overtaking. Explanation When you've overtaken, move back into the left-hand lane as soon as it's safe to do so. Dont cut across in front of the vehicle that you're overtaking
665
YOU MEET AN OBSTRUCTION ON YOUR SIDE OF THE ROAD. YOU SHOULD-
* CARRY ON .YOU HAVE PRIORITY * GIVE WAY TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC * WAVE ONCOMING VEHICLES THROUGH * ACCELERATE TO GET PAST FIRST
Correct Answer Give way to oncoming traffic. Explanation If you have to pass a parked vehicle on your side of the road take care. Give way to oncoming traffic if there isn't enough room for you both to continue safely.
666
YOU ARE REVERSING YOUR VEHICLE INTO A SIDE ROAD. WHEN WOULD THE GREATEST HAZARD TO PASSING TRAFFIC OCCUR?
* AFTER YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE MANOEUVRE * JUST BEFORE YOU ACTUALLY BEGIN TO MANOEUVRE * AFTER YOU HAVE ENTERED THE SIDE ROAD * WHEN THE FRONT OF YOUR VEHICLE SWINGS OUT
Correct Answer When the front of your vehicle swings out. Explanation Always check road and traffic conditions in all directions. Act on what you see and wait if you need to.
667
YOU ARE APPROACHING A ZEBRA CROSSING WHERE PEDESTRIANS ARE WAITING. WHICH ARM SIGNAL MIGHT YOU GIVE?
* A * B * C
Correct Answer A Explanation

Sl.No * D Question A 'slowing down' signal will indicate your intentions to oncoming and following vehicles. Be aware that pedestrians might start to cross as soon as they see this signal.
668
THE WHITE LINE ALONG THE SIDE OF THE ROAD
* SHOWS THE EDGE OF THE CARRIAGEWAY * SHOWS THE APPROACH TO A HAZARD * MEANS NO PARKING * MEANS NO OVERTAKING
Correct Answer Shows the edge of the carriageway. Explanation This is found at the edge of the road other than at junctions. This mark the limits of the main carriageway, upto which a driver can safely venture.
669
* MOVE OUT AND ACCELERATE HARD * WAIT UNTIL THE VEHICLE STARTS TO TURN IN * PULL OUT BEFORE THE VEHICLE REACHES THE JUNCTION * MOVE OUT SLOWLY
Correct Answer Wait until the vehicle starts to turn in Explanation Other road users may give misleading signals. When you're waiting at a junction don't emerge until you're sure of their intentions. Pulling out safely calls for accurate judgement.
670
YOU ARRIVE AT AN ACCIDENT WHERE SOMEONE IS SUFFERING FROM SEVERE BURNS. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING WOULD HELP?
* DOUSE THE BURNS WITH COLD WATER * REMOVE ANYTHING STUCK TO THE BURNS * BURST BLISTERS THAT FORM ON THE BURNS * APPLY OINTMENT TO THE BURNS
Correct Answer Douse the burns with cold water. Explanation Cold water will cool the burning tissue, prevent further damage, reduce swelling and alleviate pain.
671
A VEHICLE HAS ROLLED OVER AND CAUGHT FIRE. THE DRIVER'S HANDS AND ARMS HAVE BEEN BURNED. YOU SHOULD NOT
* DOUSE THE BURNS WITH COLD WATER
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * LAY THE CASUALTY DOWN * REMOVE SMOULDERING CLOTHING * REMOVE ANYTHING STICKING TO THE BURNS Remove anything sticking to the burns. Explanation Do not remove anything sticking to the burn. You may cause further damage and introduce infection into the wound.
672
WHILE DRIVING YOU APPROACH A LARGE PUDDLE THAT IS CLOSE TO THE LEFT-HAND KERB. PEDESTRIANS ARE CLOSE TO THE WATER. YOU SHOULD-
* IGNORE THE PUDDLE * BRAKE SUDDENLY AND SOUND YOUR HORN
Correct Answer Slow down before the puddle & try to avoid splashing the pedestrians
* SLOW DOWN BEFORE THE PUDDLE & TRY TO AVOID Explanation SPLASHING THE PEDESTRIANS * WAVE AT THE PEDESTRIANS TO KEEP BACK The effects of your vehicle driving through a puddle will be to throw water onto the pavement. If there are pedestrians close by they could be splashed with the water. Be considerate. If possible avoid driving through it.
673
CATALYTIC CONVERTER WILL GET DAMAGED IF WE USE
* RICH (AIR-FUEL) MIXTURE * LEAN MIXTURE * BOTH A & B * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Rich (air-fuel) mixture. Explanation Rich (air fuel) mixture damages the catalysts like platinum, palladium and rhodium present in the catalytic converter.
674
AIR POLLUTION EFFECTS
* HUMAN BEINGS * PLANTS * ANIMALS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Air pollution damages the organs of living beings like respiratory system, promotes animal diseases and affects the photosynthesis process in plants.

Sl.No 675 Question AIR POLLUTION LEADS TO DEPLETION OF ATMOSPHERIC OZONE LAYER. WHAT WILL HAPPEN IF OZONE LAYER IS DEPLETED?
* HARMFUL RAYS FROM THE SUN WILL REACH THE EARTH * USEFUL RAYS FROM THE SUN WILL REACH THE EARTH * NOTHING WILL HAPPEN * WE GET MORE LIGHT FROM THE SUN
Correct Answer Harmful rays from the sun will reach the earth. Explanation Leakage of refrigerants like chloro floro carbons from air conditioning system makes hole in the ozone layer which is a protective covering of ozone gas to the earth. The ozone layer protects our earth from harmful ultra rays and radiations from Sun which cause diseases like skin cancer and gene mutation in living beings.
676
DEPLETION OF OZONE LAYER LEADS TO
* VARIOUS SKIN DISORDERS * RESPIRATORY DISORDERS * AIDS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Various skin disorders Explanation Depletion of ozone layer makes way for ultraviolet radiation from sun to the earth. These rays are harmful to living creatures because they are not only carcinogenic but acts as catalyst for skin disorder and gene mutations.
677
USING WHICH OF THESE FUELS PRODUCES MORE AIR POLLUTANTS
* LPG * DIESEL * CNG * ALL OF THE ABOVE 678 WHAT IS THE MAIN SOURCE OF AIR POLLUTION IN CITIES?
Correct Answer Diesel. Explanation Diesel as fuel emits much more pollutants as compared to CNG & LPG.
* FACTORIES * VEHICLES
Correct Answer Vehicles

Sl.No Question * SMOKING (CIGARETTES ETC.) * ALL OF THE ABOVE Explanation Mans ill health today can be attributed to the different types of pollution he is subjected to in the environment he lives, works and travels. Automobile pollution, one of the major causes of atmospheric pollution is directly threatening the Indian metros.
679
CAUSES OF AUTOMOBILE POLLUTION IS / ARE
* POOR MAINTENANCE * OVER LOADING OF VEHICLES * FREQUENT TRAFFIC JAMS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation The condition of engine, quality of fuel, overloading, poor maintanence and frequent traffic jams are some of the factors that contribute to vehicular pollution.
680
DEPLETION OF ATMOSPHERIC OZONE LAYER IS DUE TO
* CHLORO FLORO CARBON * OXYGEN * CARBON DIOXIDE * CARBON MONOXIDE
Correct Answer Chloro Floro Carbon Explanation Florinated hydrocarbon propellants released from spray cans, refrigerant equipment, drift upward in the atmosphere causes damage to the ozone layer, thus permitting a greater proportion of the solar ultraviolet radiation to reach the earths surface, with serious consequences to health.
681
MAJOR CONSTITUENT OF AIR POLLUTION BY VEHICLES IS
* CARBON MONOXIDE * SULPHER DIOXIDE * HYDROCARBONS * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Carbon Monoxide. Explanation A colourless, almost odourless gas, formula CO. It is produced, by the incomplete combustion of fuel in automobile engines.

Sl.No 682 Question IN ORDER TO KEEP FOCUSSED WHILE DRIVING YOU SHOULD
* KEEP YOUR EYES MOVING; SCAN THE ENTIRE DRIVING SCENE. * PULL OVER AND STOP IF YOU NEED TO TALK ON A CELL PHONE. * KEEP PREDICTING WHAT WILL HAPPEN NEXT, AND PLAN YOUR MOVES. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation To be able to drive safely, you must have 100 percent concentration. It is infact the basis of good driving. If you let your mind wander even for a moment, it may lead to an accident. When feeling tired, unwell, upset, annoyed or distracted, avoid driving.
683
IN ORDER TO STAY AWAKE WHILE DRIVING ON A LONG TRIP, YOU CAN
* SING OR TALK TO YOURSELF. * TAKE A NAP AT A REST STOP. * EAT MODERATELY. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation As soon as you are tired or sleepy, stop at a rest area or off the road and take a short walk. Have a cup of tea or coffee, and a light snack. If that does not work, find a place to rest.
684
WHAT IS THE REASON FOR TYRE WEARING FROM THE CENTRE?
* OVER INFLATION. * UNDER INFLATION. * IMPROPER WHEEL ALIGNMENT * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Over inflation. Explanation When the tyre is over inflated the centre of the tyre is more in contact with the road than the sides of the tyre. This results in tyre wearing from the centre.
685
WHEN ENGINE OIL IS TO BE CHANGED
* THE ENGINE SHOULD BE HOT.
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * THE ENGINE SHOULD BE COLD * TEMPERATURE OF THE ENGINE DOES NOT MATTER * NONE OF THE ABOVE The engine should be hot. Explanation Engine oil should be changed , when it is hot because the oil becomes thin and its viscosity decreases so that all the oil in the cylinder block comes out along with the dirty particles like metal dust due to wear and tear of parts.
686
WHAT IS THE REASON FOR EXCESSIVE ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION?
* WORN OR WEAK PISTON RINGS. * INCORRECT WHEEL ALIGNMENT. * CHOKED OIL FILTER. * UNDER INFLATION.
Correct Answer Worn or weak piston rings. Explanation Oil consumption in an engine is controlled principally by the use of slotted oil scraper rings in the piston. If piston rings are worn or weak, this will result in burning of engine oil above the piston and hence results in loss of engine oil and smoke from the exhaust.
687
OUT OF THE FOLLOWING, WHAT IS/ARE THE REASONS FOR LOW OIL PRESSURE IN YOUR VEHICLE?
* LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL. * DEFECTIVE OIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. * WORN CRANKSHAFT BEARING. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Low oil pressure can result due to low level of oil, wrong grade of oil, malfunctioning of oil pump, defective oil pressure relief valve or worn out crankshaft bearing. Low oil pressure can lead to engine failure due to improper lubrication to various engine parts.
688
WHICH LUBRICANT SHOULD BE USED ON BATTERY TERMINALS TO AVOID SULPHATION ON THEM?
* GREASE. * OIL. * PETROLEUM JELLY.
Correct Answer Petroleum jelly Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Use of petroleum jelly on battery terminals cuts off the contact of terminal with the atmosphere which prevents sulphation on the terminals, keep battery terminal clean of sulphation. Use luke warm water for cleaning, sulphated terminals.
689
HOW SHOULD YOU CLEAN THE SULPHATION ON BATTERY TERMINALS?
* WITH COLD WATER. * WITH WARM WATER. * WITH DISTILLED WATER. * WITH TAP WATER
Correct Answer With warm water Explanation Cleaning the sulphated battery terminal with warm water breaks the hard deposit of sulphur easily.
690
HOW WILL YOU ADJUST THE PERCENTAGE OF CARBON MONOXIDE EMISSION IN A CARBURETOR VEHICLE?
* BY ADJUSTING THE RPM. * BY ADJUSTING THE IGNITION TIMING. * BY ADJUSTING THE MIXTURE SCREW. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer By adjusting the mixture screw. Explanation The mixture screw in the carburetor controls the air-fuel ratio. If the rich mixture goes to the engine cylinder it will result in unburnt gases emitting from the exhaust resulting in pollution of environment by gases like carbon monoxide.
691
WHICH LEADS TO HIGHER FUEL CONSUMPTION?
* INCORRECT VALVE CLEARANCE (TAPPET ADJUSTMENT) * UNDER INFLATION. * CHOKED AIR FILTER * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Fuel consumption can be reduced by correcting the valve clearance. If the valve remains open at the wrong time , it will result in loss of compression. This results in loss of fuel. Similarly choked air filter means dusty air going into the cylinder which results in incomplete combustion. Under inflated tyres result in load on engine which means more requirement of fuel by the engine.

Sl.No 692 Question WHAT IS THE FUNCTION OF RADIATOR CAP IN COOLING SYSTEM?
* TO MAINTAIN PRESSURE INSIDE THE RADIATOR. * TO COOL DOWN WATER OR COOLANT INSIDE THE RADIATOR. * TO CIRCULATE WATER OR COOLANT IN THE ENGINE. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer To maintain pressure inside the radiator Explanation The radiator cap is an important part of the cooling system. By maintaining a high pressure, it increases the boiling point, eliminates steam pockets, minimises evaporation, releases expanded coolant in the reservoir bottle and sucks back coolant from the reservoir automatically through its inbuilt pressure and vacuum valve.
693
WHAT IS THE REASON FOR TYRE WEARING FROM CORNERS ?
* OVER INFLATION. * UNDER INFLATION. * IMPROPER WHEEL ALIGNMENT. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Under inflation. Explanation When the tyre is under inflated the sides of the tyre are more in contact with the road than the centre of the tyre. This results in tyre wearing from the sides.
694
WHAT WILL HAPPEN IF THE WHEELS ARE NOT PROPERLY BALANCED?
* VEHICLE PULLING TO THE RIGHT. * VEHICLE PULLING TO THE LEFT. * STEERING WOBBLING. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Steering wobbling. Explanation Wobbling or vibration in steering at specific high speeds is due to front wheels not balanced. In this case you should seek garage assistance for balancing the tyre on wheel balancing machine.
695
WHAT SHOULD BE THE PROCEDURE TO TEST THE BATTERY OF YOUR VEHICLE?
* BY SHORTING BOTH THE TERMINALS.
Correct Answer

Sl.No * BY HYDROMETER. * BY TACHOMETER. * BY ODOMETER. Question By hydrometer Explanation Hydrometer is used for checking specific gravity of each cell. It should be 1.28 in case of a fully charged baterry. If the specific gravity of the battery is at lower side it can lead to starting problem of the vehicle.
696
YOU SHOULD NEVER COAST IN NEUTRAL BECAUSE
* YOU NEED TO BE IN GEAR TO SAFELY CONTROL YOUR VEHICLE. * YOU CAN'T STOP THE CAR WHILE IN NEUTRAL. * BOTH A & B ARE CORRECT. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Both a & b are correct. Explanation Coasting in neutral is the condition when the vehicle is free wheeling. This reduces the drivers control of the vehicle. When you coast, the engine cant drive the wheels to pull you through a corner. Coasting also prevents the engine braking from holding the car back.
697
IN ORDER TO MAKE SURE YOUR TYRES ARE IN GOOD CONDITION, YOU SHOULD
* CHECK THEM REGULARLY FOR PROPER INFLATION. * CHECK FOR ADEQUATE TREAD.
* MAKE SURE ALL FOUR TYRES DON'T HAVE CUTS ON Explanation THEIR SIDE WALLS. * ALL OF THE ABOVE. If your tyres dont have enough air in them they will drag against the surface of the road. This makes the steering feel heavy. Regular checks of tyre pressures can prevent these effects. Tyres must have a good depth of tread and should not have cuts on their side walls.
698
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE NOISE LEVEL AS PER IS 3028 ARE
* 85 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE (4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 82 dB (A) FOR PASSENGER CARS * 89 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE (4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 82 dB (A) FOR PASSENGER CARS
Correct Answer
89 dB(a) for passenger/commercial vehicle (4000 to 12000kg gvw) 82 dB (A) FOR PASSENGER CARS

Sl.No Question * 82 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE Explanation (4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 85 dB (A) FOR PASSENGER CARS * 91 dB(A) FOR PASSENGER/COMMERCIAL VEHICLE Noise disturbs the mental equilibrium and (4000 TO 12000 KG GVW) 89 dB (A) FOR PASSENGER concentration of the driver as well as other CARS road users. You as a driver also have a responsibility to help reduce noise pollution. 699 MAJOR SOURCE OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION IS
* INDUSTRIAL * VEHICULAR * THERMAL POWER PLANT * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Vehicular Explanation 64% of the air pollution is due to exhaust emissions from vehicles. The increased number of vehicles has lead to increase in environment pollution. Transport is an essential part of modern life, but we should not ignore its environmental consequences.
700
WHAT ARE THE BASIC RULES OF FIRST AID?
* REACH THE ACCIDENT SPOT QUICKLY. * BE CALM, METHODICAL AND QUICK. * GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION IF REQUIRED. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation To prevent the deterioration of the condition of the victim, it is required to give and follow the basic rules of first aid.
701
AN INCISED WOUND IS CAUSED BY
* MACHINERY * STABS. * SHARP OBJECTS. * BLUNT OBJECTS.
Correct Answer Sharp objects. Explanation Incised wound means a wound which is more in length than the depth. This can be caused only by a sharp object like knife or blade.

Sl.No 702 Question WHICH BLEEDING MAY PROVE FATAL?
* BLEEDING FROM VEINS. * BLEEDING FROM ARTERIES. * BLEEDING FROM CAPILLARIES. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Bleeding from arteries. Explanation The blood pressure in arteries is much higher than in veins and capillaries. This high pressure can lead to uncontrolled bleeding which may prove fatal if left unattended.
703
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT A PART OF FIRST AID?
* TO GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION. * TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE BLEEDING. * PLASTERING. * TO TREAT FOR SHOCK.
Correct Answer Plastering. Explanation Plastering is done only by experienced and trained medical personnel therefore it is not a part of first aid.
704
WHAT IS THE REASON FOR TYRE WEARING FROM THE CENTRE
* OVER INFLATION. * UNDER INFLATION. * IMPROPER WHEEL ALIGNMENT * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Over inflation. Explanation When the tyre is over inflated the centre of the tyre is more in contact with the road than the sides of the tyre. This results in tyre wearing from the centre
705
THE PURPOSE OF CHOKE IS
* TO MAKE AIR FUEL MIXTURE RICH. * TO MAKE AIR FUEL MIXTURE LEAN. * TO INCREASE PICK UP.
Correct Answer To make air fuel mixture rich. Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Vehicles having petrol engines with carburator have choke which reduces the air-fuel ratio allowing a richer mixture, which in turn helps in cold starting of the engine.
706
THE NEED TO TOP-UP A BATTERY AT FREQUENT INTERVALS INDICATES THAT THE
* BATTERY IS BEING OVERCHARGED * BATTERY IS BEING UNDER CHARGED * BOTH A & B * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Battery is being overcharged. Explanation When the battery requires frequent topping up by water it means that the alternator is malfunctioning which results in overheating of battery plates which in turn evaporates the electrolyte.
707
A 12 V LEAD ACID BATTERY CONSISTS OF
* 6 CELLS. * 12 CELLS. * 4 CELLS. * 8 CELLS.
Correct Answer 6 cells. Explanation A car battery has 6 cells, each cell has a potential difference of 2.1 volt. The round figure of potential difference of 6 cells in a single battery comes to about 12 volt.
708
THE TYPE OF ENGINE USED IN MOST MOTOR CARS IS
* INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE * EXTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE * WANKEL ENGINE * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Internal combustion. Explanation In internal combustion engine, combustion of the fuel with oxygen of the air occurs within the cylinder of the engine. It can further be categorized into gas engine, petrol engine and diesel engine. Mostly cars use either petrol or diesel as fuel therefore they can be called an I.C. engine.

Sl.No 709 Question ENGINE WILL MISFIRE DUE TO WHICH OF THE REASONS?
* IF ANY OF THE SPARK PLUGS IS DEFECTIVE. * DEFECTIVE HIGH TENSION CORDS. * ADULTERATED FUEL. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Engine misfire is nothing but engine missing. It is due to defective HT cords and spark plug. It is also a result of adulterated fuel. To avoid this symptom in your vehicle, you should check all electrical connections, clean the plugs and use pure fuel. The other possible reasons of engine misfire could be faulty ignition timing, incorrect air - fuel ratio.
710
WHY IS TYRE ROTATION NECESSARY?
* TO AVOID ABNORMAL WEAR AND TEAR OF TYRES. * TO MAINTAIN WHEEL BALANCING. * TO MAINTAIN WHEEL ALIGNMENT. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer To avoid abnormal wear and tear of tyres. Explanation Tyre rotation is necessary to 1.Increase the life of tyre 2.To have uniform wear of all tyres. Tyre rotation should be done as and when specified by manufacturer
711
TO GET THE BEST MILEAGE OUT OF THE VEHICLE, YOU SHOULD DRIVE AT A SPEED OF:
* 70-80 KMPH * 30-35 KMPH * 45-55 KMPH * 60-70 KMPH
Correct Answer 45-55 kmph Explanation Always drive at an average speed of 45-55 kmph in top gear, if road condition permits. Running too fast or too slow, will increase fuel consumption.
712
YOU CAN SAVE FUEL BY REGULAR
* WASHING OF THE VEHICLE
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * TUNING OF THE VEHICLE * POLISHING OF THE VEHICLE * ALL OF THE ABOVE Tuning of the vehicle. Explanation Always keep the vehicle properly tuned up to get maximum fuel efficiency. Tuning means clean spark plugs(in case of petrol & cng vehicles), adjustment of r.p.m. and ignition timing/FIP timing, clean air filter and proper tyre pressure.
713
INCORRECT GEAR SHIFTING MAY LEAD TO
* HIGHER FUEL CONSUMPTION * LOWER FUEL CONSUMPTION * NORMAL FUEL CONSUMPTION * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Higher fuel consumption Explanation Incorrect gear shifting lead to loss of fuel unnecessary. When the road condition permits, run the vehicle in top gear to get benefit of overdrive provided in top gears. Low gears should only be used for getting the vehicle into motion and the higher gear should be shifted into as soon as speed of the vehicle would allow smooth operation of engine in that gear.
714
HOW WILL YOU WARM UP THE VEHICLE AFTER IT HAS BEEN PARKED FOR TOO LONG?
* ACCELERATE WHILE IDLING * USE THE CHOKE LONGER THAN NECESSARY * DRIVE IN LOW GEAR TILL THE ENGINE WARMS UP * REACH THE TOP GEAR AS SOON AS YOU TAKE OFF
Correct Answer Drive in low gear till the engine warms up Explanation During cold starting, engine requires rich fuel mixture till it gets warm. To further increase the temperature of the engine so that it does not misfire, you should drive in low gear. Driving in low gear enables rich mixture to enter the engine which helps in bringing the engine to normal working temperature .
715
WHAT IS THE BEST METHOD TO DRIVE YOUR VEHICLE FOR GOOD FUEL EFFICIENCY?
* USE BRAKES FREQUENTLY * WHILE BRAKING, ANTICIPATE STOPS * SLAM ON THE BRAKES
Correct Answer While braking, anticipate stops Explanation

Sl.No Question * DO NOT SYNCHRONISE THE GEAR AND ACCELERATOR 716 HOW DOES BRAKE BINDING AFFECT FUEL EFFICIENCY? Avoid unnecessary braking. Keep the car speed very well planned and anticipate stops to avoid harsh braking.
* WHEELS DO NOT ROTATE FREELY * IT RESTRICTS WHEEL ROTATION * ENGINE CONSUMES MORE FUEL IN ORDER TO OVERCOME RESISTANCE * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Brake binding is one of the reasons generally overlooked. Immediately after your journey touch the wheel rim, if it is warm it is okay, if it is hot, brakes are binding. Brake drag not only put extra load on engine resulting in high fuel consumption but can also be a reason for accident, due to poor brakes.
717
WHAT IS MEANT BY CLUTCH RIDING?
* KEEPING YOUR FOOT ON THE CLUTCH WHILE DRIVING * NOT USING THE CLUTCH WHILE CHANGING GEAR * KEEPING YOUR FOOT OFF THE CLUTCH WHILE DRIVING * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Keeping your foot on the clutch while driving. Explanation Some of the drivers are in habit of keeping their foot on clutch pedal. This is known as clutch riding. It is a bad habit even if you rest your foot on clutch pedal, it will result in slippage of clutch resulting in more fuel consumption, premature wear and tear of clutch plate and overheating of engine.
718
HOW SHOULD YOU STOP WHEN GOING UP THE GRADIENT?
* USING CLUTCH & FOOTBRAKE * USING ONLY GEARS * SWITHING OFF THE ENGINE
Correct Answer Use the hand brake Explanation

Sl.No Question * USING THE HAND BRAKE The hand brake is a supplement to the foot brake and is used while stopping and starting on a slope. Contrary to the foot brake that is used to slow down or stop a moving vehicle, the handbrake is used to secure the stationary vehicle from movement.
719
WHICH OF THESE MAY AFFECT FUEL EFFICIENCY ADVERSLY?
* CLEAN AIR FILTER * HUMIDITY IN THE ATMOSPHERE * CHOKED AIR FILTER * REGULAR CLEANING OF THE AIR FILTER
Correct Answer Choked air filter Explanation When the air cleaner becomes clogged with dust, there will be restricted flow of fresh air to engine, thus fuel consumption will increase.
720
UNDER INFLATED TYRES AFFECT
* LIFE OF THE ENGINE * FUEL EFFICIENCY * LIFE OF THE TYRE * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Underinflated tyres lead to decrease in life of tyres. In case of underinflated tyre, its shoulder will bulge out, later on causing crack in the shoulder and it will wear at corners. The function of tyres is to carry load of the vehicle. Truly speaking, the compressed air in the tyre tube carries the weight of the vehicle and load in it. If the air is less it will affect the fuel efficiency and life of the engine.
721
IF THE BATTERY OF YOUR VEHICLE GETS OVERCHARGED, WHAT COULD BE DEFECTIVE?
* ENGINE * BATTERY * STARTER
Correct Answer Alternator. Explanation

Sl.No * ALTERNATOR Question If the battery is being overcharged, there may be fault in the voltage regulator of the alternator. The function of voltage regulator is to cut off the supply of current to the battery when it is fully charged. If the voltage regulator is faulty it will not stop the current flow to the battery and the battery will get overcharged.
722
WHY IS WHEEL ROTATION NECESSARY?
* IT INCREASES THE LIFE OF TYRES * IT DECREASES THE LIFE OF THE TYRES * IT LEADS TO BALDING OF TYRES * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer It increases the life of the tyre. Explanation To avoid unbalanced wear of tyres always rotate the wheels by changing their fitting position after every 5,000 kms. This increases the life of tyres.
723
IF THE VEHICLE DOESN'T START IN ONE GO,AND YOU TRY STARTING THE VEHICLE AGAIN & AGAIN, WHAT GETS AFFECTED?
* ALTERNATOR * BATTERY * AC COMPRESSOR * IGNITION SYSTEM
Correct Answer Battery Explanation Whenever we self start the engine, a large amount of electrical energy starts flowing from the battery to the starter motor. If the engine does not start and we continuously crank the engine, all the current flows from the battery resulting in discharging of the battery. Never crank the engine for more than 5 secs.
724
WHAT WILL HAPPEN WHEN THE RADIATOR CAP IS DEFECTIVE?
* ENGINE OVERHEATING * ENGINE MISSING * CHOKED RADIATOR * ENGINE SEIZE
Correct Answer Engine overheating Explanation If the radiator cap is defective, the pressure and vacuum valve will not work properly. This results in overheating of engine.

Sl.No 725 Question FUNCTION OF A/C IS
* TO COOL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT. * DEHUMIDIFY AIR * HUMIDIFY AIR * BOTH A AND B
Correct Answer Both a and b Explanation The function of A/C is to absorb moisture in the vehicles cabin so as to decrease the humidity level. As also it cools the air present in the cabin to bring cooling effect to the passengers.
726
OVERDRIVE IS USUALLY ASSOCIATED WITH
* FIRST & SECOND GEAR. * SECOND AND THIRD GEAR. * REVERSE AND FIRST * FOURTH / FIFTH GEAR
Correct Answer FOURTH / FIFTH GEAR Explanation At intermediate and high vehicle speeds, it is sometimes desirable to have the transmission output shaft turn faster than the clutch gear and engine crankshaft. Therefore, some transmissions are designed with gears that provide an overdrive ratio. A transmission is in overdrive when the transmission output shaft is turning faster than the transmission input shaft, or clutch gear.
727
NYLON TYRES GENERATE EXCESSIVE HEAT WHEN USED ON HIGHWAYS & RESULT IN TYRE BURST.
* FALSE * TRUE * *
Correct Answer False Explanation Heating of tyres is mainly due to overspeeding, overloading or low depth of the tread of the tyre, but driving within safe speed limits will not result in tyre burst.
728
WHAT SHOULD YOU NOT DO, TO INCREASE TYRE LIFE?

Sl.No Question * DRIVE OVER POT HOLES * BRAKE OR STOP SUDDENLY * USE OLD OR REPAIRED TUBES FOR NEW TYRES * ALL OF THE ABOVE Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Life of tyre depends basically on the care you take. 1.Never overload the vehicle 2.Place the luggage in the centre 3.Keep tyres properly inflated. 4.Avoid fast running on rough roads. 5.Avoid use of harsh brakes. 6.Do not use old tubes and tyres with less tread.
729
IDLING FOR TOO LONG RESULTS IN
* DECREASED FUEL CONSUMPTION * AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION * INCREASED ENGINE LIFE * INCREASED FUEL CONSUMPTION
Correct Answer Increased fuel consumption. Explanation Idling for too long wastes the precious fuel, as the mechanical energy developed by engine is not being converted into any useful work. This increases fuel consumption.
730
WHICH TYPE OF ENGINE OIL CAN CAUSE INCREASE IN FUEL CONSUMPTION?
* OIL HAVING HIGHER VISCOSITY THAN RECOMMENDED * USING OIL OTHER THAN THAT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER * USING THE ENGINE OIL FOR LONGER DURATION THAN RECOMMENDED * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Always change engine oil as specified by manufacturer. Never take loose oil. It can be reclaimed oil with poor lubricating qualities.
731
WHICH OF THESE CAN ADVERSELY AFFECT FUEL EFFICIENCY?
* OVERLOADING * UNDERLOADING * LOADING AS PER THE CAPACITY OF THE VEHICLE
Correct Answer Overloading. Explanation

Sl.No * ALL OF THE ABOVE Question Overloading of the vehicle means piston has to overwork than its specified capacity. This results in wear and tear of piston, piston rings and cylinder. This decreases the compression in cylinder and results in higher fuel consumption.
732
IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE BETTER FUEL EFFICIENCY, YOU SHOULD
* HAVE THE VEHICLE SERVICED AT REGULAR INTERVALS * PLAN YOUR ROUTE * USE RECOMMENDED GRADE OF OIL * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Tips on better fuel efficiency are 1.Always plan your journey and avoid congested route. 2.Have the vehicle serviced for changing engine oil and tuning of engine every 5000 kms or as specified. 3.Always use engine oil which is specified by manufacturer.
733
HOW OFTEN SHOULD YOU GET THE VEHICLE SERVICED?
* EVERY 5000 KMS * EVERY 10000 KMS * EVERY 15000 KMS * AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER
Correct Answer As recommended by the manufacturer. Explanation Frequency of servicing of vehicle varies according to the model and manufacturer of the vehicle. Always refer to the service manual for free and paid services.
734
HOW SHOULD YOU DRIVE THE VEHICLE WHEN NEW TYRES HAVE JUST BEEN FITTED?
* AS NORMAL * VERY FAST * VERY SLOWLY * CAREFULLY
Correct Answer Carefully. Explanation As vehicle with new tyres have smooth surface . They are more prone to skidding in the event of emergency braking. Drive the vehicle with new tyres carefully so that the tyres can become rough and a good contact is established between road and the tyre.

Sl.No 735 Question THERE IS VIBRATION ON YOUR STEERING WHEEL AS YOU DRIVE. WHAT IS THE PROBABLE CAUSE?
* LOW LEVEL OF ENGINE OIL. * LOW LEVEL OF COOLANT. * UNBALANCED WHEELS. * BALDING OF TYRES.
Correct Answer Unbalanced wheels. Explanation Unbalanced wheels are due to unbalanced forces acting on the wheel. This results in tyre wobbling and jerks. These jerks are transmitted from the wheels through the tie rod to the steering. This results in vibration of the steering wheel.
736
YOUR VEHICLE PULLS TO ONE SIDE WHEN BRAKING. WHY?
* BRAKES INEFFECTIVE AND NOT PROPERLY ADJUSTED. * LOW LEVEL OF BRAKE FLUID. * LEAKAGE OF BRAKE FLUID. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Brakes ineffective and not properly adjusted. Explanation Vehicle pulls to one side. This can be due to 1.Grease or oil on brake linings. 2.Tyre not properly inflated. 3.Loose bearing etc.
737
LEADED PETROL MUST NOT BE USED IN VEHICLES FITTED WITH A CATALYTIC CONVERTER BECAUSE
* IT IMPROVES ENGINE LIFE. * IT IMPROVES FUEL EFFICIENCY. * IT DECREASES EMMISSIONS. * LEADED PETROL CAN DAMAGE THE CATALYTIC CONVERTER
Correct Answer Leaded petrol can damage the catalytic converter. Explanation The leaded petrol can react with the catalysts present in the catalytic converter and choke the system. Therefore unleaded petrol should be used in the vehicles fitted with catalytic converter.
738
YOU ARE DRIVING IN FALLING SNOW AND THE WIPERS ARE NOT CLEARING THE WIND SCREEN. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO?
* BE PREPARED TO CLEAR THE WIND SCREEN YOURSELF.
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * SWITCH ON THE DEFROSTER. * SWITCH ON THE A/C. * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Be prepared to clear the wind screen yourself. Explanation Before you set off you should ensure that you can see clearly through all windows. Dont be lazy and just rely on the wipers to clear the front and rear, this will leave dangerous blind spots. If you need to, pull up safely and clear the windscreen yourself.
739
WHEN MAY A DRIVER LEND HIS DRIVING LICENCE TO ANOTHER PERSON?
* FOR DRIVING LESSONS. * AT NO TIME. * FOR IDENTIFICATION ONLY. * IF THE PERSON IS WELL KNOWN TO HIM.
Correct Answer At no time. Explanation It is illegal to lend your driving licence to another person as it may invite punishment or fine from the government authority.
740
IF YOUR VEHICLE HITS A PEDESTRIAN YOU SHOULD
* IDENTIFY YOURSELF AND LEAVE. * HELP THE PERSON AND CALL AN AMBULANCE. * HELP THE INJURED PERSON, IDENTIFY YOURSELF AND THEN REPORT TO THE POLICE. * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Help the injured person, identify yourself and then report to the police. Explanation As a responsible driver you should help the injured person by giving him first aid and calling ambulance so as to give him medical aid as soon as possible.
741
STICKERS, POSTERS AND OTHER NON-OFFICIAL ITEMS MAY NOT BE PLACED ON THE WINDSHIELD OF AN AUTOMOBILE BECAUSE :-
* IT IS UNLAWFUL TO ADVERTISE IN THIS WAY. * THEY OBSTRUCT THE DRIVER'S VISION. * OTHER DRIVERS CANNOT SEE YOU. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer They obstruct the driver's vision. Explanation Not only stickers, posters and other nonofficial items pasted on the windshield obstruct the drivers vision but also restrict his view at the corners. This may result in an accident.

Sl.No 742 Question A PERSON HAVING DRIVING LICENCE SUSPENDED OR CANCELLED MAY
* DRIVE IN AN EMERGENCY. * DRIVE ONLY WHEN A VALID DRIVING LICENCE HOLDER IS WITH HIM. * NOT DRIVE UNDER ANY CONDITIONS. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Not drive under any conditions. Explanation A suspended or cancelled licence is invalid according to the motor vehicle Act . Driving with such kind of licence is an offence.
743
IF A PERSON'S DRIVING LICENCE VALIDITY PERIOD IS OVER, HE CAN DRIVE WITHOUT RENEWAL OF MOTOR DRIVING LICENCE FOR
* TEN DAYS. * TWENTY DAYS. * ZERO DAYS. * TWENTY FIVE DAYS.
Correct Answer Zero days. Explanation A person cannot drive a motor vehicle after expiry of the licence. He will be fined under section 3/181.
744
ANY PERSON MAY HOLD
* MAXIMUM 3 LICENCES AT A TIME, ONE FOR EACH CLASS. * ONLY ONE LICENCE. * ANY NUMBER OF LICENCES HOWEVER EACH LICENCE MUST AUTHORISE ONLY ONE CLASS OF MOTOR VEHICLE FOR DRIVING. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Only one licence. Explanation
A person is eligible to hold only one licence except the fact that he can have endorsement of different category of motor vehicles in the same licence.
745
LENDING OF A MOTOR VEHICLE TO A PERSON FOR DRIVING, WHO IS NOT HOLDING A VALID LICENCE IS :-
* NOT AN OFFENCE SINCE THE BORROWER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE. * A SERIOUS OFFENCE.
Correct Answer A serious offence.
* AN OFFENCE ONLY WHEN VEHICLE IS INVOLVED IN Explanation AN ACCIDENT.

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Allowing unauthorised person to drive your vehicle is an offence under section 5/180 M.V. Act 1988.
746
FITTING EXTRA LIGHTS ON THE VEHICLE, OTHER THAN THE STANDARD LIGHTS:-
* NEEDS NO PERMISSION OF THE AUTHORITIES IF THE LIGHTS HELP TO ILLUMINATE THE ROAD AND REDUCE ACCIDENTS. * ARE AS PER THE LAW ONLY IF THE LIGHTS ARE FITTED AT THE BOTTOM PART OF THE VEHICLE. * ARE NOT AS PER THE LAW, UNLESS AUTHORISED SPECIFICALLY BY THE AUTHORITIES. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer
Are not as per the law, unless authorised specifically by the authorities. Explanation Use of coloured or extra lights on motor vehicle is an offence under section 97 (2)/177 DMVR. The fine is Rs.100/-
747
DRIVING A VEHICLE HAVING POLLUTION VALUES ABOVE THE LIMIT SPECIFIED BY THE LAW:-
* IS PERMITTED ONLY IN EMERGENCY. * IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE LAW. * IS LIABLE FOR A STRICT WARNING FROM AUTHORITIES. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Is an offence under the law. Explanation Driving a vehicle emitting polluted gases above the specified limit under the law is an offence under section 115(7)/190(2) and the minimum fine is Rs.1000/-
748
FITMENT OF A MULTITONED HORN TO A MOTOR VEHICLE:-
* IS PERMITTED ONLY IN EMERGENCY. * IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE LAW AS IT CAUSES NOISE POLLUTION. * IS LIABLE FOR A STRICT WARNING FROM AUTHORITIES. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Is an offence under the law as it causes noise pollution. Explanation Blowing of multi toned or pressure horn is an offence under section 96(1)/177 DMVR and the minimum fine is Rs.100/-
749
HOW TO MANAGE A PATIENT WHO IS UNCONSCIOUS ?
* ENSURE FREE SUPPLY OF AIR
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * LOOSEN CLOTHINGCHEST AND WAIST. * IF WEATHER IS COLD, WRAP BLANKETS AROUND THE BODY. * ALL OF THE ABOVE. All of the Above Explanation Any interference with the normal functioning of the brain and the nerves brings about loss of sensibility or unconsciousness. An unconscious state indicates not only that there might be some disease or injury of the brain but serious injuries and diseases elsewhere in the body.
750
BLEEDING CAN BE CONTROLLED BY
* APPLYING ICE * PRESSING THE POINT OF BLEEDING WITH PALMS * TIGHTENING THE POINT WITH CLEAN CLOTH * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation External pressure helps in clot formation readily. Ice causes constriction of blood vessels thereby occluding the cut end of the vessel.
751
THE AIM OF FIRST AID IS
* TO SAVE LIFE. * TO PROMOTE RECOVERY.
* TO PREVENT WORSENING OF VICTIM'S CONDITION. Explanation * ALL OF THE ABOVE. The aim of first aid is to stabilize the worsening condition before he or she gets proper medical institutional attention.
752
HOW WOULD YOU REMOVE THE CLOTHING OF AN INJURED PATIENT?
* STRIP THE PATIENT * DESTROY CLOTHING * CUT THE CLOTHING THROUGH THE SEAM
Correct Answer Cut the clothing through the seam Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. It is not necessary to strip the patient for diagnosis or treatment. It is, however, often necessary to expose the injuries to diagnose and treat them properly. This should be done with the minimum disturbance to the patient. Do not destroy clothing. Where it has to be cut, do this carefully through the seam if possible.
753
THE AVERAGE ADULT HAS A PULSE RATE OF APPROX.
* 40 PER MINUTE. * 70 PER MINUTE. * 120 PER MINUTE. * 20 PER MINUTE.
Correct Answer 70 per minute. Explanation Pulse rates represents the rate of contraction of heart per minute i.e. heart beat. Normal range being 60-90 per minute.
754
WHAT IS THE QUANTITY OF BLOOD IN HUMAN BODY?
* 5-6 LITRES. * 2-3 LITRES. * 8-10 LITRES. * NONE OF THE ABOVE. 755 DRESSING IS A PROTECTIVE COVERING APPLIED TO A WOUND TO
Correct Answer 5-6 litre. Explanation Average quantity of blood in human body is 70-80 ml per kg body weight.
* PREVENT INFECTION. * ABSORB DISCHARGE. * CONTROL BLEEDING. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Dressing offers a protection against harmful external germs and it also absorbs the pus , debris and fluid.
756
SUFFOCATION (ASPHYXIA) CAN BE DUE TO
* FOOD GOING DOWN THE WRONG WAY ( INTO AIR PASSAGE).
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * MASS OF FOREIGN BODY LIKE ARTIFICIAL TEETH IN AIR PASSAGE. * WATER GETTING IN THE AIR PASSAGE. * ALL ARE CORRECT. All are correct. Explanation Suffocation means obstruction in the free flow of air while breathing which is necessary for oxygen supply.
757
SIGNS OF SUFFOCATION ARE
* VIOLENT COUGH * BREATHLESSNESS. * TEARS * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation In this state, body tries to overcome the obstruction which results in violent cough and difficulty in breathing and stress resulting in tears.
758
THE AIMS OF FIRST AID IN CASE OF FRACTURE ARE ALL EXCEPT
* TO PREVENT FURTHER DAMAGE. * TO REDUCE PAIN. * TO MAKE THE PATIENT COMFORTABLE. * TO APPLY PLASTER/SLAB.
Correct Answer To apply plaster/slab. Explanation Applying plaster or slab is a clinical procedure which is carried out after performing X-ray of that organ under expert hand.
759
WHAT IS/ARE THE MAIN AIM (S) OF THE FIRST AID?
* TO SAVE LIFE * TO PROMOTE RECOVERY * TO PREVENT WORSENING OF THE CASUALTY'S CONDTION * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation First Aid is based on scientific medicine and surgery. It is skilled assistance. The first aider should observe carefully, think clearly and act quickly.
760
THE TYPE OF ELECTRICAL CURRENT NEEDED TO CHARGE A BATTERY IS

Sl.No Question * ALTERNATING CURRENT * DIRECT CURRENT. * BOTH * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Correct Answer Direct current. Explanation A battery generates D.C. current after a chemical reaction takes place in it. Therefore it needs D.C. current for its charging which is supplied by the alternator. Note: Alternator actually generates AC current which is converted into DC current with the help of inbuilt rectifiers in it.
761
TROUBLE IN CATALYTIC CONVERTER IS INDICATED BY
* HIGH CO AND HC LEVEL. * HIGH RPM. * INEFFICIENT BRAKING. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer High CO and HC level. Explanation Catalytic converters are designed to reduce toxic emissions by up to 90%. If the percentage of emissions like CO and HC are high, it means that it may be due to damaged/chocked catalytic converter
762
ENGINE OVERHEATING IS A RESULT OF
* DISCHARGED BATTERY. * AIR IN THE BRAKE SYSTEM. * CHOKED RADIATOR. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Choked radiator. Explanation Engine overheating is mainly due to improper circulation of coolant in the cooling system. If the radiator gets choked due to rusting or dirt, it will not supply coolant to the engine resulting in overheating of engine. Overheating can also be caused by: 1. Defective themostat valve. 2. Coolant leakage. 3. Defective water pump. 4. Rusted Engine block. 5. Loose fan belt. etc.
763
A LOOSE BATTERY CLAMP COULD CAUSE
* AN OVERCHARGED BATTERY.
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * A RUN DOWN BATTERY. * SHORT CIRCUIT. * NONE OF THE ABOVE. A run down battery. Explanation A loose battery clamp can make the terminal loose. This will result in alternator not charging the battery. Therefore the battery will get discharged. Keep the battery firmly clamped in its cradle.
764
THE RADIATOR CAP CONSIST OF TWO VALVES, NAMELY
* PRESSURE VALVE AND VACUUM VALVE. * THERMOSTAT VALVE AND RELIEF VALVE. * THERMOSTAT VALVE AND VACUUM VALVE. * NONE OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer Pressure valve and vacuum valve. Explanation There are two valves in the radiator cap, namely , pressure valve and vacuum valve. When the coolant level increases in the radiator, pressure builds up and opens the pressure valve so that extra coolant flows into the reservoir. When the engine is cooled, pressure drops and vacuum develops in the system. In this case vacuum valve opens allowing coolant to get into the radiator through the overflow tube.
765
THE PURPOSE OF TYRE IS TO
* ABSORB MOST OF THE SHOCK. * PROVIDE GOOD GRIPPING TO THE ROAD. * PROVIDE GOOD ACCELERATION. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation The function of tyre is to 1.Carry the load of the vehicle. 2.Absorb most of the shocks and dampen vibrations. 3.The treads made on the tyre grip the road.
766
ALCOHOL ON LONG TERM USE CAN LEAD TO
* CIRRHOSIS OF LIVER * PEPTIC ULCER. * IRRITABILITY
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation

Sl.No * ALL OF THE ABOVE Question Prolonged alcohol consumption leads to contraction of liver and break in the continuity of innermost layer of stomach .
767
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING CONTAINS LEAST AMOUNT OF ETHYL ALCOHOL?
* RUM * WHISKY * BEER * BRANDY
Correct Answer Beer. Explanation Beer contains 5%-8% of ethyl alcohol and it is one of the frequently consumed beverages.
768
ALCOHOL MAY RESULT IN
* IRRITABILITY * LOOSE TEMPER * ANGER * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Alcohol adversely affects the functioning of brain. It results in loss of control over emotions and temper.
769
WHO ARE MORE OFTEN INVOLVED IN ACCIDENTS DUE TO DRINKING?
* MEN * WOMEN * CHILDREN * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Women Explanation Women easily lose control on themselves after consuming alcohol and are more prone to accidents while driving.
770
WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ORGANS IS ONE OF THE FIRST TO BE AFFECTED BY ALCOHOL?
* STOMACH * LIVER * BRAIN
Correct Answer Brain Explanation

Sl.No * HEART Question The functions of the brain to be earliest affected are decision making and self control.
771
ALCOHOL AFFECTS
* DECISION MAKING * SELF CONTROL * THINKING * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Brain has a control over all the functions of the body and when it is influenced by alcohol then it results in imbalance functioning of the body.
772
CONSEQUENCES OF LIVER CONTRACTION AFTER PROLONGED USE OF ALCOHOL ARE:
* BLOODY DIARRHOEA * VOMITTING OF BLOOD * BOTH * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer Both Explanation The blood filled enlarged and tensed vessels get ruptured resulting in bloody stools and vomiting of blood.
773
EFFECTS OF ALCOHOLISM ARE
* DRIVING VERY FAST * REDUCED ABILITY TO COPE WITH EMERGENCIES * REDUCED ALERTNESS * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Alcoholism not only induces over confidence but also reduces the decision making and ability to tackle the anticipatory emergencies.
774
THE EFFECT OF ONE PEG OF WINE REMAINS IN THE BODY FOR
* 4 HOURS * 8 HOURS * 2 HOURS
Correct Answer 4 hours Explanation

Sl.No * 12 HOURS Question One peg of wine is about 60-70 ml and the effect of which remains in the body for four hours .This will influence the brain functions.
775
ALCOHOL MAY RESULT IN
* HOSTILE BEHAVIOUR * INDECISION * VIOLENT BEHAVIOUR * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Alcoholism leads to loss of all inhibitions in a man which makes him violent and hostile. Also it affects decision making.
776
LONG TERM IMPACTS OF ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION ARE
* BURNING SENSATION IN THE STOMACH * ULCER IN THE STOMACH * CANCER OF THE STOMACH * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Prolonged use of alcohol leads to breaking of inner layer of stomach i.e. ulceration in the stomach and if these ulcers are not taken care of, it may convert into cancer of the stomach.
777
ALCOHOL MAY AFFECT ADVERSELY BY
* REDUCING ALERTNESS * AFFECTING VISION * LOSS OF DECISION MAKING * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above Explanation Alcohol consumption adversely affects the functioning of brain which are essential for performing the movements and functioning of the body such as decision making, alertness, vision etc.
778
PROLONGED USE OF ALCOHOL MAY CAUSE
* SKIN DISEASES
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * BLURRING OF VISION * BURNING SENSATION IN THE CHEST * ALL OF THE ABOVE All of the above Explanation Alcohol consumption leads to reflux of acid of the stomach in the food pipe which leads to burning sensation in the chest and also there is increased acidity in the stomach.
779
AT WHAT SPEED CAN HYDROPLANING OCCUR
* AT 15 KMPH. * AT 30 KMPH. * AT 50 KMPH. * AT 65 KMPH.
Correct Answer At 30 kmph. Explanation If hydroplaning occurs, the steering of the vehicle becomes free and the front tyres stop rotating and start slipping. To prevent hydroplaning drive slowly if the road ahead of you has stationary logged water and also stop acceleration.
780
WHAT ARE THE SYMPTOMS OF A DRUNK DRIVER?
* WEAVING BETWEEN LANES. * DRIVING SLOWER THAN THE NORMAL TRAFFIC FLOW. * QUICK AND SUDDEN STOPS. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Alcohol is a depressant that slows down the mental processes. It makes you less alert and at the same time gives you a strong but false sense of confidence.
781
ALCOHOL IS
* A STIMULANT. * A DEPRESSANT. * A PAIN RELIEVER. * AN ANTIHISTAMINE.
Correct Answer A depressant. Explanation Alcoholism depresses the mental functions thereby leading to sluggishness and slowing of the movements.

Sl.No 782 Question WHAT FACTOR(S) DETERMINE A PERSON'S BLOOD ALCOHOL CONTENT (BAC)?
* HOW MUCH ALCOHOL YOU DRINK. * HOW FAST YOU DRINK. * HOW MUCH YOU WEIGH. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation After consuming an alcoholic beverage, your blood alcohol concentration (BAC) will begin to increase. While your body weight makes some difference, no one is immune to the effects of alcohol. BAC is determined by four factors: quantity, body weight, time and amount of food taken before or while you are drinking.
783
IF A COLLISION IS UNAVOIDABLE, YOU SHOULD:
* CHOOSE TO HIT SOMETHING THAT'S STANDING Correct Answer STILL RATHER THAN SOMETHING MOVING TOWARDS YOU. * IF YOU HAVE TO HIT ANYTHING, TRY TO MAKE IT A All of the above. GLANCING BLOW OR A SIDESWIPE. * CHOOSE TO HIT SOMETHING THAT WILL GIVE WAY Explanation RATHER THAN SOMETHING THAT'S RIGID. * Any OF THE ABOVE. In case a collision is unavoidable, the driver should steer into the direction where maximum amount of impact is absorbed by the body of the vehicle and not transmitted to the people inside. Also a head on collision can be converted into a side collision by sideswipe to minimise impact of collision.
784
MATCH THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE WITH EVENT "HOLD THE STEERING WHEEL TIGHTLY . TAKE YOUR FOOT OFF THE ACCELERATOR AND BRAKE LIGHTLY. PULL OFF THE ROAD IF POSSIBLE". * A BRAKE FAILURE. * JAMMED ACCELERATOR PEDAL. * DRIVING OFF THE PAVEMENT. * TYRE BLOWOUT. Correct Answer Tyre blowout. Explanation Blow out is the sudden bursting or collapsing of tyre. In the rear tyre blow out, hold the steering wheel firmly and keep on straight course. Pump the brakes but do not brake hard. In front tyre blow out, brake lightly and keep both hands tightly on steering wheel to make the vehicle go straight.

Sl.No 785 Question SPEED LIMIT SIGNS INDICATE THE MAXIMUM SPEED DURING IDEAL CONDITIONS.
* TRUE. * FALSE. * * 786 INCREASING YOUR SPEED HAS WHAT EFFECT ON STOPPING DISTANCE?
Correct Answer True. Explanation The speed limit sign shows the speed limit that the driver must not exceed.
* NO DIFFERENCE IN STOPPING DISTANCE. * THE MORE THE SPEED THE LESSER THE STOPPING DISTANCE * THE MORE THE SPEED THE MORE THE STOPPING DISTANCE * NONE OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer The more the speed the more the stopping distance Explanation Before a vehicle actually stops, it covers a reaction distance and a braking distance. Higher the speed, more will be the braking distance (so the stopping distance) & viceversa.
787
PERCEPTION DISTANCE IS :
* THE DISTANCE TRAVELLED FROM THE TIME YOUR BRAIN TELLS YOUR FOOT TO MOVE FROM THE ACCELERATOR UNTIL YOUR FOOT IS ACTUALLY PUSHING THE BRAKE PEDAL. * THE DISTANCE TRAVELLED FROM THE TIME YOUR EYES SEE A HAZARD UNTIL THE TIME YOUR BRAIN RECOGNIZES THE HAZARD. * THE DISTANCE IT TAKES TO STOP ONCE THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED. * THE DISTANCE YOU TRAVEL FROM THE TIME YOU PERCEIVE A HAZARD UNTIL THE VEHICLE STOPS.
Correct Answer
The distance travelled from the time your eyes see a hazard until the time your brain recognizes the hazards. Explanation Perception distance is the distance travelled from the time your eyes see a hazard and send the signal to your brain which senses the danger or potential hazard by reacting to it.
788
IF THE CHARGING LIGHT REMAINS ON AFTER STARTING THE VEHICLE, IT INDICATES
* ENGINE OIL PRESSURE IS LOW.
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * ALTERNATOR IS NOT WORKING PROPERLY. * ENGINE IS OVERHEATING. * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Alternator is not working properly. Explanation If the battery charging light is on after starting the vehicle, it means that the battery is not getting current from the alternator for charging itself. This may be due to malfunctioning of the alternator.
789
WHILE STARTING WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING THINGS SHOULD BE DONE
* GEAR SHOULD BE IN NEUTRAL. * PARKING BRAKE SHOULD BE ON. * CLUTCH PEDAL SHOULD BE DEPRESSED. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Starting the car safely requires some precautionary things to be kept in mind 1.Feel the gear and bring it in neutral. 2.Depress the clutch pedal so as to put less load on the self starter.
790
WHILE STARTING YOUR CAR THE ENGINE STALLS. WHAT COULD BE THE REASON(S) ?
* WRONG GEAR SELECTION. * IMPROPER CO-ORDINATION BETWEEN ACCELERATOR AND CLUTCH. * PARKING BRAKE ON. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Starting your car needs some skill. At first you engage the lowest gear then bring down the hand/parking brake and then release the clutch in synchronization with the accelerator. If you do not follow these points it may result in stalling of your engine.
791
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF TACHOMETER IN A CAR?
* TO SHOW THE ENGINE RPM. * TO MEASURE THE EXACT DISTANCE OF A TRIP. * TO SHOW THE TYRE PRESSURE.
Correct Answer To show the engine RPM. Explanation

Sl.No Question * NONE OF THE ABOVE. Tachometer is now installed in most modern cars. This meter indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). This indication supports you in planning correct gear selections for economic fuel consumption. The tachometer indicates the maximum safe rpm of the engine.
792
IN ORDER TO KEEP FROM GETTING ANGRY OR UPSET WHILE DRIVING, YOU SHOULD
* PLAN YOUR ROUTE AHEAD OF TIME TO AVOID TRAFFIC. * ANALYZE STRESSFUL DRIVING SITUATIONS AND PLAN HOW YOU WILL REACT NEXT TIME YOU ENCOUNTER THEM. * ALLOW YOURSELF PLENTY OF TIME TO REACH YOUR DESTINATION. * ALL OF THE ABOVE.
Explanation A driver should always be in a good health and state of mind, before attempting to drive. If you are driving a long distance, plan your journey time carefully with stops enroute. Anger, sorrow, stress or simply being upset, also affect your driving ability. Make sure you are relaxed, fit and alert whenever you drive.
793
CONSUMING ONE GLASS OF BEER BEFORE DRIVING IS
* NEVER A PROBLEM; THERE IS NOT MUCH ALCOHOL Correct Answer IN ONE GLASS OF BEER. * OK IF YOU HAVE A CUP OF COFFEE AS WELL. * PROBLEMATIC FOR SOME PEOPLE AND CAN CAUSE IMPAIRMENT. * OK IF YOU HAVE EATEN A LARGE MEAL. Problematic for some people and can cause impairment. Explanation Drinking alcohol reduces the ability to drive safely. Sometimes drinking only one glass of beer can impair your mental process according to your capacity to consume alcohol.
794
IF YOU HAVE A CLOSE CALL AND ALMOST GET INTO AN ACCIDENT, YOU SHOULD:
* THINK ABOUT HOW YOU CAN DRIVE MORE SAFELY SO IT DOESN'T HAPPEN AGAIN. * AVOID THAT SITUATION IN THE FUTURE. * DO NOT BOTHER ABOUT IT; REMEMBER THAT OTHER DRIVERS ARE USUALLY TO BLAME.
Correct Answer Think about how you can drive more safely so it doesn't happen again. Explanation

Sl.No Question * PAT YOURSELF ON THE BACK FOR NOT GETTING INVOLVED IN THE ACCIDENT. Learning from your driving experiences always gives you the confidence while driving. Learning from your mistakes help you to avoid accidents in future.
795
USING MORE THAN ONE PARKING SPOT IS
* EXPECTED IF YOU HAVE A NICE CAR.
Correct Answer
* SOMETHING THAT MAY ENCOURAGE AGGRESSION Something that may encourage IN OTHER DRIVERS. aggression in other drivers. * ACCEPTABLE IF THERE AREN'T MANY OTHER CARS IN THE PARKING LOT. * ONE WAY OF PROTECTING YOUR CAR. Explanation Always use one parking slot per car. It will not only enable other drivers to park their car easily but it will also become easy for you to move away from the parking slot.
796
WHAT IS THE CAUSE OF WHEEL WOBBLING?
* BEND RIM * WORN OUT TYRES * WHEEL IS UNBALANCED * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation Wheel wobbling is due to front wheels not balanced, bulge in tyres and worn steering parts. Seek garage assistance to rectify this problem.
797
CAN WE USE BOTH RADIAL & BIAS TYRE ON THE SAME VEHICLE?
* YES. * NO. * YES, BUT NOT ON THE SAME AXLE. * ALL THE ABOVE ARE CORRECT.
Correct Answer Yes, but not on the same axle. Explanation Using different types of tyre on the same axle may unbalance the vehicle and reduce the grip of tyres on road.
798
WHICH OF THESE SHOULD YOU DO WHEN PASSING SHEEP ON A ROAD?
* DRIVE VERY SLOWLY. * ALLOW PLENTY OF ROOM.

Sl.No Question * BE READY TO STOP. * ALL OF THE ABOVE. Explanation If you see animals on the road ahead slow down and be ready to stop. Animals are easily frightened by 1.Noise 2.Vehicles passing too close to them. Stop if signaled to do so by the person in charge. Switch off your engine if the animals are taking a long time to clear the road.
799
AT ROADWORKS MOTORCYCLISTS MIGHT SWERVE TO AVOID POTHOLES. YOU SHOULD
* GIVE THEM EXTRA ROOM. * KEEP ALONGSIDE THEM. * TRY TO PASS THEM. * STAY CLOSE BEHIND THEM.
Correct Answer Give them extra room. Explanation Potholes are more dangerous for two wheeler riders like motorcyclists as the vehicle can easily get unbalanced and overturn. Anticipation of potholes by the motorcyclists is difficult therefore they may swerve instantly. Dont pass riders too closely as this may cause them to lose balance. Always leave as much room as you would for a car, and dont cut in.
800
WHY IS IT NECESSARY TO SHOULDER-CHECK WHEN CHANGING LANES?
* JUST TO BE EXTRA-CAUTIOUS. * NO MATTER HOW YOU ADJUST YOUR MIRRORS, YOU WILL ALWAYS HAVE BLIND SPOTS. * IT STRECHES OUT YOUR NECK WHILE DRIVING. * IT GIVES YOU AN EXCUSE TO CHECK OUT THE PEOPLE IN THE NEXT CAR.
Correct Answer No matter how you adjust your mirrors, you will always have blind spots. Explanation Changing lanes is difficult especially in dense traffic. Using mirrors may help you but you should also shoulder check for the traffic behind you. This will help you anticipate dangers behind you.
801
A SIGN INDICATING THAT SCHOOL CHILDREN MAY BE PRESENT AND THAT IS ACCOMPANIED BY A 30 KM/H SPEED LIMIT MEANS YOU MUST SLOW DOWN TO 30 KM/H AT WHAT TIME?
* ALL THE TIME. * DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS. * BETWEEN 8 AM AND 5 PM ON SCHOOL DAYS.
Correct Answer Between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M. on school days. Explanation

Sl.No Question * BETWEEN 8 AM AND 5 PM MONDAY TO FRIDAY. Generally schools are open between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M. During this time period you may find school children on the roads. Take care for them and always stop your vehicle to give them priority to cross the roads.
802
WHICH OF THESE ROAD USERS IS MOVING IN WRONG LANE?
* A * B * C * D
Correct Answer 1 Explanation As centre lane is for cars, two wheelers & three wheelers but the blue car (A) is moving in left lane so it is moving in wrong lane.
803
WHICH OF THESE ARE TRUE FOR PEDESTRIANS
* PEDESTRIANS ARE TO USE SIDEWALKS WHENEVER Correct Answer THEY ARE SAFELY AVAILABLE * WHEN SIDEWALKS ARE UNAVAILABLE, PEDESTRIANS MUST WALK FACING TRAFFIC * PEDESTRIANS MUST OBEY TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND/OR TRAFFIC OFFICERS * ALL OF THE ABOVE Explanation At crosswalks where there isn't a traffic control signal or officer, pedestrians have the right-of-way.
804
THE RIGHT OF WAY SHOULD BE GIVEN TO
* POLICE VEHICLES * BUSES * EMERGENCY VEHICLES * TWO WHEELERS 805 FOG LAMPS ARE USED
Correct Answer
Explanation Emergency vehicles such as Fire brigade and ambulance must be given right of way.
* AT NIGHT * INSTEAD OF PARKING LIGHTS
Correct Answer

Sl.No * ON HIGHWAYS * WHEN THERE IS MIST Question Explanation Use fog lights if visibility is 100 metres or less, but remember to switch them off when visibility improves.
806
ZEBRA CROSSING IS MEANT FOR
* PEDESTRIANS * EMERGENCY VEHICLES * SLOW MOVING VEHICLES * STOPPING THE VEHICLE
Correct Answer
Explanation A zebra crossing is a type of pedestrian crossing .The crossing is characterised by longitudinal stripes on the road, parallel to the flow of the traffic, alternately white and black. Pedestrians always have right of way on a zebra crossing
807
BOARDING AND ALIGHTING WHILE THE VEHICLE IS IN MOTION
* IS PERMITTED FOR BUSES * IS PROHIBITED FOR ALL TYPES OF VEHICLES * IS PROHIBITED FOR BUSES * IS PERMITTED FOR PASSENGER VEHICLES 808 WHEN REFUELLING IS BEING DONE
Correct Answer
Explanation It can be dangerous and may lead to accident or injury.
* SMOKING IS NOT ALLOWED * ENGINE MUST BE ON * STUDENTS ARE NOT ALLOWED. * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation Smoking while the vehicle is being refuelled can be dangerous and may lead to fire
809
WHICH HAND SIGNAL IS USED FOR 'U' TURN
* LEFT TURN SIGNAL * SLOW DOWN SIGNAL
Correct Answer

Sl.No Question * RIGHT TURN SIGNAL * SPECAL 'U' TURN SIGNAL Explanation There is no separate signal for 'U' turn. The 'right turn' signal should be used for 'U' turn
810
U' TURN IS PROHIBITED ON
* A ROAD WITH A 'NO U TURN' SIGN * A BUSY ROAD * A ROAD WHERE SAFETY MAY BE COMPROMISED * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation U' turn cannot be made at traffic lights, highways, where there is a 'No U turn sign' or if 'U' turn disrupts traffic.
811
MORE THAN TWO PERSONS ON A TWO WHEELER IS
* ALLOWED WHEN TRAFFIC DENSITY IS LOW * VIOLATION OF LAW * ALLOWED IN SOME PLACES * ALL OF THE ABOVE 812 USING UNREGISTERED VEHICLE IN PUBLIC PLACES IS
Correct Answer
Explanation Not only is it unsafe , it is also a violation of the law.
* ILLEGAL * LEGAL * ALLOWED IN SOME PLACES * ANY OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation The vehicle can be driven or allowed to be driven in public place only after registration by registering authority as under the provision of section 39 of motor vehicle Act 1988.
813
WHEN YOUR VEHICLE IS BEING OVERTAKEN
* YOU CAN INCREASE SPEED WITH CARE * YOU CAN CHANGE LANES * YOU SHOULD MOVE TO OVERTAKING LANE
Correct Answer
Explanation

Sl.No Question * DO NOT INCREASE SPEED Do not try to overtake unless it is very necessary for you to do so.Do not overtake on narrow roads at a bridge and at places where overtaking is prohibited. Never overtake unless you are sure that you can do so without endangering yourself or anyone else.Never accelerate when being overtaken. Overtake only on the right, unless the driver in front of you has signaled that he is turning right.
814
WHICH OF THESE SHOULD YOU DO EVERY DAY
* TYRE ROTATION * CHANGING ENGINE OIL * CHECKING ENGINE OIL AND COOLANT LEVEL * ALL OF THE ABOVE 815 YOU ARE APPROACHING A NARROW BRIDGE. ANOTHER VEHICLE FROM THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION IS ALREADY ON THE BRIDGE. YOU SHOULD
Correct Answer
Explanation Daily inspection of car must be the responsibility of the driver
* INCREASE OUR SPEED AND TRY TO CROSS THE BRIDGE QUICKLY * SWITCH ON YOUR HEADLIGHTS
Correct Answer
* WAIT TILL THE OTHER VEHICLE HAS CROSSED THE Explanation BRIDGE AND THEN PROCEED * SOUND HORN AND DRIVE THROUGH 816 WHEN A VEHICLE ARRIVES AT AN UNGUARDED RAILWAY CROSSING Give right of way to the vehicle alread on the narrow bridge.
* THE DRIVER MUST SOUND HORN AND DRIVE THROUGH * THE DRIVER MUST SWITCH ON THE HEADLIGHTS AND DRIVE * THE DRIVER MUST GET OUT OF THE VEHICLE AND CHECK FOR ANY APPROACHING TRAIN AND THEN PASS.
Correct Answer
Explanation

Sl.No Question * THE DRIVER MUST CHECK WITH THE RAILWAY AUTHORITIES ABOUT TRAIN TIMINGS Section 131 of the Motor Vehicle Act states that every driver of any motor vehicle at the approach of any unguarded railway level crossing shall cause the vehicle to stop and the driver of the vehicle shall walk up to the level crossing and ensure that no train or trolly is approaching from either side and then pilot the motor vehicle across such level crossing The driver shall not change the gear while crossing the level crossing.
817
PEDESTRIANS MUST NOT CROSS THE ROAD NEAR TO A BEND OR FROM BEHIND A VEHICLE BECAUSE
* THEY MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RUN ACROSS THE ROAD * THEY MAY CAUSE INCONVENIENCE TO THE PEDESTRIANS * CHILDREN MAY FEEL SCARED * DRIVERS OF OTHER VEHICLES MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SEE THE PERSON CROSSING THE ROAD
Correct Answer
Explanation Drivers may not be able to see pedestrians emerging from behind parked vehicles or crossing near a bend. Hence it is unsafe for them to do so.
818
THE SEATING CAPACITY OF A PRIVATE VEHICLE IS GIVEN IN
* THE REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE * PERMIT * PUCC * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation The vehicle registration certificate bears the model, make, engine no, chasis no, year of manufacture, type of fuel, seating capacity etc.
819
WHEN USING HAND SIGNALS:
* ONE NEED NOT CHECK MIRRORS. * ONE NEED NOT CHECK BLIND SPOTS. * BOTH OF THE ABOVE ARE INCORRECT * BOTH OF THE ABOVE ARE CORRECT.
Correct Answer
Explanation Mirror check as well as blind spot check have to be followed while using hand signals.

Sl.No 820 Question THE MIRROR SIGNAL MANEUVER PRINCIPLE WITH BLIND SPOT CHECK IS USED DURING:
* WHILE TURNING RIGHT. * LANE CHANGING * OVERTAKING * ALL OF THE ABOVE
Correct Answer
Explanation Blind spots are areas not visible in the rear /side view mirror. Always check thoroughly for traffic behind/alongside before turning, changing lanes or overtaking
821
WHICH FACTORS WILL NOT IMPROVE YOUR VEHICLES FUEL EFFICIENCY.
* GETTING YOUR VEHICLES SERVICED REGULARLY. * USING CORRECT AMOUNT OF TYRE PRESSURE * REDUCING SPEED AND GENTLE BRAKING. * RAPID ACCELERATION. 822 UNDER INFLATED TYRES AFFECT
Correct Answer
Explanation Rapid acceleration causes more fuel consumption in vehicle.
* BRAKING * ENGINE PERFORMANCE * BATTERY LIFE * NONE OF THE ABOVE 823 IT HAS BEEN RAINING HEAVILY,THERE MAY BE FLOODING ON ROADS,YOU MUST
Correct Answer
Explanation Braking is not as effective in case of under inflated tyres.
* CHECK IF YOU HAVE ENOUGH PETROL. * CHECK YOUR WIPERS * PLAN A ROUTE. * AVOID TRAVELLING IF YOU CAN
Correct Answer
Explanation Avoid driving if possible. There may be water logging, making it difficult for you to reach your destination. Rains are often accompanied by vehicles breaking down on the roads and leading to traffic jams.

Sl.No 824 Question WHICH FACTOR IS MOST COMMON CAUSE OF SKIDDING?
* WET ROADS * OIL SLEEK ON ROADS * POT HOLED ROADS * DRIVER ERROR 825 WHEN DRIVING LEFT ON BEND,YOU ENCOUNTER A RIGHT REAR END SKID, YOU WILL
Correct Answer
Explanation Driver error is the main cause of skidding.
* STEER LEFT. * STEER RIGHT. * KEEP STEERING WHEEL STEADY. * YOU WILL BRAKE HARD AND FIRM. 826 HOW CAN WE USE ENGINE AS BRAKES
Correct Answer
Explanation Steer in the same direction of skid.
* BY SELECTING REVERSE GEAR. * BY SELECTING HIGH GEAR. * BY SELECTING NEUTRAL GEAR. * BY SELECTING LOWER GEAR. 827 ANTI-LOCK BRAKES REDUCE CHANCE OF SKIDDING WHEN BRAKES ARE USED IN
Correct Answer
Explanation Lower gear
* WET CONDITION. * POT HOLES. * QUALITY GOOD ROADS. * EMERGENCY.
Correct Answer
Explanation Anti lock brakes reduce skidding in emergency.

TMP LLR Test EnglishTotalQuestions16056284

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TMP LLR Test EnglishTotalQuestions16056284

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LLR Test Question & Answer

LLR TEST Question & Answer

LLR Test Question & Answer

YOU HAVE TO MAKE A JOURNEY IN FOGGY CONDITIONS. YOU SHOULD

* FOLLOW CLOSELY OTHER VEHICLE'S TAIL LIGHTS

DRIVING IS A REPETITION OF THREE THINGS. WHICH ARE THEY IN CORRECT ORDER?

WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE DONE CONTINUOUSLY WHILE DRIVING A VEHICLE?

LLR Test Question & Answer

A RED TRAFFIC LIGHT MEANS

* YOU MUST STOP BEHIND THE WHITE STOP LINE

YOU NOTICE HORSE RIDERS IN FRONT . WHAT SHOULD YOU DO FIRST?

LLR Test Question & Answer

BE CAREFUL WHILE OVERTAKING 'L' MARK (LEARNER DRIVER) VEHICLE BECAUSE

WHILE DRIVING, AVOID

LLR Test Question & Answer

* HAVE A REST * FILL UP WITH FUEL * EAT A MEAL * HAVE A DRINK

* HALF-MOON * ROUND * BI-FOCAL * TINTED

OBJECTS HANGING FROM YOUR INTERIOR MIRROR MAY

LLR Test Question & Answer

WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO PREVENT FATIGUE WHEN DRIVING ?

YOU SHOULD NOT OVERTAKE WHEN

Correct Answer All of the above. Explanation

LLR Test Question & Answer

YOUR OVERALL STOPPING DISTANCE WILL BE MUCH LONGER WHEN DRIVING

* IN RAIN * IN FOG * AT NIGHT * IN STRONG WINDS

Correct Answer Allow it to pull away, if it is safe to do so. Explanation

LLR Test Question & Answer

* BLACK TRIANGLES * RED TRIANGLES * BLUE RECTANGLES * RED / BLUE CIRCLES

LLR Test Question & Answer

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

LLR Test Question & Answer

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

* LENGTH LIMIT * SPEED LIMIT * LOAD LIMIT * HEIGHT LIMIT

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

Correct Answer Compulsory ahead or turn right. Explanation

LLR Test Question & Answer

* MANDATORY * INFORMATORY * WARNING * NONE OF THE ABOVE

SIGNS OF THIS SHAPE ARE -

* STOP * ONE WAY SIGN * NO PARKING * NO STOPPING

LLR Test Question & Answer

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

* STEEP DESCENT * STEEP ASCENT * SLIPPERY ROAD * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

* STEEP ASCENT * STEEP DESCENT * NARROW ROAD AHEAD

Correct Answer Steep decent. Explanation

LLR Test Question & Answer

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN ?

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* FALLING ROCKS * STEEP ASCENT * HUMP OR ROUGH ROAD * LOOSE GRAVEL

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* BARRIED AHEAD * ROUND ABOUT * CROSS ROAD * RAILWAY CROSSING AHEAD

LLR Test Question & Answer

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* DANGEROUS DIP * STAGGERED INTERSECTION * Y-INTERSECTION * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD

WHAT DOES THIS SIGN MEAN?

* DANGEROUS DIP * MAJOR ROAD AHEAD * Y-INTERSECTION

Correct Answer Dangerous dip. Explanation

LLR Test Question & Answer

TWO CONTINUOUS LINES IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROAD INDICATE THAT....

* OVERTAKING ON CONTINUOUS YELLOW LINES PERMITTED BUT DISCOURAGED

* HURRY UP AND CROSS